Form 1-A Issuer Information UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 1-A
REGULATION A OFFERING STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OMB APPROVAL

FORM 1-A

OMB Number: 3235-0286


Estimated average burden hours per response: 608.0

1-A: Filer Information

Issuer CIK
0001720201
Issuer CCC
XXXXXXXX
DOS File Number
Offering File Number
024-10773
Is this a LIVE or TEST Filing? LIVE TEST
Would you like a Return Copy?
Notify via Filing Website only?
Since Last Filing?

Submission Contact Information

Name
Phone
E-Mail Address

1-A: Item 1. Issuer Information

Issuer Infomation

Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter
iPic Entertainment Inc.
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
DELAWARE
Year of Incorporation
2017
CIK
0001720201
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
RETAIL-EATING & DRINKING PLACES
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
82-3129582
Total number of full-time employees
204
Total number of part-time employees
2176

Contact Infomation

Address of Principal Executive Offices

Address 1
Mizner Park, 433 Plaza Real, Ste. 335
Address 2
City
Boca Raton
State/Country
FLORIDA
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
33432
Phone
561-886-3232

Provide the following information for the person the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff should call in connection with any pre-qualification review of the offering statement.

Name
Hamid Hashemi
Address 1
Address 2
City
State/Country
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
Phone

Provide up to two e-mail addresses to which the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff may send any comment letters relating to the offering statement. After qualification of the offering statement, such e-mail addresses are not required to remain active.

Financial Statements

Industry Group (select one) Banking Insurance Other

Use the financial statements for the most recent period contained in this offering statement to provide the following information about the issuer. The following table does not include all of the line items from the financial statements. Long Term Debt would include notes payable, bonds, mortgages, and similar obligations. To determine "Total Revenues" for all companies selecting "Other" for their industry group, refer to Article 5-03(b)(1) of Regulation S-X. For companies selecting "Insurance", refer to Article 7-04 of Regulation S-X for calculation of "Total Revenues" and paragraphs 5 and 7 of Article 7-04 for "Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues".

Balance Sheet Information

Cash and Cash Equivalents
$ 4653481.00
Investment Securities
$ 0.00
Total Investments
$
Accounts and Notes Receivable
$ 4080789.00
Loans
$
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E):
$ 164439145.00
Property and Equipment
$
Total Assets
$ 177448239.00
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
$ 20288567.00
Policy Liabilities and Accruals
$
Deposits
$
Long Term Debt
$ 172712556.00
Total Liabilities
$ 271369405.00
Total Stockholders' Equity
$ -93921166.00
Total Liabilities and Equity
$ 177448239.00

Statement of Comprehensive Income Information

Total Revenues
$ 124815697.00
Total Interest Income
$
Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues
$ 132214347.00
Total Interest Expenses
$
Depreciation and Amortization
$ 16019403.00
Net Income
$ -34223126.00
Earnings Per Share - Basic
$ 0.00
Earnings Per Share - Diluted
$ 0.00
Name of Auditor (if any)
Crowe Horwath LLP

Outstanding Securities

Common Equity

Name of Class (if any) Common Equity
Membership Units
Common Equity Units Outstanding
10000000
Common Equity CUSIP (if any):
000000000
Common Equity Units Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

Preferred Equity

Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any)
N/A
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding
0
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any)
000000000
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

Debt Securities

Debt Securities Name of Class (if any)
N/A
Debt Securities Units Outstanding
0
Debt Securities CUSIP (if any):
000000000
Debt Securities Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

1-A: Item 2. Issuer Eligibility

Issuer Eligibility

Check this box to certify that all of the following statements are true for the issuer(s)

1-A: Item 3. Application of Rule 262

Application Rule 262

Check this box to certify that, as of the time of this filing, each person described in Rule 262 of Regulation A is either not disqualified under that rule or is disqualified but has received a waiver of such disqualification.

Check this box if "bad actor" disclosure under Rule 262(d) is provided in Part II of the offering statement.

1-A: Item 4. Summary Information Regarding the Offering and Other Current or Proposed Offerings

Summary Infomation

Check the appropriate box to indicate whether you are conducting a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering Tier1 Tier2
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the financial statements have been audited Unaudited Audited
Types of Securities Offered in this Offering Statement (select all that apply)
Equity (common or preferred stock)
Does the issuer intend to offer the securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)? Yes No
Does the issuer intend this offering to last more than one year? Yes No
Does the issuer intend to price this offering after qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b)? Yes No
Will the issuer be conducting a best efforts offering? Yes No
Has the issuer used solicitation of interest communications in connection with the proposed offering? Yes No
Does the proposed offering involve the resale of securities by affiliates of the issuer? Yes No
Number of securities offered
2165000
Number of securities of that class outstanding
0

The information called for by this item below may be omitted if undetermined at the time of filing or submission, except that if a price range has been included in the offering statement, the midpoint of that range must be used to respond. Please refer to Rule 251(a) for the definition of "aggregate offering price" or "aggregate sales" as used in this item. Please leave the field blank if undetermined at this time and include a zero if a particular item is not applicable to the offering.

Price per security
$ 18.5000
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of the issuer
$ 40052500.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of selling securityholders
$ 0.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to all the securities of the issuer sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement within the 12 months before the qualification of this offering statement
$ 0.00
The estimated portion of aggregate sales attributable to securities that may be sold pursuant to any other qualified offering statement concurrently with securities being sold under this offering statement
$ 0.00
Total (the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales in the four preceding paragraphs)
$ 40052500.00

Anticipated fees in connection with this offering and names of service providers

Underwriters - Name of Service Provider
Underwriters - Fees
$
Sales Commissions - Name of Service Provider
TriPoint Global Equities, LLC, Roth Capital Partners, LLC and Telsey Advisory Group, LLC
Sales Commissions - Fee
$ 2903806.25
Finders' Fees - Name of Service Provider
Finders' Fees - Fees
$
Audit - Name of Service Provider
Audit - Fees
$
Legal - Name of Service Provider
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
Legal - Fees
$ 650000.00
Promoters - Name of Service Provider
Promoters - Fees
$
Blue Sky Compliance - Name of Service Provider
Blue Sky Compliance - Fees
$
CRD Number of any broker or dealer listed:
Estimated net proceeds to the issuer
$
Clarification of responses (if necessary)

1-A: Item 5. Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities

Selected States and Jurisdictions
ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the securities are to be offered by underwriters, dealers or sales persons or check the appropriate box

None
Same as the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities
Selected States and Jurisdictions

ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)

1-A: Item 6. Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

None

Unregistered Securities Issued

As to any unregistered securities issued by the issuer of any of its predecessors or affiliated issuers within one year before the filing of this Form 1-A, state:

(a)Name of such issuer
iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
(b)(1) Title of securities issued
LLC Membership Units
(2) Total Amount of such securities issued
882518
(3) Amount of such securities sold by or for the account of any person who at the time was a director, officer, promoter or principal securityholder of the issuer of such securities, or was an underwriter of any securities of such issuer.
0
(c)(1) Aggregate consideration for which the securities were issued and basis for computing the amount thereof.
$16,000,000, or 882,518 units at $18.13 each.
(2) Aggregate consideration for which the securities listed in (b)(3) of this item (if any) were issued and the basis for computing the amount thereof (if different from the basis described in (c)(1)).

Unregistered Securities Act

(e) Indicate the section of the Securities Act or Commission rule or regulation relied upon for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act and state briefly the facts relied upon for such exemption
Private Placements for LLC Membership Units were conducted under Rule 506(b) to accredited investors without general solicitation.

An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.

OFFERING CIRCULAR

Subject to Completion, December       , 2017

2,165,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment Inc.

We are offering 2,165,000 shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), at an offering price of $18.50 per share (the “Shares”) for an offering amount of $40,052,500 (the “Offering”). The Offering will terminate at the earlier of: (1) the date at which $40,052,500 of Shares has been sold, (2) the date which is one year after this Offering being qualified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or the “Commission”), or (3) the date on which this Offering is earlier terminated by the Company in its sole discretion (the “Termination Date”).

This Offering is being conducted on a “best efforts” basis without any minimum offering amount pursuant to Regulation A of Section 3(6) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for Tier 2 offerings. The Company currently intends to complete one closing of this Offering, once we have met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements; however, we reserve the right to undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis even if we have not yet met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements at such time. Until we complete a closing, the proceeds for the Offering will be kept in an escrow account, except with respect to those investors using a BANQ online brokerage account. At a closing, the proceeds will be distributed to the Company and the associated Shares will be issued to the investors in such Shares. If there are no closings or if funds remain in the escrow account upon termination of this Offering without any corresponding closing, the investments for this Offering will be promptly returned to investors, without deduction and generally without interest. Wilmington Trust, N.A. will serve as the escrow agent. There is a 25 share minimum purchase requirement for investors. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Tripoint Global Equities, LLC has agreed to act as our lead managing selling agent, along with Roth Capital Partners, LLC acting as the Institutional Placement Book-Running Agent and Telsey Advisory Group LLC acting as a co-manager (collectively, the “Selling Agents”), to offer the Shares to prospective investors on a “best efforts” basis. In addition, the Selling Agents may engage one or more co-managing selling agents, sub selling agents or selected dealers. The Selling Agents are not purchasing the Shares, and are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of the Shares in the Offering.

We expect to commence the offer and sale of the Shares as of the date on which the offering statement of which this Offering Circular is a part (the “Offering Statement”) is qualified by the SEC. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. We intend to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “IPIC.” We expect our Class A Common Stock to begin trading on NASDAQ upon consummation of the Offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this Offering Circular and future filings after this Offering.

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider in connection with an investment in our Class A Common Stock.

 

 

Per Share

 

Total

Price to Public

 

$

18.50

 

$

40,052,500

Selling Agents Discounts and Commissions(1)

 

$

1.34

 

$

2,903,806

Proceeds, Before Expenses, to Us(2)

 

$

17.16

 

$

37,148,694

____________

(1)      We have agreed to reimburse certain expenses of our Selling Agents. Please refer to the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” in this Offering Circular for additional information regarding total compensation for the Selling Agents.

(2)      Assumes that all of the Shares are sold.

NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.

THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE BEING OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

For more information concerning the procedures of the Offering, please refer to “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 115, including the sections “— Investment Limitations” and “— Procedures for Subscribing.”

This Offering Circular follows the disclosure format of Part I of Form S-1 pursuant to the general instructions of Part II(a)(1)(ii) of Form 1-A. 

   

Lead Managing Selling Agent

Institutional Placement Book-Running Agent

 

                  

   Co-Manager    

The date of this Offering Circular is ___________, 2017.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

iii

OFFERING CIRCULAR SUMMARY

 

1

THE OFFERING

 

8

RISK FACTORS

 

13

THE TRANSACTIONS

 

35

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

42

CAPITALIZATION

 

43

DILUTION

 

45

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

46

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

47

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

57

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

60

BUSINESS

 

74

MANAGEMENT

 

82

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

88

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

97

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

100

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

101

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

 

106

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

109

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

111

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

115

LEGAL MATTERS

 

122

EXPERTS

 

122

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

122

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

i

We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the Shares only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this Offering Circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this Offering Circular. The information contained in this Offering Circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this Offering Circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

Unless otherwise indicated, data contained in this Offering Circular concerning the hospitality, theater and restaurant markets and the other markets relevant to our operations are based on information from various public sources. Although we believe that these data are generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise, and our estimates and expectations based on these data involve a number of assumptions and limitations. As a result, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data, estimates or expectations.

In this Offering Circular, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “iPic,” “we,” the “Company,” “our” and “us” refer: (i) following the consummation of the Transactions, including this Offering, to iPic Entertainment Inc. and, unless otherwise stated or the context requires otherwise, all of its subsidiaries, including (a) iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, which we refer to as “Holdings,” (b) iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, which we refer to as “iPic-Gold Class,” and (c) unless otherwise stated, all of iPic-Gold Class’s subsidiaries; and (ii) on or prior to the completion of the Transactions, including this Offering, to iPic-Gold Class and, unless otherwise stated or the context requires otherwise, all of its subsidiaries. References to “iPic Entertainment” refer to iPic Entertainment Inc.

In this Offering Circular, references to “Class A Common Stock” refer to our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; references to “Class B Common Stock” refer to our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and references to “Common Stock” refer to our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common Stock collectively.

ii

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements in this Offering Circular constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will” and “would” or the negatives of these terms or other comparable terminology, but the absence of these particular words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

You should not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. The cautionary statements set forth in this Offering Circular, including in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, identify important factors which you should consider in evaluating our forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things:

         our inability to successfully identify and secure appropriate sites and timely develop and expand our operations in existing and new markets;

         our inability to optimize our theater circuit through new construction and transforming our existing theaters;

         competition from other theater chains and restaurants;

         our inability to operate profitably;

         our dependence on a small number of suppliers for motion picture products;

         our inability to manage fluctuations in attendance in the motion picture exhibition industry;

         our inability to address the increased use of alternative film delivery methods or other forms of entertainment;

         our ability to serve menu items that appeal to our guests and to avoid food safety problems;

         our inability to obtain sufficient capital to open up new units, to renovate existing units and to deploy strategic initiatives;

         our ability to address issues associated with entering into long-term non-cancelable leases;

         our inability to protect against security breaches of confidential guest information;

         our inability to manage our growth;

         our inability to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow, or access to capital, to meet growth expectations;

         our inability to manage our substantial level of outstanding debt;

         our ability to continue as a going concern;

         our failure to meet the operational and financial performance guidance we provide to the public; and

         our ability to compete and succeed in a highly competitive and evolving industry.

Although the forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties referred to above and elsewhere in this Offering Circular materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary in material and adverse respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

iii

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Certain financial measures presented in this Offering Circular, such as EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Unit Level Cash Flow are not recognized under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which we refer to as “GAAP.” We define these terms as follows:

         “EBITDA” means, for any reporting period, net income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization

         “Adjusted EBITDA” is a supplemental measure of our performance and is also the basis for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net loss before depreciation and amortization, interest expense, and income tax expense, adjusted for the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. These items include, among other things, equity-based compensation expense, pre-opening expenses, other income and loss on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of property and equipment as well as certain non-recurring charges. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance because it eliminates the impact of expenses that do not relate to our ongoing business performance.

         “Store-Level EBITDA” is a supplemental measure of our performance which we believe provides management and investors with additional information to measure the performance of our facilities, individually and as an entirety. Store-Level EBITDA is defined by us as net loss plus: interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization expense, pre-opening expenses, other income, loss on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of property and equipment non-recurring charges, and general and administrative expense. We use Store-Level EBITDA to measure operating performance and returns from opening new stores. Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Store-Level EBITDA is not defined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and does not purport to be an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance. We believe that Store-Level EBITDA is another useful measure in evaluating our operating performance because it removes the impact of general and administrative expenses, which are not incurred at the store level, and the costs of opening new stores, which are non-recurring at the store-level, and thereby enables the comparability of the operating performance of our stores for the periods presented. We also believe that Store-Level EBITDA is a useful measure in evaluating our operating performance within the entertainment and dining industry because it permits the evaluation of store-level productivity, efficiency and performance, and we use Store-Level EBITDA as a means of evaluating store financial performance compared with our competitors. In evaluating Store-Level EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur income and expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Store-Level EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

You are encouraged to evaluate the adjustments we have made to GAAP financial measures and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this Offering Circular because they are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. Store-Level EBITDA is utilized to measure the performance of our facilities, both individually and in entirety.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as measures of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect tax payments, debt service requirements, capital expenditures, iPic openings and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future, including, among other things, cash requirements for working

iv

capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA supplementally. Our measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.

See “Offering Circular Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA to Earnings (loss) from continuing operations for each of the periods presented.

v

OFFERING CIRCULAR SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Class A Common Stock. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, including the risks associated with an investment in the Company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Offering Circular, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this Offering Circular are forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview: The iPic Experience

iPic strives to be our guest’s favorite local destination for a night out on the town. Our newest facilities blend three distinct areas — a polished-casual restaurant, a farm-to-glass full-service bar, and our world-class luxury theater auditoriums with in-theater dining — into a one-of-a-kind experience. Our team endeavors to deliver world class hospitality in innovative, one-of-a-kind theaters which we believe are among the finest in the world. Our chefs and mixologists create craveable food and drink offerings that are outstanding on a standalone basis, but it is the interplay between our movie-entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas that is the defining feature of a typical four-hour guest experience. We thoughtfully design the layout, ambiance, and energy-flow of each unit to maximize the crossover between these activities. With constantly changing movie content and menu offerings, each visit is different, providing our customers with a reason to visit us repeatedly. We believe that we deliver an experience that is innovative, unique and cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without the hassle of having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations also act as great venues for private events, family and business functions and other corporate-sponsored events. We believe our concept is well-positioned within today’s ever-increasing experiential economy.

iPic’s Evolution: Our Historical Path

Our Generation I locations: Our initial seven locations are designated as our First-Generation format (Bayshore, WI; Redmond, WA; Pasadena, CA; South Barrington, IL; Bolingbrook, IL; Austin, TX; and Fairview, TX). These units were built between 2007 and 2010, and generally do not have a separate restaurant attached. These initial sites tested and validated the business-model for Premium-Plus seating and service, and, over time, began to showcase the synergistic opportunity of having a complementary restaurant and dining experience within the facility. In 2016, each of our Generation I locations averaged $6.6 million of revenues.

Our Generation II locations: We have designated the next five iPic units as our Second-Generation format (Scottsdale, AZ; Boca Raton, FL; Bethesda, MD; Westwood, CA; and Miami, FL). Built in 2011 to 2014, these units feature a Tuck Hospitality Group signature restaurant (City Perch, Tanzy, or Tuck Room Tavern). Among other things, these units further expanded the quality and quantity of our Premium-Plus auditorium sections (which generally sell-out first, indicating growing consumer preference for added luxury and service), upgraded the in-theater dining experience with our redesigned iPic Express offerings, and launched the iPic Now program. In 2016, each of our Generation II locations averaged $10.6 million of revenues.

Our Generation III locations: The latest four iPic openings are representative of our Third-Generation format (Houston, TX; Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, NY) and represent our go-forward development design for the foreseeable future. These units include our perfected auditorium layout (six-eight screens; 500 seats; elevated ratio of Premium-Plus seating) and introduced our patent-pending POD seating and Chaise Lounges. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, our three still-maturing Generation III locations built in 2015 and 2016 (Houston, TX; Ft. Lee, NJ; and Fulton Market, NY) each averaged annualized full-year 2017 revenues of $13.2 million (which we define as actual revenues during the six months ended June 30, 2017 plus a seasonalized 6-month forecast for the second half of the year based on actual trends).

iPic: Our Growth Strategy

We believe that we are still in the very nascent stage of our growth story. We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states with an additional 4 locations under construction and a pipeline of an additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations. We believe that we currently control less than 0.5% market share of the theater business, based on data provided by the National Association of Theatre Owners and our financial results. We believe there is tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new U.S. markets, as well as overseas, and we have invested in our infrastructure through new hires at our home office to enable us to continue to grow rapidly

1

and with discipline. We plan to upgrade three of our Generation I locations and open at least four new domestic units per year, starting in 2019, for the foreseeable future. Based on our experience and analysis, along with research we engaged Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. to perform for us, we believe that over the long-term we have the potential to grow our iPic U.S. footprint to at least 200 U.S. units and to potentially explore overseas expansion as well. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential.

Summary Risk Factors

We are subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” including the following risks, before investing in our Class A common stock:

         Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and secure appropriate sites and timely develop and expand our operations in existing and new markets.

         Optimizing our theater circuit through new construction and the transformation of our existing theaters is subject to delay and unanticipated costs.

         Our theaters and restaurants operate in highly competitive environments.

         New iPics, once opened, may not be profitable, and the performance of our units that we have experienced in the past may not be indicative of future results.

         We have no control over distributors of the films and our business may be adversely affected if our access to motion pictures is limited or delayed.

         The motion picture exhibition industry has experienced fluctuations in attendance during recent years.

         An increase in the use of alternative film delivery methods or other forms of entertainment may drive down our attendance and limit our ticket prices.

         Our continued success depends in part on the continued popularity of our menu and the experience we offer guests.

         Food safety and food-borne illness incidents could adversely affect guests’ perception of our brand, result in lower sales and increase operating costs.

         Our plans to open new units, and the ongoing need for capital expenditures at our existing units, require us to expend capital.

         We are subject to risks associated with leasing property subject to long-term non-cancelable leases.

         Our substantial debt could adversely affect our operations and prevent us from satisfying those debt obligations.

         Limitations on the availability of capital may prevent deployment of strategic initiatives.

         We have a limited operating history which provides limited reference for you to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives.

         Our sales growth and ability to achieve profitability could be adversely affected if comparable-store sales are less than we expect.

         Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the timing of new iPic location openings.

2

Summary of the Transactions

Prior to the consummation of this Offering and the organizational transactions (the “Transactions”) described below, the business and operations of the Company were conducted through iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic-Gold Class”), a Delaware limited liability company. iPic Entertainment Inc. (“iPic Entertainment”) was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on October 18, 2017 to serve as the issuer of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby. iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”) was formed as a Delaware LLC on December 22, 2017 to hold the equity interests in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class immediately following the completion of the Transactions.

Prior to the transactions described below, the only members of iPic Gold Class were iPic Holdings, LLC; Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.; Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama; Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama; Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC; and PVR Limited (collectively, the “Original iPic Equity Owners”). iPic-Gold Class was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, was not subject to any U.S. federal entity-level income taxes. Rather, taxable income or loss was included in the U.S. federal income tax returns of iPic-Gold Class’s members.

Transactions

Immediately prior to or in connection with the closing of this Offering, we and the Original iPic Equity Owners will consummate the following organizational transactions:

         all of the membership interests in iPic-Gold Class will be contributed by the Original iPic Equity Owners to Holdings in exchange for all of the membership interests in Holdings (the “LLC Interests”), following which iPic-Gold Class will be 100% owned and controlled by Holdings;

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of Holdings (the “Holdings LLC Agreement”), to, among other things, provide for the organizational structure described below under “Organizational Structure Following this Offering”;

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of iPic-Gold Class to appoint Holdings as the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class and reflect iPic-Gold Class’s status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings;

         certain of the Original iPic Equity Owners will transfer the LLC Interests that they hold in Holdings to certain direct or indirect members of such Original iPic Equity Owners. The recipients of these LLC Interests, together with the Original iPic Equity Owners that did not transfer any of the LLC Interests that they held in Holdings, are collectively referred to herein as the “Continuing iPic Equity Owners”;

         we will amend and restate iPic Entertainment’s Certificate of Incorporation to, among other things, (i) provide for Class A common stock and Class B common stock and (ii) issue shares of Class B common stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Interests they own, for nominal consideration;

         we will issue up to 2,165,000 shares of our Class A common stock to the purchasers in this Offering in exchange for net proceeds of up to approximately $37.15 million, assuming the shares are offered at $18.50 per share, after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions but before offering expenses payable by us;

         we will use all of the net proceeds from this Offering to acquire newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the initial public offering price of Class A common stock, collectively representing 17.5% of Holdings’s outstanding LLC Interests;

         Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment;

         iPic-Gold Class will use the proceeds it receives from Holdings as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $750,000 in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $36.4 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPics and renovating existing iPics. See “Use of Proceeds”;

3

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will continue to own the LLC Interests that they owned prior to this Offering and will have no economic interest in iPic Entertainment despite their ownership of Class B common stock (where “economic interests” means the right to receive any distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, in connection with common stock); and

         assuming that all of the LLC Interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners are redeemed or exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, such Continuing iPic Equity Owners will 10,220,629 shares of iPic Entertainment’s Class A common stock, representing approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of our Common Stock, immediately following the closing of this Offering; and.

         iPic Entertainment will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners.

For a description of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, see “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Organizational Structure Following this Offering

Immediately following the completion of the Transactions, including this Offering:

         iPic Entertainment will be a holding company and the principal asset of iPic Entertainment will be LLC Interests of Holdings;

         Holdings will be a holding company and will own 100% of the limited liability company interests of, and control, iPic-Gold Class, subject to the pledge of such limited liability company interests to secure the obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility as described in “Description of Indebtedness”;

         iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries;

         iPic Entertainment’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A common stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners;

         iPic Entertainment will own LLC Interests representing 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings;

         the purchasers in this Offering (i) will own 2,165,000 shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately 17.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock, (ii) will own 100.0% of the economic interest in iPic Entertainment and (iii) through iPic Entertainment’s ownership of LLC Interests, indirectly will hold (applying the percentages in the preceding clause (ii) to iPic Entertainments percentage economic interest in Holdings) approximately 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings; and

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will own (i) LLC Interests, representing 82.5% of the economic interest in Holdings and (ii) through their ownership of Class B common stock, approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock. Following the Offering, each LLC Interest held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be redeemable, at the election of such members, for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (and their shares of Class B Common Stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis upon any such issuance). iPic Entertainment’s board of directors, which will include directors who hold LLC Interests or are affiliated with holders of LLC Interests and may include such directors in the future, may, at its option, instead make a cash payment equal to a volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A common stock for each LLC Interest redeemed (subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications) in accordance with the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement. See “The Transactions — Holdings LLC Agreement.”

Immediately following this Offering, we will be a holding company and our principal asset will be the LLC Interests we purchase from Holdings. iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of

4

iPic-Gold Class and, through iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Accordingly, although we will have a minority economic interest in Holdings, we will have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Holdings and, indirectly, iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will consolidate both Holdings and iPic-Gold Class in our consolidated financial statements and will report non-controlling interests related to the LLC Interests held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on our consolidated financial statements. iPic Entertainment will have a board of directors and executive officers, but will have no other employees. All of our employees and their functions are expected to reside at iPic-Gold Class.

As a result of our ownership structure, we expect to obtain an increase in our share of the tax basis of assets owned indirectly by Holdings when the Continuing iPic Equity Owners exchange their LLC Interests for Class A Common Stock. These basis increases may have the effect of reducing the amounts that we would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. Our structure does not contemplate a tax receivable agreement. Therefore, any tax benefits realized from this arrangement will inure to our benefit. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient taxable income to utilize any such tax benefits.

The following diagram shows our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this Offering:

5

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company”

As a public reporting company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company we:

         are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

         are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”);

         are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our stockholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);

         are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure;

         may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; and

         are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our consolidated financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions were already available to us due to the fact that we also qualify as a “smaller reporting company” under the Commission’s rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation and report regarding management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis; are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure; and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. Note that this Offering, while a public offering, is not a sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement, since the Offering is conducted pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our Common Stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. Furthermore, under current Commission rules, we will continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company” for so long as we have a public float (i.e., the market value of common equity held by non-affiliates) of less than $75 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second quarter.

6

Company and Other Information

The Company was formed in the State of Delaware on October 18, 2017. The Company’s principal executive office is 433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL, 33432. Our telephone number is (561) 393-3269. Our internet address is www.ipic.com. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this Offering Circular, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website a part of this Offering Circular.

We own various U.S. federal trademark registrations, certain foreign trademark registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks, including the following marks referred to in this Offering Circular: “iPic®”. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this Offering Circular are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Offering Circular are referred to without the symbols® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, their rights thereto.

7

THE OFFERING

Issuer:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

 

Securities offered:

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock outstanding before this Offering

 


0 shares

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock offered by us in this Offering

 


2,165,000 shares

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering

 


2,165,000 shares, assuming the maximum amount of shares are sold

 

 

 

Class B Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering

 


10,220,629

 

 

 

Price per share

 

$18.50

 

 

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by law. Each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all such matters. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

 

 

Voting power held by all holders of Class A common stock after giving effect to this Offering

 



17.5%

 

 

 

Voting power held by all holders of Class B common stock after giving effect to this Offering

 



82.5%

 

 

 

Ratio of shares of Class A common stock to LLC Interests

 


Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A common stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners. This construct is intended to result in the Continuing iPic Equity Owners having a voting interest in iPic Entertainment that is identical to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners’ percentage economic interest in Holdings. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners will own all of our outstanding Class B common stock.

8

Proposed listing:

 

We intend to apply to list our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “IPIC.” Our Class A Common Stock will not commence trading on NASDAQ until all of the following conditions are met: (i) the Offering is completed; (ii) we have filed a post-qualification amendment to the Offering Statement and a registration statement on Form 8-A (“Form 8-A”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); (iii) such post-qualification amendment is qualified by the SEC; and (iv) the Form 8-A has become effective. Pursuant to applicable rules under Regulation A, the Form 8-A will not become effective until the SEC qualifies the post-qualification amendment. We intend to file the post-qualification amendment and request its qualification immediately prior to the termination of the Offering so that the Form 8-A may become effective as soon as practicable. Even if we meet the minimum requirements for listing on NASDAQ, we may wait before terminating the Offering and commencing the trading of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ in order to raise additional proceeds. As a result, you may experience a delay between the closing of your purchase of shares of our Class A Common Stock and the commencement of exchange trading of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ.

 

 

 

Use of proceeds:

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this Offering, after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions, will be approximately $37.1 million.

 

 

 

 

 

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this Offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock.

 

 

 

 

 

Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment. We intend to cause iPic-Gold Class to use the proceeds that it receives from this Offering as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $750,000 in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $36.4 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPics and renovating existing iPics.

 

 

 

Risk Factors:

 

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” starting on page 13.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock to be outstanding after this Offering is based on the membership interests of Holdings and awards under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan outstanding as of June 30, 2017 (of which there were none issued at June 30, 2017) and excludes:

         1,600,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (as described in “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), consisting of (i) zero shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2017 (of which there were none issued at June 30, 2017), and (ii) 1,600,000 additional shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance;

         10,220,629 shares of Class A common stock reserved as of the closing date of this Offering for future issuance upon redemption or exchange of LLC Interests by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners; and

         up to 108,250 shares issuable upon the exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants, exercisable at $20.35 per share.

9

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables present the summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial and other data for iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries. iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, is the predecessor of the issuer, iPic Entertainment Inc., for financial reporting purposes. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries contained herein. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 are derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries included in this Offering Circular. In the opinion of our management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods.

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of iPic Entertainment Inc. presented below have been derived from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2016 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 give effect to the Transactions as described in “The Transactions” and the completion of this Offering as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2016, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data, and as of June 30, 2017, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes various estimates which are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had this Offering and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data of iPic Entertainment Inc. have not been presented below, as iPic Entertainment Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section. The summary historical financial and other data of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC have not been presented below, as iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC is a holding company with no operations, whose activities are part of the iPic Entertainment Inc. consolidated financial statements.

10

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

$ in thousands, except share and per share data

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Pro Forma

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

 

Six Months
Ended June
30, 2017

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2016

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

29,115

 

 

$

64,363

 

 

$

53,025

 

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

64,363

 

Theater

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

25,948

 

 

 

57,459

 

 

 

45,866

 

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

57,459

 

Other

 

 

893

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

2,994

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

893

 

 

 

2,994

 

Total revenues

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

55,348

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

99,889

 

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

7,762

 

 

 

17,377

 

 

 

14,614

 

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

17,377

 

Cost of theater

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

10,169

 

 

 

22,108

 

 

 

18,709

 

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

22,108

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

14,488

 

 

 

32,141

 

 

 

25,918

 

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

32,141

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

8,334

 

 

 

17,104

 

 

 

13,073

 

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

17,104

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

9,015

 

 

 

24,781

 

 

 

16,183

 

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

24,781

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

 

 

7,818

 

 

 

15,833

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

16,019

 

 Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

4,395

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

88

 

Operating expenses

 

 

83,979

 

 

 

63,773

 

 

 

148,234

 

 

 

116,665

 

 

 

84,785

 

 

 

149,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(14,604

)

 

 

(8,425

)

 

 

(23,418

)

 

 

(16,777

)

 

 

(15,411

)

 

 

(25,031

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,782

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

(7,782

)

 

 

(10,718

)

Other income

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,777

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

(7,777

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(22,382

)

 

 

(13,684

)

 

 

(34,136

)

 

 

(24,668

)

 

 

(23,188

)

 

 

(35,749

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(23,231

)

 

$

(35,836

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to
non-controlling interest

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(19,096

)

 

$

(29,457

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(4,135

)

 

$

(4,264

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.84

)

 

$

(2.81

)

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.84

)

 

$

(2.81

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP financial measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

$

(5,029

)

 

$

(1,193

)

 

$

(7,399

)

 

$

(4,958

)

 

$

(5,836

)

 

$

(9,011

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(62

)

 

$

(263

)

 

$

932

 

 

$

(1,081

)

 

$

(62

)

 

$

932

 

Store-Level EBITDA

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

5,579

 

 

$

15,152

 

 

$

11,390

 

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

15,152

 

11

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
$ in thousands

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

 

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,895

 

 

$

3,895

 

 

$

40,294

 

Total current assets

 

 

8,994

 

 

 

8,994

 

 

 

45,392

 

Total assets

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

193,818

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

20,320

 

 

 

20,320

 

 

 

20,320

 

Long-term debt and deferred rent

 

 

188,017

 

 

 

206,017

 

 

 

206,017

 

Total liabilities

 

 

263,979

 

 

 

229,655

 

 

 

229,655

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715

)

 

 

(1,769

)

 

 

(1,769

)

Total members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(106,560

)

 

 

(72,236

)

 

 

(35,837

)

Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

193,818

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

$ in Thousands

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Pro Forma

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2017

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2016

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(23,231

)

 

$

(35,836

)

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

7,782

 

 

 

5,259

 

 

 

10,718

 

 

 

7,891

 

 

 

7,782

 

 

 

10,718

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

87

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

16,019

 

EBITDA

 

 

(5,029

)

 

 

(1,193

)

 

 

(7,399

)

 

 

(4,958

)

 

 

(5,836

)

 

 

(9,011

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

4,395

 

Other income

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

88

 

Non-recurring charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,848

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

806

 

 

 

1,613

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(263

)

 

 

932

 

 

 

(1,081

)

 

 

(62

)

 

 

932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expense*

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

14,220

 

Store-Level EBITDA

 

 

6,949

 

 

 

5,579

 

 

 

15,152

 

 

 

11,390

 

 

 

6,949

 

 

 

15,152

 

____________

*         Proforma balances exclude stock comp expense

12

RISK FACTORS

Before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock, you should understand the high degree of risk involved. You should consider carefully the following risks and other information in this Offering Circular, including our pro forma and historical financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, perhaps significantly.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and secure appropriate sites and timely develop and expand our operations in existing and new markets.

One of the key means of achieving our growth strategies will be through opening and operating new iPics on a profitable basis for the foreseeable future. We must identify target markets where we can enter or expand, taking into account numerous factors such as the location, demographics, traffic patterns and information gathered from our various contacts. We may not be able to open our planned new iPics within budget or on a timely basis, if at all, given the uncertainty of these factors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As we operate more iPics, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our unit base will eventually decline.

The number and timing of new units opened during any given period may be negatively impacted by a number of factors including, without limitation:

         the identification and availability of attractive sites for new iPics and the ability to negotiate suitable lease terms;

         the lack of development and overall decrease in commercial real estate due to a macroeconomic downturn;

         recruitment and training of qualified personnel in the local market;

         our ability to obtain all required governmental permits, including zonal approvals, on a timely basis;

         our ability to control construction and development costs of new units;

         competition in new markets, including competition for appropriate sites;

         failure of the landlords to timely deliver real estate to us;

         the proximity of potential sites to an existing iPic, and the impact of cannibalization on future growth;

         anticipated commercial, residential and infrastructure development near our new iPics; and

         the cost and availability of capital to fund construction costs and pre-opening expenses.

Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand as we may not correctly analyze the suitability of a location or anticipate all of the challenges imposed by expanding our operations. Our growth strategy and the substantial investment associated with the development of each new unit may cause our operating results to fluctuate and be unpredictable or adversely affect our profits. In addition, as has happened when other restaurant concepts have tried to expand, we may find that our concept has limited appeal in new markets or we may experience a decline in the popularity of our concept in the markets in which we operate. If we are unable to expand in existing markets or penetrate new markets, our ability to increase our revenues and profitability may be materially harmed or we may face losses.

Optimizing our theater circuit through new construction and the transformation of our existing theaters is subject to delay and unanticipated costs.

The availability of attractive site locations for new theater construction is subject to various factors that are beyond our control. These factors include:

         local conditions, such as scarcity of space or increase in demand for real estate, demographic changes and changes in zoning and tax laws; and

13

         competition for site locations from both theater companies and other businesses.

We typically require 24 to 36 months from the time we reach an agreement with a landlord to when a new theater opens. In addition, improving our existing theaters is subject to substantial risks such as difficulty obtaining permits, landlord approvals and new types of operating licenses (e.g. liquor licenses). We may also experience cost overruns from delays or other unanticipated costs in both new construction and facility improvements. Furthermore, our new sites and transformed locations may not perform to our expectations.

Our failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

Our growth plan includes a significant number of new iPics. Our existing management systems, financial and management controls and information systems may not be adequate to support our planned expansion. Our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to locate, hire, train and retain management and operating personnel, particularly in new markets. We may not be able to respond on a timely basis to all of the changing demands that our planned expansion will impose on management and on our existing infrastructure, or be able to hire or retain the necessary management and operating personnel, which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. These demands could cause us to operate our existing business less effectively, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing units. If we experience a decline in financial performance, we may decrease the number of or discontinue new openings, or we may decide to close units that we are unable to operate in a profitable manner.

Our theaters and restaurants operate in highly competitive environments.

The motion picture exhibition industry is fragmented and highly competitive with no significant barriers to entry. Our theaters are subject to varying degrees of competition in the geographic areas in which we operate. Competitors may be national circuits, regional circuits or smaller independent exhibitors. Moviegoers are generally not brand conscious and usually choose a theater based on its location, the films showing there and its amenities. Competition among theater exhibition companies is often intense with respect to the following factors:

         Attracting patrons. The competition for patrons is dependent upon factors such as the availability of popular motion pictures, the location and number of theaters and screens in a market, the comfort and quality of the theaters and pricing. Many of our competitors have sought to increase the number of screens that they operate and provide a more luxurious experience by enhancing food and beverage options and installing recliner seating. Certain of the larger theater chains, such as AMC and Regal, have been converting some of their existing theaters to include in-theater dining and recliner seating, often at the same price or a marginally higher price than their traditional theaters. Should other theater operators in our markets choose to implement these or other initiatives, the performance of our theaters may be significantly and negatively impacted.

         Licensing motion pictures. We believe that the principal competitive factors with respect to film licensing include licensing terms, number of seats and screens available for a particular picture, revenue potential and the location and condition of an exhibitor’s theaters.

         New sites and acquisitions. We must compete with exhibitors and others in our efforts to locate and acquire attractive new and existing sites for our iPic units. There can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire such new sites or existing theaters at reasonable prices or on favorable terms. Moreover, some of these competitors may be stronger financially than we are. As a result of the foregoing, we may not succeed in acquiring theaters or may have to pay more than we would prefer to make an acquisition.

         Multiple competitors for both out-of-home and in-home entertainment. The theatrical exhibition industry faces competition from other forms of out-of-home entertainment, such as concerts, amusement parks and sporting events and from other distribution channels for filmed entertainment, such as cable television, pay-per-view and home video systems and from other forms of in-home entertainment.

         New marketing approaches. Many of our competitors have partnered with MoviePass Inc. (“MoviePass”), a subscription-based movie ticketing service. For a monthly fee of $9.95, MoviePass subscribers can attend one movie per day at no additional cost. MoviePass’ growing popularity may negatively impact our theaters by providing patrons with a cheaper alternative to paying each time they go to the movies.

14

         New technology. New innovations and technology will continue to impact our industry. If we are unable to respond to or invest in future technology and the changing preferences of our customers, we may not be able to compete with other exhibitors or other entertainment venues, which could also adversely affect our results of operations.

Like the motion picture exhibition industry, the restaurant industry is fragmented and highly competitive with no significant barriers to entry. We compete in the restaurant industry with multi-unit national, regional and locally-owned and/or operated limited-service restaurants and full-service restaurants. Many of our competitors offer breakfast, lunch and dinner, as well as dine-in, carry-out and delivery services. Many of our competitors have existed longer than we have and may have a more established market presence, better locations and greater name recognition nationally or in some of the local markets in which we operate or plan to operate.

We face significant competition for restaurant guests, and our inability to compete effectively may affect our traffic, iPic sales and unit-level operating profit margins.

We rely on our food and beverage service for a majority of our revenue. The restaurant industry is intensely competitive with many well-established companies that compete directly and indirectly with us with respect to food quality, service, price and value, design and location. We compete in the restaurant industry with national, regional and locally-owned and/or operated limited-service restaurants and full-service restaurants. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we do. In addition, many of our competitors have greater name recognition nationally or in some of the local markets in which we have or plan to have an iPic. Any inability to successfully compete with the restaurants in our markets will place downward pressure on our guest traffic and may prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues and profitability.

New iPics, once opened, may not be profitable; recently, our comparable-store sales have declined; and the performance of our units that we have experienced in the past may not be indicative of future results.

Our results have been, and in the future may continue to be, significantly impacted by the timing of new unit openings (often dictated by factors outside of our control), including landlord delays, associated pre-opening expenses and operating inefficiencies, as well as changes in our geographic concentration due to the opening of new units. We typically incur the most significant portion of pre-opening expenses associated with a given unit within the six months preceding the opening. Our experience has been that labor and operating costs associated with a newly opened unit for the first several months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of sales. Our new units commonly take eight to 12 weeks to reach planned operating levels due to inefficiencies typically associated with new openings, including the training of new personnel, new market learning curves, inability to hire sufficient qualified staff and other factors. We may incur additional costs in new markets, particularly for transportation and distribution, which may impact the profitability of those units. Accordingly, the volume and timing of new openings may have a material adverse impact on our profitability.

In recent periods, our comparable-store sales have declined, as have those of certain of our competitors. Specifically, in the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, our comparable-store sales declined by $1.6 million. This was partly due to the fact that there were relatively few successful movie releases during the first six months of calendar year 2017. In the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, our comparable-store sales declined by $6.2 million. This was partly due to the fact that there was a material increase in the percentage of the motion picture industry’s 2016 total box-office receipts that stemmed from children’s or animated films that do not generally appeal to our more adult clientele. For 2016, industry reports noted that approximately 50% of industry sales from 2016’s Top-15 grossing films were from children’s or animated films (as opposed to 18% of industry sales from 2015’s Top-15 grossing films coming from children’s or animated films).

Although we target specified operating and financial metrics, new units may not meet these targets or may take longer than anticipated to do so. Any new unit we open may not be profitable or achieve operating results similar to those of our existing units, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may not achieve the expected benefits and performance from strategic theater acquisitions.

In any acquisition, we expect to benefit from cost savings through, for example, the reduction of overhead and theater level costs, and from revenue enhancements resulting from the acquisition. However, there can be no assurance that

15

we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow from these acquisitions to service any indebtedness incurred to finance such acquisitions or realize any other anticipated benefits, nor can there be any assurance that our profitability will be improved by any one or more acquisitions. Any acquisition may involve operating risks, such as:

         the difficulty of assimilating and integrating the acquired operations and personnel into our current business;

         the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

         the diversion of management’s attention and other resources;

         the possible inability of management to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

         the risks of entering markets in which we have little or no experience;

         the potential impairment of relationships with employees;

         the possibility that any liabilities we may incur or assume may prove to be more burdensome than anticipated; and

         the possibility that the acquired theaters do not perform as expected.

We have no control over distributors of the films and our business may be adversely affected if our access to motion pictures is limited or delayed.

We rely on distributors of motion pictures, over whom we have no control, for the films that we exhibit. Major motion picture distributors are required by law to offer and license film to exhibitors, including us, on a film-by-film and theater-by-theater basis. Consequently, we cannot assure ourselves of a supply of motion pictures by entering into long-term arrangements with major distributors, but must compete for our licenses on a film-by-film and theater-by-theater basis. Our business depends on maintaining good relations with these distributors, as this affects our ability to negotiate commercially favorable licensing terms for first-run films or to obtain licenses at all. With only seven distributors representing approximately 90% of the U.S. box office in 2016, there is a high level of concentration in the industry. Our business may be adversely affected if our access to motion pictures is limited or delayed because of deterioration in our relationships with one or more distributors, or for some other reason. To the extent that we are unable to license a popular film for exhibition in our theaters, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

We depend on motion picture production and performance.

Our ability to operate successfully depends upon the availability, diversity and appeal of motion pictures, our ability to license motion pictures and the performance of such motion pictures in our markets. Our revenues are dependent upon the timing and popularity of film releases by distributors. The most marketable films are usually released during the summer and the calendar year-end holiday seasons. Therefore, our business is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations, with higher attendance and revenues generally occurring during the summer months and holiday seasons. We license first-run motion pictures, the success of which has increasingly depended on the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios. Poor performance of, or any disruption in the production of these motion pictures (including by reason of a strike or lack of adequate financing), or a reduction in the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, could hurt our business and results of operations. Conversely, the successful performance of these motion pictures, particularly the sustained success of any one motion picture, or an increase in effective marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, may generate positive results for our business and operations in a specific quarter or year that may not necessarily be indicative of, or comparable to, future results of operations. Given the relatively small number of theaters and screens that we operate (particularly when compared to our larger competitors), if a major motion picture studio decides to delay the release of a first-run motion picture from one quarter to a subsequent quarter, that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the earlier quarter. As movie studios rely on a smaller number of higher grossing “tent pole” films, there may be increased pressure for higher film licensing fees. In addition, a change in the type and breadth of movies offered by motion picture studios may adversely affect the demographic base of moviegoers. As a result of the foregoing factors, our results of operations may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year.

16

The motion picture exhibition industry has experienced fluctuations in attendance during recent years.

The U.S. motion picture exhibition industry has been subject to periodic short-term increases and decreases in attendance and box office revenues. According to the Motion Picture Association of America, attendance at movies in the United States and Canada was 1.32 billion during 2016 and 2015 and 1.27 billion during 2014. During the past ten years, attendance at movies in the United States and Canada has ranged from a high of 1.42 billion in 2009 to a low of 1.27 billion in 2014. We expect the cyclical nature of the U.S. motion picture exhibition industry to continue for the foreseeable future, and a decline in attendance could materially adversely affect our results of operations. To offset any decrease in attendance, we plan to offer products unique to the motion picture exhibition industry, such as specially selected alternative programming and a luxury in-theater dining experience. We cannot assure you, however, that our offering of such content and services will offset any decrease in attendance that the industry may experience.

An increase in the use of alternative film delivery methods or other forms of entertainment may drive down our attendance and limit our ticket prices.

We compete with other film delivery methods, including network, syndicated cable and satellite television and DVDs, as well as video-on-demand, pay-per-view services, video streaming and downloads via the Internet. We also compete for the public’s leisure time and disposable income with other forms of entertainment, including sporting events, amusement parks, live music concerts and live theater. An increase in the popularity of these alternative film delivery methods and other forms of entertainment could reduce attendance at our theaters, limit the prices we can charge for admission and materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our results of operations may be impacted by shrinking video release windows.

Over the last decade, the average video release window, which represents the time that elapses from the date of a film’s theatrical release to the date a film is available on DVD or similar on demand release to an important downstream market, has decreased from approximately six months to approximately two to three months. If patrons choose to wait for a DVD release, video streaming or other home entertainment options rather than attend a theater for viewing the film, it may adversely impact our business and results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Several major film studios have tested premium video-on-demand products released in homes approximately simultaneously with a movie’s theatrical debut, which threatened the length of the release window. Additionally, for the past several years, Amazon Studios has been producing and acquiring original movies for theatrical release with video streaming available just four to eight weeks after their theatrical debut. We cannot assure you that the release window, which is determined by the film studios, will not shrink further or be eliminated altogether, which could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Our continued success depends in part on the continued popularity of our menu and the experience we offer guests.

Consumer tastes, nutritional and dietary trends, traffic patterns and the type, number, and location of competing restaurants often affect the restaurant business and our competitors may react more efficiently and effectively to those conditions. In addition, some of our competitors in the past have implemented programs that provide price discounts on certain menu offerings, and they may continue to do so in the future. If we are unable to continue to compete effectively, our traffic, sales and unit-level operating profit margins could decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Food safety and food-borne illness incidents could adversely affect guests’ perception of our brand, result in lower sales and increase operating costs.

Food safety is a top priority and we dedicate substantial resources to help ensure that our guests enjoy safe, quality food products. However, food-borne illnesses and other food safety issues have occurred in the food industry in the past, and could occur in the future. A negative report or negative publicity, whether or not related to one of our iPics, may have an adverse impact on demand for our food and could result in decreased guest traffic to our units. A decrease in guest traffic to our iPics as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity could materially harm our brand, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, our reliance on third-party food suppliers and distributors increases the risk that food-borne illness incidents could be caused by factors outside of our control and that multiple iPics would be affected. We cannot ensure that all food items will be properly maintained during transport throughout the supply chain and that our employees

17

will identify all products that may be spoiled and should not be used. If our guests become ill from food-borne illnesses, we could be forced to temporarily close some units. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination, whether or not at iPic, could subject us or our suppliers to a food recall pursuant to the United States Food and Drug Administration’s recently enacted Food Safety Modernization Act.

Restaurant companies have been the target of class action lawsuits and other proceedings that are costly, divert management attention and, if successful, could result in our payment of substantial damages or settlement costs.

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, guests, suppliers, licensees, stockholders or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. In recent years, restaurant companies have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the defendants. Similar lawsuits have been instituted from time to time alleging violations of various federal and state wage and hour laws regarding, among other things, employee meal deductions, overtime eligibility of assistant managers and failure to pay for all hours worked.

Occasionally, our guests file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging that we are responsible for some illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to one of our locations, including actions seeking damages resulting from food-borne illness or accidents at our locations. We are also subject to a variety of other claims from third parties arising in the ordinary course of our business, including contract claims.

Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from our operations. In addition, they may generate negative publicity, which could reduce guest traffic and sales. Although we maintain what we believe to be adequate levels of insurance to cover any of these liabilities, insurance may not be available at all or in sufficient amounts with respect to these or other matters. A judgment or other liability in excess of our insurance coverage for any claims or any adverse publicity resulting from claims could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our plans to open new units, and the ongoing need for capital expenditures at our existing units, require us to expend capital.

Our growth strategy depends on opening new units, which will require us to use cash flows from operations and a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering. We cannot assure you that cash flows from operations and the net proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient to allow us to implement our growth strategy. If this cash is not allocated efficiently among our various projects, or if any of these initiatives prove to be unsuccessful, we may experience reduced profitability and we could be required to delay, significantly curtail or eliminate planned openings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our common stock.

In addition, as our units mature, our business will require capital expenditures for the maintenance, renovation and improvement of existing units to remain competitive and maintain the value of our brand standard. This creates an ongoing need for capital, and, to the extent we cannot fund capital expenditures from cash flows from operations, funds will need to be borrowed or otherwise obtained. If we cannot access the capital we need, we may not be able to execute on our growth strategy, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

If the costs of funding new units or renovations or enhancements at existing iPics exceed budgeted amounts, and/or the time for building or renovation is longer than anticipated, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing property subject to long-term non-cancelable leases.

We do not own any real property and all of our iPics are located in leased premises. The leases for our units generally have initial terms of 15 to 25 years and typically provide for two renewal options in five-year increments as well as for rent escalations.

Generally, our leases are net leases that require us to pay our share of the costs of real estate taxes, utilities, building operating expenses, insurance and other charges in addition to rent. We generally cannot cancel these leases. Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term non-cancelable leases. If we close a unit, we nonetheless

18

may be obligated to perform our monetary obligations under the applicable lease, including, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term. In addition, as each of our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close units in desirable locations.

As of June 30, 2017, we were a party to operating leases associated with our iPics and administrative offices requiring future minimum lease payments of $5.6 million for the remainder of 2017 and approximately $361.8 million thereafter, which minimum lease commitments are not reflected as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in “Description of Indebtedness”) or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would have a materially adverse effect on our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

Our substantial debt could adversely affect our operations and prevent us from satisfying those debt obligations.

We have a significant amount of debt. As of June 30, 2017, we had outstanding $187.6 million of indebtedness, which consisted of $136.7 million under our senior secured credit facility and $50.9 million of unsecured subordinated notes to related parties. As of June 30, 2017, we also had approximately $367.5 million of undiscounted rental payments under operating leases (with initial base terms generally between 15 to 25 years). While all of the unsecured subordinated notes to related parties will be repaid or cancelled in connection with the Offering, the amount of our remaining indebtedness and lease and other financial obligations could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

         increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

         limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, dividend payments, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes;

         require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of lease rentals and principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for operations and any future growth or other business opportunities;

         limit our planning flexibility for, or ability to react to, changes in our business and the industry; and

         place us at a competitive disadvantage with competitors who may have less indebtedness and other obligations or greater access to financing.

If we fail to make any required payment under our senior secured credit facility or to comply with any of the financial and operating covenants contained therein, we would be in default. Lenders under our senior secured credit facility could then vote to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness under the senior secured credit facility and foreclose upon the property that is pledged to secure the senior secured credit facility (which property includes substantially all the assets of iPic-Gold Class and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, together with 100% of the equity interests of iPic-Gold Class). Other creditors might then accelerate other indebtedness. If the lenders under the senior secured credit facility accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness thereunder, we might not have sufficient assets to satisfy our obligations under the senior secured credit facility or our other indebtedness. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Limitations on the availability of capital may prevent deployment of strategic initiatives.

Our key strategic initiatives, including future upgrades of our Generation I and Generation II facilities into our latest Generation III furniture, fixture and equipment, requires significant capital expenditures to implement. Our net capital expenditures aggregated approximately $11.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $57.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016. For calendar year 2018, we estimate that our gross cash outflows for capital expenditures will be approximately $20 million to $25 million, inclusive of $5 million to $10 million expected to be supplied in the form of tenant improvement financing. Over the subsequent three years, we estimate that our gross cash outflows for capital expenditures will be approximately $75 million to $85 million, inclusive of $30 million to $35 million expected to be supplied in the form of tenant improvement financing. Actual capital expenditures for calendar year 2018 and for the subsequent years may differ materially from our estimates. The lack of available capital resources due to business performance or other financial commitments could prevent or delay the deployment of

19

innovations in our theaters. We may have to seek additional financing or issue additional securities to fully implement our growth strategy. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain new financing on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, covenants under our existing indebtedness limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, and the performance of any additional or improved theaters may not be sufficient to service the related indebtedness that we are permitted to incur.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants that may limit our ability to take advantage of certain business opportunities advantageous to us.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

         incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

         pay dividends or make other distributions to our stockholders;

         make restricted payments;

         incur liens;

         engage in transactions with affiliates; and

         enter into business combinations.

These restrictions could limit our ability to obtain future financing, make acquisitions or needed capital expenditures, withstand economic downturns in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise.

We have a limited operating history which provides limited reference for you to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives.

We were formed in September 2010. Since we have a limited operating history, we are subject to the risks and uncertainties associated with early stage companies and have historically operated at a loss. Accordingly, you will have a limited basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives. As of the date hereof, we have 16 locations and have an additional five locations under development. Our financial condition, results of operations and our future success will, to a significant extent, depend on our ability to continue to open restaurants and theaters throughout the United States and internationally and to achieve economies of scale. We cannot assure you that more restaurants and theaters can be opened on terms favorable to us or at all, or that if we open those restaurants and theaters, we will be able to operate our expanded business profitably. If we fail to achieve our business objectives, then we may not be able to realize our expected revenue growth, maintain our existing revenue levels or operate at a profit. Even if we do realize our business objectives, our business may not be profitable in the future.

We have had significant financial losses in previous years.

Historically, we have had operating losses, negative cash flows from operations and working capital deficiencies. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, we reported net losses of $24.7 million, $34.2 million and $22.4 million, respectively. We expect to have significant net losses and negative cash flow for at least the next several years, as we incur additional costs and expenses for the continued development of new iPics. Whether, and when, the Company can attain profitability and positive cash flows from operations is uncertain. If we experience losses in the future, we may be unable to meet our payment obligations on our existing indebtedness, while attempting to expand our theater circuit and withstand competitive pressures or adverse economic conditions.

Our sales growth and ability to achieve profitability could be adversely affected if comparable-store sales are less than we expect.

Comparable-store sales are a year-over-year comparison of sales at iPics open at the end of the period which have been open for at least 12 months prior to the start of such quarterly period. It is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends. The level of comparable-store sales will affect our sales growth and will continue to be a critical factor affecting our ability to generate profits because the profit margin on comparable-store sales is generally higher than the profit margin on new

20

store sales. Our ability to increase comparable-store sales depends in part on our ability to successfully implement our initiatives to build sales. It is possible such initiatives will not be successful, and that we will not achieve our target comparable-store sales growth or that the change in comparable-store sales could be negative, which may cause a decrease in sales growth and ability to achieve profitability that would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the timing of new iPic location openings and the relatively small number of iPic locations currently in operation.

The timing of new iPic location openings may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly performance. We typically incur most cash pre-opening expenses for a new iPic within the six months immediately preceding, and the month of, the iPic’s opening. In addition, the labor and operating costs for a newly opened iPic during the first three to six months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenues. Additionally, a portion of a current year new location capital expenditures is related to iPics that are not expected to open until the following year. Due to these substantial up-front financial requirements to open new iPic locations, the investment risk related to any single iPic is much larger than that associated with many other restaurants or entertainment venues.

Similarly, with respect to revenues, there is some ramp-up time following the opening of a new iPic during which time revenues from that particular location have not yet achieved what is to be expected once the location has been open for a period of three years. This will affect our revenues during periods when we open up one or more new iPic locations.

Furthermore, because we currently operate at only 16 locations, a problem at any one location may have a significant impact on our results of operations from period to period. For example, Hurricane Harvey negatively impacted our location in Houston, TX and Hurricane Irma negatively impacted our locations in Miami, FL and Boca Raton, FL, during the three months ended September 30, 2017.

The impact that general economic, political and social conditions in the United States have on consumer discretionary spending could adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our success depends on general economic, political and social conditions and the willingness of consumers to spend money at restaurants and movie theaters. Any significant decrease in consumer confidence, or periods of economic slowdown or recession, could lead to a curtailing of discretionary spending, which in turn could reduce our revenues and results of operations and adversely affect our financial position. Our business is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending and therefore is affected by consumer confidence as well as the future performance of the United States economy. As a result, our results of operations are susceptible to economic slowdowns and recessions. Increases in job losses, home foreclosures, energy prices, investment losses in the financial markets, personal bankruptcies, credit card debt and home mortgage and other borrowing costs, declines in housing values and reduced access to credit, among other factors, may result in lower levels of customer traffic to our iPics, a decline in consumer confidence and a curtailing of consumer discretionary spending. We believe that consumers generally are more willing to make discretionary purchases during periods in which favorable economic conditions prevail. If economic conditions worsen, whether in the United States or in the communities in which our iPics are located, we could see deterioration in customer traffic or a reduction in the average amount customers spend in our iPics.

Geopolitical events, including the threat of domestic terrorism, gun violence or cyber-attacks, could cause people to avoid our theaters or other public places where large crowds are in attendance. For example, in the United States over the past several years, there have been several high-profile incidents involving shootings at movie theaters. In addition, due to our concentration in certain markets, natural or man-made disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, severe weather conditions, local strikes or increases in energy prices in those markets could adversely affect our overall results of operations.

21

Should we choose to expand internationally, the risks of doing business internationally could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business.

In the future, we may choose to open up iPic locations outside of the United States. If we should decide to expand internationally, we will become subject to the risks of doing business outside the United States, including:

         changes in foreign currency exchange rates or currency restructurings and hyperinflation or deflation in the countries in which we choose to operate;

         the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds or limitations on our ability to repatriate non-U.S. earnings in a tax effective manner;

         the presence and acceptance of varying levels of business corruption in international markets;

         the ability to comply with, or impact of complying with, complex and changing laws, regulations and policies of foreign governments that may affect investments or operations, including foreign ownership restrictions, import and export controls, tariffs, embargoes, intellectual property, licensing requirements and regulations, increases in taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws;

         the difficulties involved in managing an organization doing business in many different countries;

         the ability to comply with, or impact of complying with, complex and changing laws, regulations and economic and political policies of the U.S. government, including U.S. laws and regulations relating to economic sanctions, export controls and anti-boycott requirements;

         increases in anti-American sentiment and the identification of the licensed brand as an American brand;

         the effect of disruptions caused by severe weather, natural disasters, outbreak of disease or other events that make travel to a particular region less attractive or more difficult; and

         political and economic instability.

Any or all of these factors may adversely affect the performance of our iPics located in international markets. In particular, an international iPic location may be located in a volatile region that is subject to geopolitical and sociopolitical factors that pose risk to our business operations. In addition, the economy of any region in which our iPics are located may be adversely affected to a greater degree than that of other areas of the country or the world by certain developments affecting industries concentrated in that region or country. While these factors and the impact of these factors are difficult to predict, any one or more of them could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business.

Our recurring operating losses, members’ deficit, and working capital deficit have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.

We have sustained recurring operating losses since our inception. In addition, we had a members’ deficit, and a working capital deficit at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, which raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The perception of our ability to continue as a going concern may make it more difficult for it to obtain financing for the continuation of our operations and could result in the loss of confidence by investors, suppliers and employees. Our consolidated financial statements for all periods have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. As discussed in the notes to those consolidated financial statements, our continuation as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, which is subject to achieving our operating plans, and the continued availability of funding sources. Historically, our main sources of funding have been the RSA non-revolving credit facility, funding expansion into new locations, and funding from members. To date, we have not generated sufficient cash flows from operations to further access the RSA non-revolving credit facility without additional equity infusions. We admitted new members in April 2017 and November 2017 that provided capital in the form of equity and debt of approximately $12,000,000 and $4,000,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, and June 30, 2017, management had concluded that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our independent registered public accounting firm also included explanatory going concern language in their report accompanying our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016.

22

It is not possible at this time for us to predict with assurance the potential success of our business. The revenue and income potential of our business and operations are unknown. We are uncertain whether the proceeds from this Offering will be sufficient to fund our operations to achieve profitability and positive cash flows. These uncertainties cast doubt upon our ability to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a viable entity, we may be unable to continue our operations and you may lose some or all of your investment in our common stock.

If our cash flows prove inadequate to service our debt and provide for our other obligations, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt or future debt at terms unfavorable to us.

Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt and other financial obligations and to fund our capital expenditures and acquisitions will depend on our ability to generate substantial operating cash flow. This will depend on our future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. In addition, our notes require us to repay or refinance those notes when they come due. If our cash flows were to prove inadequate to meet our debt service, rental and other obligations in the future, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing or future debt, on or before maturity, to sell assets or to obtain additional financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, sell any such assets or obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness restrict, but do not prohibit us from incurring additional indebtedness. If we are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in the senior secured credit facility and our other outstanding debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness. If we incur additional indebtedness, the related risks that we face may intensify.

We may suffer future impairment losses and theater and other closure charges.

The opening of new theaters by certain of our competitors has drawn audiences away from some of our older theaters. In addition, demographic changes and competitive pressures have caused some of our theaters to become unprofitable. Since not all theaters are appropriate for our new initiatives, we may have to close certain theaters or recognize impairment losses related to the decrease in value of particular theaters. We review long-lived assets, including intangibles, for impairment as part of an ongoing process and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Deterioration in the performance of our theaters could require us to recognize additional impairment losses and close additional theaters, which could have an adverse effect on the results of our operations. We continually monitor the performance of our theaters, and factors such as changing consumer preferences for filmed entertainment and our inability to sublease vacant retail space could negatively impact operating results and result in future closures, sales, dispositions and significant theater and other closure charges prior to expiration of underlying lease agreements.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which, in turn, could harm the value of our brands and adversely affect our business.

Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends in part on our ability to further build brand recognition using our trademarks, service marks, trade dress, proprietary information and other intellectual property, including our name and logos and the unique character and atmosphere of our iPics. We rely on trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as license agreements, nondisclosure agreements, and confidentiality and other contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. Nevertheless, our competitors may develop a similar character and atmosphere, menu items and concepts, and adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and other intellectual property.

The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks and service marks to increase brand awareness and further develop our brand in the markets in which we operate. We have registered and applied to register trademarks and service marks in the United States. We may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks and service marks, and our competitors and others may successfully challenge the validity and/or enforceability of our trademarks and service marks and other intellectual property. We have several pending patent applications in the United States. Such patent applications are subject to the review by and normal course prosecution before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which may result in the application’s revision or non-approval. As a result, we may not be able to adequately protect the inventions covered by these patent applications, and our competitors and

23

others may benefit as a result of their publication. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in the United States may not be adequate. In addition, should we choose to expand internationally, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

If our efforts to maintain and protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or if any third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes on our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and might prevent our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance.

We may also from time to time be required to institute litigation to enforce our trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our sales, profitability and prospects regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights.

Third parties may assert that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property and may sue us for intellectual property infringement. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs, and the time and attention of our management and other personnel may be diverted in pursuing these proceedings. If a court finds that we infringe a third party’s intellectual property, we may be required to pay damages and/or be subject to an injunction. With respect to any third party intellectual property that we use or wish to use in our business (whether or not asserted against us in litigation), we may not be able to enter into licensing or other arrangements with the owner of such intellectual property at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms.

Our business could be adversely affected if we incur legal liability.

We are subject to, and in the future may become a party to, a variety of litigation or other claims and suits that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. Regardless of the merits of the claims, the cost to defend current and future litigation may be significant, and such matters can be time-consuming and divert management’s attention and resources. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements in some or all of these legal disputes may result in materially adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.

While we maintain insurance for certain potential liabilities, such insurance does not cover all types and amounts of potential liabilities and is subject to various exclusions as well as caps on amounts recoverable. Even if we believe a claim is covered by insurance, insurers may dispute our entitlement to recovery for a variety of potential reasons, which may affect the timing and, if they prevail, the amount of our recovery.

Our business is subject to risks related to our sale of alcoholic beverages.

We serve alcoholic beverages at all of our locations. Alcoholic beverage control regulations generally require our locations to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county or municipal authorities for a license that must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of daily operations of our locations, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, trade practices, wholesale purchasing, other relationships with alcohol manufacturers, wholesalers and distributors, inventory control and handling, storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. Any future failure to comply with these regulations and obtain or retain licenses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject in certain states to “dram shop” statutes, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. We carry liquor liability coverage as part of our existing comprehensive general liability insurance. Recent litigation against restaurant chains has resulted in significant judgments and settlements under dram shop statutes. Because these cases often seek punitive damages, which may not be covered by insurance, such litigation could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and resources away from operations and hurt our financial performance. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage or not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

24

Shortages or interruptions in the supply or delivery of food products could adversely affect our operating results.

We are dependent on frequent deliveries of food products that meet our exact specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of food products caused by problems in production or distribution, inclement weather, unanticipated demand or other conditions could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of ingredients, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Disruption of our relationships with various vendors could substantially harm our business.

We rely on our relationships with several key studios in the operations of our business. These relationships include:

         Paramount Pictures/Dreamworks

         Sony Pictures

         20th Century Fox

         Universal Film Exchanges

         Walt Disney Studio Pictures

         Warner Brothers

Although our senior management has long-standing relationships with each of these vendors, we could experience deterioration or loss of any of our vendor relationships, which would significantly disrupt our operations until an alternative source is secured.

We are subject to substantial government regulation, which could entail significant cost.

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices affecting our business, and we must comply with provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, equal employment, environmental, and licensing for the sale of food and, in some theaters, alcoholic beverages. Our new theater openings could be delayed or prevented or our existing theaters could be impacted by difficulties or failures in our ability to obtain or maintain required approvals or licenses. Changes in existing laws or implementation of new laws, regulations and practices could have a significant impact on our business. A significant portion of our theater level employees are part time workers who are paid at or near the applicable minimum wage in the theater’s jurisdiction. Increases in the minimum wage and implementation of reforms requiring the provision of additional benefits will increase our labor costs.

We own and operate facilities throughout the United States and are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of those jurisdictions, particularly laws governing the cleanup of hazardous materials and the management of properties. We might in the future be required to participate in the cleanup of a property that we own or lease, or at which we have been alleged to have disposed of hazardous materials from one of our facilities. In certain circumstances, we might be solely responsible for any such liability under environmental laws, and such claims could be material.

Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or ADA. Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, and an award of damages to private litigants or additional capital expenditures to remedy such noncompliance.

25

We depend on key personnel for our current and future performance.

Our current and future performance depends to a significant degree upon the retention of our senior management team and other key personnel. The loss or unavailability to us of any member of our senior management team or a key employee — including, without limitation, Mr. Hamid Hashemi, our founder, President and CEO — could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We believe that our future success will depend on our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. There is a high level of competition for experienced, successful personnel in our industry. We cannot assure you that we would be able to locate or employ qualified replacements for senior management or key employees on acceptable terms.

We rely on our information systems to conduct our business, and any failure to protect these systems against security breaches or failure of these systems themselves could adversely affect our business, results of operations and liquidity and could result in litigation and penalties. Additionally, if these systems fail or become unavailable for any significant period of time, our business could be harmed.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on computer hardware and software systems. Among other things, these systems collect and store certain personal information from customers, vendors and employees and process customer payment information. Our mobile application allows patrons to purchase tickets, select seats and order food and beverage. Additionally, open source internet ticketing allows tickets for all of our theaters to be sold by various third party vendors on websites using information systems we do not control. Our information systems and those maintained by our third party vendors and the sensitive data they are designed to protect are vulnerable to security breaches by computer hackers, cyber terrorists and other cyber attackers, and employees exceeding their authorized access. We rely on security measures and technology typical of our industry to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on our information systems, and we rely on our third party vendors to take appropriate measures to protect the confidentiality of the information on those information systems. However, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches. Our information systems may become unavailable or fail to perform as anticipated for any reason, including viruses, loss of power or human error. Any significant interruption or failure of our information systems or those maintained by our third party vendors or any significant breach of security could materially adversely affect (i) our reputation with our customers, vendors and employees, (ii) our brand name, and (iii) our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any of the foregoing could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. A significant interruption, failure or breach of the security of our information systems or those of our third party vendors could also require us to expend significant resources to upgrade the security measures and technology that guard sensitive data against computer hackers, cyber terrorists and other cyber attackers. We maintain cyber risk insurance coverage to protect against such risks, however, there can be no assurance that such coverage will be adequate.

Changes in privacy laws could adversely affect our ability to market our products effectively.

Our cinemas rely on a variety of direct marketing techniques, including email marketing. Any expansion on existing and/or new laws and regulations regarding marketing, solicitation or data protection could adversely affect the continuing effectiveness of our email and other marketing techniques and could result in changes to our marketing strategy which could adversely impact our attendance levels and revenues.

Risks Relating to Our Organizational Structure

Our principal asset after the completion of this Offering will be our interest in Holdings, and Holdings’ principal asset will be its interest in iPic-Gold Class, and, accordingly, we will depend on distributions that iPic-Gold Class makes to Holdings and that Holdings makes to us to pay our taxes and expenses. iPic-Gold Class’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

Upon the consummation of this Offering, we will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than our ownership of LLC Interests of Holdings, which is itself a holding company that will have no material assets other than its ownership of limited liability company interests of iPic-Gold Class. As such, we will have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay our taxes and operating expenses or declare and pay dividends in the future, if any, will be dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries and distributions we receive indirectly from iPic-Gold Class. There can be no assurance that our subsidiaries will generate

26

sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in our debt instruments, will permit such distributions.

Both Holdings and iPic-Gold Class will continue to be treated as pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of LLC Interests, including us. Accordingly, we will incur income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of Holdings. Under the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, Holdings will be obligated to make tax distributions to holders of LLC Interests, including us. In addition to tax expenses, we will also incur expenses related to our operations, which we expect could be significant. We intend, as the sole manager of Holdings, which is itself the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class, to cause iPic-Gold Class to make cash distributions to Holdings out of which (i) Holdings will make cash distributions to the owners of LLC Interests, in an amount sufficient to fund all or part of their tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated to them and (ii) Holdings will make cash payments to us in an amount sufficient to cover our other expenses. However, Holdings’s and iPic-Glass Class’s ability to make such distributions and payments may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would either violate any contract or agreement to which Holdings or iPic-Gold Class is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering either Holdings or iPic-Gold Class insolvent. If we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations, we may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and subject us to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Holdings LLC Agreement — Distributions.” In addition, if neither Holdings nor iPic-Gold Class has sufficient funds to make distributions, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends will also be restricted or impaired. See “— Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock” and “Dividend Policy.”

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to taxation by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities, and we may in the future be subject to taxation by foreign tax authorities. As a result, our tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of expenses to differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

         changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

         expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

         tax effects of stock-based compensation;

         changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

         future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal, state and local taxing authorities, and we may in the future be subject to audits by foreign taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

If we were deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a result of our direct ownership of Holdings and our indirect ownership of iPic-Gold Class, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the 1940 Act if (i) it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities or (ii) it engages, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We do not believe that we are an “investment company,” as such term is defined in either of those sections of the 1940 Act.

27

iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will indirectly control and operate iPic-Gold Class. On that basis, we believe that our interest in iPic-Gold Class is not an “investment security” as that term is used in the 1940 Act. However, if we were to cease participation in the management of iPic-Gold Class, our interest in iPic-Gold Class could be deemed an “investment security” for purposes of the 1940 Act.

We, Holdings and iPic-Gold Class intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

iPic is controlled by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

Immediately following this Offering and the application of net proceeds from this Offering, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will control approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of our common stock through their ownership of Class B common stock. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners will, for the foreseeable future, have significant influence over our corporate management and affairs, and will be able to control virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners are able to, subject to applicable law, and the voting arrangements described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” elect a majority of the members of our board of directors and control actions to be taken by us and our board of directors, including amendments to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers and sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors so elected will have the authority, subject to the terms of our indebtedness and applicable rules and regulations, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions. It is possible that the interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders, including you. For example, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners may have different tax positions from us that could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, and whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, the determination of future tax reporting positions, the structuring of future transactions and the handling of any future challenges by any taxing authority to our tax reporting positions may take into consideration these Continuing iPic Equity Owners’ tax or other considerations, which may differ from the considerations of us or our other stockholders.

In addition, certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners are in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and hold, and may from time to time in the future acquire, interests in or provide advice to businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or the business of our suppliers. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners or any director who is not employed by us or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business as us. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners may also pursue acquisitions that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate and realization of our deferred tax assets may result in volatility of our operating results.

We are subject to income taxes in various U.S. jurisdictions. We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which may include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets. At any one time, many tax years may be subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. We expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated.

In addition, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by a variety of factors including but not limited to changes in the mix and level of earnings, varying tax rates in the different jurisdictions in which we operate, fluctuations in the valuation allowance or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations. Further, tax legislation may be enacted in the future which could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates.

28

We are subject to complex taxation and could be subject to changes in our tax rates, the adoption of new U.S. or international tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities.

We are subject to many different forms of taxation in the U.S. and, should we expand internationally, we will also be subject to different forms of taxation in those foreign jurisdictions where we operate. The tax authorities may not agree with the determinations that we made and such disagreements could result in lengthy legal disputes and, ultimately, in the payment of substantial amounts for tax, interest and penalties, which could have a material impact on our results. Additionally, current economic and political conditions make tax rates in any jurisdiction, including the U.S., subject to significant change. Our future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws or their interpretation. If the Company’s effective tax rates were to increase, or if the ultimate determination of the Company’s taxes owed in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, the Company’s operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

On December 20, 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate each voted to approve the Tax Cut and Jobs Act and, on December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Cut and Jobs Act into law.   The Tax Cut and Jobs Act includes provisions that, among other things, reduce the U.S. corporate tax rate, introduce a deduction for certain income earned through pass-through entities, introduce a capital investment deduction, limit the interest deduction, limit the use of net operating losses to offset future taxable income, and make extensive changes to the U.S. international tax system, including the taxation of the accumulated foreign earnings.  The limitation on the use of net operating losses to offset future taxable income could result in iPic Entertainment’s being required to pay cash taxes or Holdings’ being required make tax distributions in an earlier year than would be the case under existing law.  In addition, the limitation on the interest deduction could result in the deferral of interest deductions on a portion of our indebtedness to subsequent years (in which our interest deductions would also be subject to limitation and potential deferral), which could materially increase iPic Entertainment’s liability for taxes or the amount of tax distributions Holdings would be required to make in any affected years.  Other provisions of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act, such as the reduction in the U.S. corporate tax rate and the capital investment deduction, could have the effect of reducing the amount of taxes to which iPic Entertainment would otherwise have been subject or the amount of tax distributions Holdings would otherwise be required to make in a particular taxable year.  The Tax Cut and Jobs Act is complex and far-reaching and we cannot predict the resulting impact its enactment will have on us.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this Offering.  Downward pressure on the stock price could encourage short-selling.

Prior to this Offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. While we plan to apply for the listing of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ, there can be no assurance that our Class A Common Stock will continue to be quoted on NASDAQ or that a meaningful, consistent and liquid trading market will develop. As a result, our stockholders may not be able to sell or liquidate their holdings in a timely manner or at the then-prevailing trading price of our Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the Selling Agents and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market, and the value of our common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price.

In particular, several other companies that have recently completed initial public offerings pursuant to Regulation A have experienced significant stock price declines following their initial public offerings and short sales in the market may have contributed to these stock price declines. Selling short is a technique used by a stockholder to take advantage of an anticipated decline in the price of a security. Short selling occurs when an individual borrows shares from an investor through a broker and then sells those borrowed shares at the current market price. To the extent the stock price declines, the short seller profits when the stock price falls because he or she can repurchase the stock at a lower price and pay back the person from whom he or she borrowed, thereby making a profit. A significant number of short sales within a relatively short period of time can create downward pressure on the market price of a security. Therefore, if there are significant short sales of our common stock following this Offering, the trading price of our common stock could decline materially, which could cause any of our existing stockholders to sell their shares thereby creating further downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. It is not possible to predict how much the trading price of our common stock may decline in the event any such short selling occurs, but you could lose all or part of your investment. 

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our common stock could be volatile, and you can lose all or part of your investment. The following factors, in addition to other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Offering Circular, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

         announcements of innovations or new services by us or our competitors;

         any adverse changes to our relationship with our customers or suppliers;

29

         variations in the costs of products that we use in our restaurants or theaters;

         announcements concerning our competitors or the restaurant and movie theater industry in general;

         achievement of expected sales and profitability;

         supply or distribution shortages;

         adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our services or the products we use;

         actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

         changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

         trading volume of our common stock;

         sales of our common stock by us, our executive officers and directors or our stockholders in the future;

         general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity markets; and

         changes in accounting principles.

In addition, broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely impact our business. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

Immediately following the consummation of this Offering, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will have the right to have their LLC Interests redeemed pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement.

After this Offering, we will have an aggregate of 87,614,371 shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued, including approximately 10,220,629 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon redemption of LLC Interests that will be held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners. Holdings will enter into the Holdings LLC Agreement and, subject to certain restrictions set forth therein and as described elsewhere in this Offering Circular, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be entitled to have their LLC Interests redeemed for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A common stock may have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales or distributions of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued in connection with an acquisition, or the perception that such sales or distributions could occur, may cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

30

Investors purchasing common stock in this Offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this Offering and future equity issuances.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this Offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your stock, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value (deficit) per share of the shares you acquire. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. The pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share, calculated as of June 30, 2017 and after giving effect to the Offering (based on the initial public offering price of $18.50 per share and after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), is $(3.24). Investors purchasing common stock in this Offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $21.74 per share, based on the initial public offering price of $18.50 per share. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this Offering. In addition, if the Selling Agents exercise their options to purchase additional shares, or if we issue additional equity securities in the future, investors purchasing common stock in this Offering will experience additional dilution.

As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing stock in this Offering may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this Offering in the event of liquidation. See “Dilution.”

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the Selling Agents that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for 180 days from the date of this Offering Circular, subject to certain exceptions. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following the Offering. After this Offering, we will have 12,385,629 outstanding shares of Common Stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 19, 2017.

The shares of Class A Common Stock issued in this Offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our Class A Common Stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

We and each of our directors, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock, which collectively will hold 82.5% of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to the sale of the maximum shares in this Offering, have agreed with the Selling Agent, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock during the period from the date of this Offering Circular continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this Offering Circular, except with the prior written consent of the Selling Agent. See “Plan of Distribution.” In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options or warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Class A Common Stock. All of our shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date of this Offering Circular may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws.

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our stock plans. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover shares of our Class A Common Stock.

Moreover, after this Offering, holders of an aggregate of 10,036,576 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions such as the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely

31

tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

In the future, we may also issue additional securities if we need to raise capital, which could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our markets, or if they adversely change their recommendations or publish negative reports regarding our business or our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our markets or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts and we cannot provide any assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price could decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our Company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this Offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this Offering and you will be relying on their judgment in applying these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment.

We intend to cause iPic-Gold Class to use the proceeds that it receives from this Offering as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $750,000 in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $36.4 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPics and renovating existing iPics. We believe that the net proceeds of this Offering, together with our current resources, will allow us to operate for at least the next 12 months.

Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this Offering.

Because we do not intend to declare cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future, stockholders must rely on appreciation of the value of our common stock, if any, for any return on their investment.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, we expect that only appreciation of the price of our common stock, if any, will provide a return to investors in this Offering for the foreseeable future.

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and NASDAQ, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the corporate governance standards of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and NASDAQ. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other costs that we did not incur as a private company. These requirements will place a strain on our management, systems and resources and we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company. The Exchange Act will require us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of shareholders. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. NASDAQ will require that we comply with various corporate

32

governance requirements. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting and comply with the Exchange Act and NASDAQ requirements, significant resources and management oversight will be required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and lead to significant costs associated with compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on us and the price of our common stock.

We also expect that it could be difficult and will be significantly more expensive to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Advocacy efforts by shareholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in governance and reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically, we do not have an effective control environment because we do not have formalized internal control policies and procedures. We have also identified material weaknesses related to our lack of adequate review of complex accounting matters, improperly designed period end financial reporting controls, and improperly designed information technology controls.

We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate these material weaknesses, including controls designed to require reviews of complex areas in a timely manner. In addition, we are designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls throughout the organization, including enhancing our control environment and redesigning and implementing controls over information technology and our period end financial reporting process such as formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management. While we are designing, documenting and implementing improved processes and internal controls, we cannot predict the success of such measures or the outcome of our assessment of these measures at this time. We can give no assurance that material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date which is the later of the date we are a large accelerated filer and the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. We have begun the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, when applicable, and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.

33

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that make it more difficult to effect a change in control of the company.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this Offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents will include provisions that:

         authorize blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

         limit the liability of, and provide indemnification to, our directors and officers;

         limit the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

         require advance notice of stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election to our board of directors;

         require that directors only be removed from office for cause; and

         limit the determination of the number of directors on our board and the filling of vacancies or newly created seats on the board to our board of directors then in office.

Further, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits us from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The application of section 203 could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control that could be advantageous to the stockholders.

These provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law, alone or together, could delay or deter hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. Any provision of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

34

THE TRANSACTIONS

Prior to the consummation of this Offering and the organizational transactions described below, the business and operations of the Company were conducted through iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on October 18, 2017 to serve as the issuer of the Class A common stock offered hereby. Holdings was formed as a Delaware LLC on December 22, 2017 to hold the equity interests in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class immediately following the completion of the Transactions.

Prior to the transactions described below, the only members of iPic Gold Class were the Original iPic Equity Owners. iPic-Gold Class was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, was not subject to any U.S. federal entity-level income taxes. Rather, taxable income or loss was included in the U.S. federal income tax returns of iPic-Gold Class’s members.

Transactions

Immediately prior to or in connection with the closing of this Offering, we and the Original iPic Equity Owners will consummate the following organizational transactions:

         all of the membership interests in iPic-Gold Class will be contributed by the Original iPic Equity Owners to Holdings in exchange for all of the membership interests in Holdings (the “LLC Interests”), following which iPic-Gold Class will be 100% owned and controlled by Holdings;

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of Holdings (the “Holdings LLC Agreement”), to, among other things, provide for the organizational structure described below under “Organizational Structure Following this Offering”

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of iPic-Gold Class to appoint Holdings as the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class and reflect iPic-Gold Class’s status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings;

         certain of the Original iPic Equity Owners will transfer the LLC Interests that they hold in Holdings to certain direct or indirect members of such Original iPic Equity Owners. The recipients of these LLC Interests, together with the Original iPic Equity Owners that did not transfer any of the LLC Interests that they held in Holdings, are collectively referred to herein as the “Continuing iPic Equity Owners”;

         we will amend and restate iPic Entertainment’s Certificate of Incorporation to, among other things, (i) provide for Class A common stock and Class B common stock and (ii) issue shares of Class B common stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Interests they own, for nominal consideration;

         we will issue up to 2,165,000 shares of our Class A common stock to the purchasers in this Offering in exchange for net proceeds of up to approximately $37.15 million, assuming the shares are offered at $18.50 per share, after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions but before offering expenses payable by us;

         we will use all of the net proceeds from this Offering to acquire newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the initial public offering price of Class A common stock, collectively representing 17.5% of Holdings’s outstanding LLC Interests;

         Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment;

         iPic-Gold Class will use the proceeds it receives from Holdings as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $750,000 in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $36.4 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPics and renovating existing iPics. See “Use of Proceeds”;

35

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will continue to own the LLC Interests that they owned prior to this Offering and will have no economic interest in iPic Entertainment despite their ownership of Class B common stock (where “economic interests” means the right to receive any distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, in connection with common stock); and

         assuming that all of the LLC Interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners are redeemed or exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, such Continuing iPic Equity Owners will own 10,220,629 shares of iPic Entertainment’s Class A common stock, representing approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of our Common Stock, immediately following the closing of this Offering; and.

         iPic Entertainment will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners.

For a description of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, see “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Organizational Structure Following this Offering

Immediately following the completion of the Transactions, including this Offering:

         iPic Entertainment will be a holding company and the principal asset of iPic Entertainment will be LLC Interests of Holdings;

         Holdings will be a holding company and will own 100% of the limited liability company interests of, and control, iPic-Gold Class, subject to the pledge of such limited liability company interests to secure the obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility as described in “Description of Indebtedness”;

         iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries;

         iPic Entertainment’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A common stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners;

         iPic Entertainment will own LLC Interests representing 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings;

         the purchasers in this Offering (i) will own 2,165,000 shares of Class A common stock, representing approximately 17.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock, (ii) will own 100.0% of the economic interest in iPic Entertainment and (iii) through iPic Entertainment’s ownership of LLC Interests, indirectly will hold (applying the percentages in the preceding clause (ii) to iPic Entertainments percentage economic interest in Holdings) approximately 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings; and

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will own (i) LLC Interests, representing 82.5% of the economic interest in Holdings and (ii) through their ownership of Class B common stock, approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock. Following the Offering, each LLC Interest held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be redeemable, at the election of such members, for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (and their shares of Class B Common Stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis upon any such issuance). iPic Entertainment’s board of directors, which will include directors who hold LLC Interests or are affiliated with holders of LLC Interests and may include such directors in the future, may, at its option, instead make a cash payment equal to a volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A common stock for each LLC Interest redeemed (subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications) in accordance with the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement. See “The Transactions — Holdings LLC Agreement.”

36

Immediately following this Offering, we will be a holding company and our principal asset will be the LLC Interests we purchase from Holdings. iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will operate and control all of the business and affairs of iPic-Gold Class and, through iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Accordingly, although we will have a minority economic interest in Holdings, we will have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Holdings and, indirectly, iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will consolidate both Holdings and iPic-Gold Class in our consolidated financial statements and will report non-controlling interests related to the LLC Interests held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on our consolidated financial statements. iPic Entertainment will have a board of directors and executive officers, but will have no other employees. All of our employees and their functions are expected to reside at iPic-Gold Class.

As a result of our ownership structure, we expect to obtain an increase in our share of the tax basis of assets owned indirectly by Holdings when the Continuing iPic Equity Owners exchange their LLC Interests for Class A Common Stock. These basis increases may have the effect of reducing the amounts that we would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. Our structure does not contemplate a tax receivable agreement. Therefore, any tax benefits realized from this arrangement will inure to our benefit. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient taxable income to utilize any such tax benefits.

37

The following diagram shows our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this Offering:

38

Holdings LLC Agreement

We will operate our business through Holdings, which will in turn operate our business through iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries. In connection with the completion of this Offering, we and the Original iPic Equity Owners will enter into Holdings’s amended and restated limited liability company agreement, which we refer to as the “Holdings LLC Agreement.” The operations of Holdings, and the rights and obligations of the holders of LLC Interests, will be set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement.

Appointment as Manager. Under the Holdings LLC Agreement, we will become a member and the sole manager of Holdings. As the sole manager, we will be able to control all of the day-to-day business affairs and decision-making of Holdings without the approval of any other member. As such, we, through our officers and directors, will be responsible for all operational and administrative decisions of Holdings. Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of iPic-Gold Class and of iPic-Gold Class’s subsidiaries. Pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, we cannot, under any circumstances, be removed as the sole manager of Holdings except at our election.

Compensation. We will not be entitled to compensation for our services as manager. We will be entitled indirectly to reimbursement by iPic-Gold Class for fees and expenses incurred on behalf of iPic-Gold Class, including all expenses associated with this Offering and maintaining our corporate existence.

Exchange of Membership Interests. On December 22, 2017, iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the Offering, the Original iPic Equity Owners will contribute their membership interests in iPic-Gold Class in exchange for Holdings common membership units, which we refer to as “LLC Interests.” Certain of the Original iPic Equity Owners will transfer their LLC Interests to certain direct or indirect members of such Original iPic Equity Owners. The recipients of these LLC Interests, together with the Original iPic Equity Owners that did not transfer any of their LLC Interests, are collectively referred to herein as the “Continuing iPic Equity Owners.” The iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement will be amended and restated to reflect its status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings and will appoint Holdings as the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. The Holdings LLC Agreement will also include a requirement that one LLC Interest can be acquired with the net proceeds received in the Offering from the sale of one share of our Class A common stock. Each LLC Interest will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net profits and net losses and distributions of Holdings.

Distributions. The Holdings LLC Agreement will require “tax distributions,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement, to be made by Holdings to its “members,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement. Tax distributions will be made quarterly to each member of Holdings, including us, based on such member’s allocable share of the cumulative net taxable income of Holdings and at a tax rate that will be determined by us. The tax rate that we expect to use for purposes of determining tax distributions from Holdings to its members will be determined in the sole discretion of the manager. The tax rate used to determine tax distributions will apply regardless of the actual final tax liability of any such member. Tax distributions will also be made only to the extent that all previous distributions to such member for the relevant period were less than the tax distributions that such member would have been entitled to receive for such period as calculated in the manner described above. To the extent that each member of Holdings would otherwise be entitled to less than its “percentage interest,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement, of the aggregate tax distributions to be paid by Holdings on any given date, the tax distributions to such member shall be increased to ensure that all such distributions be made pro rata in accordance with such member’s percentage interest. The Holdings LLC Agreement will also allow for distributions to be made by Holdings to its members on a pro rata basis out of “distributable cash,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement. We expect Holdings may make distributions out of distributable cash periodically to the extent permitted by the agreements governing our indebtedness and necessary to enable us to cover our operating expenses and other obligations, including our tax liability, as well as to make dividend payments, if any, to the holders of our Class A common stock.

39

LLC Interest Redemption Right. The Holdings LLC Agreement provides a redemption right to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners which entitles them to have their LLC Interests redeemed, at the election of each such person, for, at our option, as determined by or at the direction of our board of directors, which will include directors who hold LLC Interests or are affiliated with holders of LLC Interests and may include such directors in the future, newly-issued shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or a cash payment equal to a volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A common stock for each LLC Interest redeemed (subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications). If we decide to make a cash payment, the Continuing iPic Equity Owner has the option to rescind its redemption request within a specified time period. Upon the exercise of the redemption right, the redeeming member will surrender its LLC Interests to Holdings for cancellation. If the redemption is to be fulfilled with cash from an issuance of Class A common stock or with shares of our Class A common stock, the Holdings LLC Agreement requires that we contribute such cash or shares of our Class A common stock to Holdings in exchange for an amount of newly-issued LLC Interests in Holdings that will be issued to us equal to the number of LLC Interests redeemed from the Continuing iPic Equity Owner. Holdings will then distribute the cash (whether from an issuance of Class A common stock or another source) or shares of our Class A common stock to such Continuing iPic Equity Owner to complete the redemption. In the event of such election by a Continuing iPic Equity Owner, we may, at our option, effect a direct exchange of cash or our Class A common stock for such LLC Interests in lieu of such a redemption. Whether by redemption or exchange, we are obligated to ensure that at all times the number of LLC Interests that we own equals the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities).

Issuance of LLC Interests Upon Exercise of Options or Issuance of Other Equity Compensation. Upon the exercise of options issued by us, or the issuance of other types of equity compensation by us (such as the issuance of restricted or non-restricted stock, payment of bonuses in stock or settlement of stock appreciation rights in stock), we will be required to acquire from Holdings a number of LLC Interests equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock being issued in connection with the exercise of such options or issuance of other types of equity compensation. When we issue shares of Class A common stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are not officers or employees of Holdings or its subsidiaries, we will make, or be deemed to make, a capital contribution to Holdings equal to the aggregate value of such shares of Class A common stock, and Holdings will issue to us a number of LLC Interests equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock we issued. When we issue shares of Class A common stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are officers or employees of Holdings or its subsidiaries, we will be deemed to have sold directly to the person exercising such award a portion of the value of each share of Class A common stock equal to the exercise price per share, and we will be deemed to have sold directly to Holdings (or the applicable subsidiary of Holdings) the difference between the exercise price and market price per share for each such share of Class A common stock. In cases where we grant other types of equity compensation to employees of Holdings or its subsidiaries, on each applicable vesting date we will be deemed to have sold to Holdings (or such subsidiary) the number of vested shares at a price equal to the market price per share, Holdings (or such subsidiary) will deliver the shares to the applicable person, and we will be deemed to have made a capital contribution to Holdings equal to the purchase price for such shares in exchange for an equal number of LLC Interests.

Maintenance of one-to-one ratio of shares of Class A common stock and LLC Interests owned by iPic Entertainment. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A common stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners. This construct is intended to result in the Continuing iPic Equity Owners having a voting interest in iPic Entertainment that is identical to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners’ percentage economic interest in Holdings.

Transfer Restrictions. The Holdings LLC Agreement generally does not permit transfers of LLC Interests by members, subject to limited exceptions. Any transferee of LLC Interests must assume, by operation of law or written agreement, all of the obligations of a transferring member with respect to the transferred units, even if the transferee is not admitted as a member of Holdings.

40

Dissolution. The Holdings LLC Agreement provides that the unanimous consent of all members holding voting units will be required to voluntarily dissolve Holdings. In addition to a voluntary dissolution, Holdings will be dissolved upon a change of control transaction under certain circumstances, as well as upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution or other circumstances in accordance with Delaware law. Upon a dissolution event, the proceeds of a liquidation will be distributed in the following order: (i) first, to pay the expenses of winding up Holdings; (ii) second, to pay debts and liabilities owed to creditors of Holdings, other than members; (iii) third, to pay debts and liabilities owed to members; and (iv) fourth, to the members pro-rata in accordance with their respective percentage ownership interests in Holdings (as determined based on the number of LLC Interests held by a member relative to the aggregate number of all outstanding LLC Interests).

Confidentiality. Each member will agree to maintain the confidentiality of Holdings’s confidential information. This obligation excludes information independently obtained or developed by the members, information that is in the public domain or otherwise disclosed to a member, in either such case not in violation of a confidentiality obligation or disclosures required by law or judicial process or approved by our chief executive officer.

Indemnification and Exculpation. The Holdings LLC Agreement provides for indemnification of the manager, members and officers of Holdings and their respective subsidiaries or affiliates. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Holdings will indemnify us, as its sole manager, its tax matters representative, its authorized officers, its other employees and agents from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, fees or penalties incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these indemnified persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any iPic standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

We, as the sole manager, the tax matters representative, and the authorized officers and other employees and agents of Holdings will not be liable to Holdings, its members or their affiliates for damages incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these exculpated persons are not the result of fraud, or intentional misconduct.

Amendments. The Holdings LLC Agreement may be amended with the consent of the members holding a majority of the voting units then outstanding; provided, however, that if, as of any date of determination, a majority of the voting units are then held by the sole manager or any affiliates controlled by the sole manager, then the Holdings LLC Agreement may be amended with the consent of the sole manager together with members (other than the sole manager and its controlled affiliates) holding a majority of the voting units (excluding voting units held by the sole manager) then outstanding. In addition, the sections of the Holdings LLC Agreement dealing with the management of Holdings and with dissolution may be amended only with the prior written consent of the sole manager, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole manager’s sole discretion.

41

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are offering 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, at an offering price of $18.50 per share for a gross offering amount of $40,052,500. Our management team will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this Offering.

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this Offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock. Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment.

We intend to cause iPic-Gold Class to use the proceeds that it receives from Holdings as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $750,000 in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $36.4 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPics and renovating existing iPics. We believe that the net proceeds of this Offering, together with our current resources, will allow us to operate for at least the next 12 months.

The expected use of net proceeds from this Offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, specifically with respect to working capital, may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this Offering.

In the event we do not sell all of the Shares, we may seek additional financing from other sources in order to support the intended use of proceeds indicated above. If we secure additional equity funding, investors in this Offering would be diluted. In all events, there can be no assurance that additional financing would be available to us when desired or needed and, if available, on terms acceptable to us.

42

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2017 as follows:

         of iPic Entertainment and its subsidiaries on an actual basis;

         of iPic Entertainment and its subsidiaries on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions (other than the sale and issuance of shares of our Class A common stock by us in this Offering), including (i) the elimination of existing members’ contributions of $34.2 million in consolidation of iPic-Gold Class into the consolidated financial statements of iPic Entertainment Inc. and (ii) the issuance of shares of Class B common stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on an assumed one-to-one basis with the number of LLC interests they own, for nominal consideration; and

         of iPic Entertainment and its subsidiaries on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the Transactions, including our issuance and sale in this Offering of the maximum amount of Shares, at the price to the public of $18.50 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of $36,398,694, giving effect to (i) estimated offering expenses payable by us and (ii) the application of the remaining proceeds from the Offering, each as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

For more information, please see “The Transactions,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” elsewhere in this Offering Circular. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this Offering Circular and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this Offering Circular.

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

 

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Cash

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

40,294,032

 

Indebtedness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Revolving Credit Facility – Related Party(2)

 

 

136,708,191

 

 

 

154,708,191

 

 

 

154,708,191

 

Note Payable – Related Parties

 

 

50,855,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total indebtedness

 

 

187,563,789

 

 

 

154,708,191

 

 

 

154,708,191

 

Total equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ equity

 

 

34,155,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma 100,000,000 shares authorized 12,165,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

217

 

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma 10,220,629 shares authorized, 10,220,629 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

(11,090,412

)

 

 

25,308,065

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715,335

)

 

 

(1,768,589

)

 

 

(1,768,589

)

Total members’ equity/stockholders’ equity attributable to iPic Entertainment, Inc.

 

 

(106,559,519

)

 

 

(12,858,001

)

 

 

23,540,693

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

(59,377,957

)

 

 

(59,377,957

)

Total capitalization

 

$

81,004,270

 

 

$

(141,850,190

)

 

$

118,870,927

 

43

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and our unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. Our use of proceeds from this Offering is discussed under “Use of Proceeds.”

The table above excludes (unless stated otherwise above):

         1,600,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (as described in “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), consisting of (i) zero shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2017 (of which there were none issued at June 30, 2017), and (ii) 1,600,000 additional shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance;

         10,220,629 shares of Class A common stock reserved as of the closing date of this Offering for future issuance upon redemption or exchange of LLC Interests by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners; and

         up to 108,250 shares issuable upon the exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants, exercisable at $20.35 per share.

To the extent such stock options or warrants are hereafter exercised, or awards made under such equity compensation plan result in the issuance of additional shares of our Common Stock, there will be further dilution to our investors in the Offering.

44

DILUTION

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in the Offering exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock after the Offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

The pro forma net tangible book value of our Common Stock as of June 30, 2017 was approximately $(110.1) million, or $(11.01) per share. After giving the effect to the sale of 2,165,000 shares of our Common Stock in the Offering at the price to the public of $18.50 per share and after deducting the selling agents’ discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma net tangible book value would be approximately $(39.4) million, or $(3.24) per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $7.77 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $21.74 per share to new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in the Offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate per share dilution to new investors.

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

 

 

$

18.50

 

Proforma net tangible book value per share before giving effect to the Offering

 

$

(11.01

)

 

 

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the sale of Common Stock in the Offering(1)

 

 

7.77

 

 

 

 

 

Proforma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the Offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3.24

)

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors(2)

 

 

 

 

 

$

21.74

 

____________

(1)      After deducting the selling agents’ commissions and estimated expenses payable by the Company in the Offering.

(2)      Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the Offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor.

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2017, assuming the sale of 2,165,000 shares of our Common Stock offered for sale in this Offering, the total number of shares previously issued and sold to existing investors but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, the total consideration paid for the foregoing and the average price per share. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock may in certain circumstances pay an average price per share substantially higher than the average price per shares paid by our existing stockholders.

 

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price

 

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Per Share

Continuing iPic equity owners

 

10,000,000

 

82.2

%

 

$

70,011,414

 

64.2

%

 

$

7.00

New investors

 

2,165,000

 

17.8

%

 

$

40,052,500

 

35.8

%

 

$

18.50

Total

 

12,165,000

 

100.0

%

 

$

111,783,712

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

The discussion and the tables above exclude shares of Class B common stock, because holders of the Class B common stock are not entitled to distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, from iPic. The number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this Offering as shown in the tables above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the Transactions but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, and excludes 1,600,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (as described in “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), consisting of (i) zero shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2017 (of which there were none issued at June 30, 2017), and (ii) 1,600,000 additional shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance.

45

DIVIDEND POLICY

Except as described in the following paragraph, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore iPic Entertainment does not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on its Class A common stock. Holders of iPic Entertainment Class B common stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by iPic Entertainment’s board of directors. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of Class A common stock will be at the discretion of iPic Entertainment’s board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in iPic-Gold Class’s debt agreements and other factors that iPic Entertainment’s board of directors deems relevant. iPic Entertainment is a holding company, and substantially all of iPic Entertainment’s operations are carried out by iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries. Additionally, under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility, iPic-Gold Class is currently restricted from paying cash dividends, and we expect these restrictions to continue in the future, which may in turn limit iPic Entertainment’s ability to pay dividends on its Class A common stock. iPic Entertainment’s ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of iPic Entertainment or its subsidiaries.

Holdings is required to make tax distributions to its members under certain circumstances provided in the Holdings LLC Agreement.  Any such tax distributions are required to be made pro rata in accordance with the members’ percentage interests in Holdings and, accordingly, it is possible that iPic Entertainment will receive tax distributions in excess of the amount required for iPic Entertainment to pay its applicable tax liabilities.  In such case, iPic Entertainment may pay dividends out of all or a portion of such excess cash.  However, there can be no assurance as to the timing or amount of any tax distributions from Holdings or whether such tax distributions will be in excess of iPic Entertainment’s applicable tax liabilities, and iPic Entertainment is not required to pay dividends out of any such excess cash.

See “Risk Factors — Because we do not intend to declare cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future, stockholders must rely on appreciation of the value of our common stock for any return on their investment.”

46

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following are the unaudited pro forma and pro forma as adjusted consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations information for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 was prepared as if the transactions described under “The Transactions” and this Offering had taken place on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma and pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet information as of June 30, 2017 was prepared as if the transactions described under “The Transactions” and this Offering had taken place on June 30, 2017. See “The Transactions.”

The column labelled “Pro Forma” reflects the Transactions (other than the sale and issuance of shares of our Class A common stock by us in this Offering as described in Note (2) below), including (i) the refinancing of one of the existing notes payable — related parties into the long-term debt related party, (ii) the use of the 5% qualified subordinated debt and demand note to satisfy the members’ capital call (iii) the elimination of existing members’ contributions of $34.2 million in consolidation of iPic-Gold Class into the consolidated financial statements of iPic Entertainment Inc., (iv) the extension of the long-term debt — related party for an additional three years until September 29, 2023 and (v) the issuance of shares of Class B common stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on an assumed one-to-one basis with the number of LLC interests they own, for nominal consideration.

The column labelled “Pro Forma As Adjusted” reflects the net effect on cash of the receipt of proceeds of $36,398,694 from the offering, based on an assumed sale of 2,165,000 shares of Class A common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, net of selling agent discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and reflecting the application of the remaining proceeds from the Offering.

The Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted adjustments above are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable, factually supportable, directly attributable to either the Transactions or this Offering, and, in connection with Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted adjustments related to the consolidated statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations. Adjustments that are based on fair value of the shares are calculated using the assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share.

We believe that the Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements provide a helpful perspective to better understand our results of operations and our financial position. The unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

The unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements presented are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been had the Transactions or this Offering actually occurred on the date or as of the date specified, nor do they purport to project our results of operations for any future period.

47

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As of June 30, 2017

 

    iPic-Gold Class
Entertainment,
LLC Actual
   

Transaction
Adjustments(9)

    Pro Forma     Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
ASSETS                                        
CURRENT ASSETS:                                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,895,338     $     $ 3,895,338     $ 36,398,694 (7)   $ 40,294,032  
Accounts receivable     2,706,208               2,706,208               2,706,208  
Inventories     1,185,312               1,185,312               1,185,312  
Prepaid expenses     1,206,877               1,206,877               1,206,877  
Total current assets     8,993,735               8,993,735       36,39,694       45,392,429  
Property and equipment, net     147,956,581               147,956,581               147,956,581  
Convertible note receivable     250,000               250,000               250,000  
Deposits     218,821               218,821               218,821  
Total assets   $ 157,419,137           $ 157,419,137     $ 36,398,694     $ 193,817,831  
Liabilities and Equity (Deficit)                                        
Accounts payable   $ 7,125,698     $     $ 7,125,698     $     $ 7,125,698  
Accrued expenses     1,521,142               1,521,142               1,521,142  
Accrued interest     1,594,110               1,594,110               1,594,110  
Accrued payroll     2,189,720               2,189,720               2,189,720  
Accrued insurance     165,825               165,825               165,825  
Taxes payable     1,455,619               1,455,619               1,455,619  
Deferred revenue     5,896,811               5,896,811               5,896,811  
Deposits and other current liabilities     370,997               370,997               370,997  
Total current liabilities     20,319,922             20,319,922             20,319,922  
                                         
Long-term debt – related party     136,708,191       18,000,000 (2)     154,708,191 (10)             154,708,191  
Notes payable to related parties     50,855,598       (15,000,000 )(2)                    
              (35,855,598 )(3)                        
Deferred rent     51,309,135               51,309,135               51,309,135  
Accrued interest – long-term     4,785,810       1,532,037 (1)     3,317,847               3,317,847  
              (3,000,000 )(2)                        
                                         
Total liabilities     263,978,656       (34,323,561 )     229,655,095               229,655,095  
                                         
Commitments and Contingencies – Note 5                                        
                                         
Equity (Deficit)                                        
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma100,000,000 shares authorized12,165,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted                         217 (7)     217  
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma 10,220,629 shares authorized, 10,220,629 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted             1,000 (5)     1,000             1,000  
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted                                        
Members’ contributions     34,155,816       (70,011,414 )(5)                  
              35,855,598 (3)                        
Additional paid-in capital             (70,010,414 )(5)     (11,090,412 )     36,398,477 (7)     25,308,065  
              51,210,650 (5)                        
              9,935,896 (4)                        
              (142,247,372 )(6)                        
Accumulated deficit     (140,715,335 )     142,247,372 (6)     (1,768,589 )             (1,768,589 )
              8,167,307 (6)                        
              (1,532,037 )(1)                        
              (9,935,896 )(4)                        
                                         
Total members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.     (106,559,519 )     93,701,518       (12,858,001 )     36,398,694       23,540,693  
                                         
Non-controlling interests             (51,210,650 )(5)     (59,377,957 )(8)             (59,377,957 )
              (8,167,307 )(6)                        
                                         
Total equity (deficit)     (106,559,519 )     34,323,561       (72,235,958 )     36,398,694       (35,837,264 )
Total liabilities and equity (deficit)   $ 157,419,137     $     $ 157,419,137     $ 36,398,694     $ 193,817,831  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet

48

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

(1)      Reflects the additional accrued interest expense required to record the minimum interest payable on the 10.5% qualified subordinated debt notes payable — related party to be refinanced through the long-term debt — related party.

The amount is non-recurring in nature and therefore has not been included in the unaudited proforma consolidated statement of operations.

(2)      Reflects the refinancing of the one of the original member’s notes payable of $15.0 million, plus minimum interest payable on those notes payable of $3.0 million through additional proceeds from the long-term debt — related party.

(3)      Reflects the use of the 5% qualified subordinated debt and demand note, to satisfy the members’ capital call in accordance with the debt agreements prior to the transaction.

(4)      Prior to the consummation of this Offering, Holdings is expected to adopt the iPic — Gold Class Holdings LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of Holdings in the form of options, restricted units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment. The Company expects to grant approximately 930,000 options to our named executive officers and certain other key members of management under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as part of the Transactions (the “IPO Options”). Approximately 10,400 of the IPO Options are expected to become fully vested upon the closing of this Offering and the remaining IPO Options are expected to vest over either a three-year period or four-year period, in each case, commencing on the date of grant.

On December 6, 2017, the Company entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other key members of management pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”). The IPO RSU Agreements will provide that each grantee will be entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The IPO RSUs vest immediately upon the closing of this Offering. The IPO RSUs and the IPO Options that will become fully vested in connection with the closing of this Offering are non-recurring in nature and, as such, have not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

(5)      As a C corporation, we will no longer record members’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. To reflect the C corporation structure of our equity, we will separately present the value of our common stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. The portion of members’ equity associated with additional paid-in capital was estimated as the remainder of capital contributions we have received less amounts attributed to the par value of common stock and the amount allocated to the non-controlling interests (see Note (8)).

(6)      Reflects the Transactions (other than the sale and issuance of shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering as described in Note (7) below), including (i) the elimination of existing members’ contributions of $34.2 million in consolidation of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC into the consolidated financial statements of iPic Entertainment Inc. and (ii) the issuance of shares of Class B common stock to the Original iPic Equity Owners on an assumed one-to-one basis with the number of LLC interests they own, for nominal consideration for pro forma presentation only. Upon completion of the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc. will become the sole manager of Holdings, which will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. Accordingly, although we will have a minority economic interest in Holdings, we will indirectly have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, iPic-Gold Class. As

49

a result, we will consolidate the financial results of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and will report non-controlling interests related to the LLC Interests held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on our consolidated balance sheet.

(7)      Reflects the net effect on cash of the receipt of proceeds of $36,398,694 from the offering, based on an assumed sale of 2,165,000 shares of Class A common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, net of selling agents discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the remaining proceeds from the Offering. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $2.2 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting offering expenses. Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, total assets and total members’/stockholders’ equity by approximately $1.72 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(8)      After the Offering and the Transactions but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only material asset will be the ownership of 17.8% of the LLC Interests and sole voting interest in Holdings, which will have the sole voting interest in iPic-Gold Class. Following the Offering and the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only business will be to act as the sole manager of Holdings and indirectly as manager of iPic-Gold Class. As a result of this voting interest and control, as well as the obligation to absorb losses of, and receive benefits from, iPic-Gold Class that could be significant, we have determined that, after the Transactions, iPic-Gold Class will be a variable interest entity and that we will be the primary beneficiary of iPic-Gold Class. Therefore, pursuant to ASC 810 Consolidation, we will consolidate the financial results of iPic-Gold Class into our consolidated financial statements. The LLC interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in iPic Entertainment Inc.’s consolidated financial statements after this offering. Immediately following this offering but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, the non-controlling interest of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC will represent 82.2% of the outstanding LLC interests calculated as follows (in thousands):

    Units     Percentage  
Interest in iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC held by iPic Entertainment Inc.     2,165,000       17.8 %
Non-controlling interests in iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC held by the Members     10,000,000       82.2 %

 

               

 

    12,165,000       100 %

  (9)    Due to the uncertainty in the amount and timing of future exchanges of LLC interests, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information assumes that no exchanges of interests have occurred and therefore no increases in tax basis in Holdings’s assets or other tax benefits that may be realized thereunder have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. For financial reporting purposes, we will assess the tax attributes of Holdings in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, 740-10-30-5(e) to determine if it is more likely than not that we will realize any deferred tax assets.

(10)   The maturity date on the credit facility will be extended by three years to September 2023 as part of the Transactions.

50

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017

 

    iPic-Gold Class
Entertainment,
LLC Actual
    Transaction
Adjustments
    Pro Forma     Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
Revenues                                        
Food and beverage   $ 37,701,277     $     $ 37,701,277     $     $ 37,701,277  
Theater     30,780,031               30,780,031               30,780,031  
Other     893,257               893,257               893,257  
Total revenues     69,374,565               69,374,565               69,374,565  
                                         
Operating expenses                                        
Cost of food and beverage     10,307,096               10,307,096               10,307,096  
Cost of theater     12,283,222               12,283,222               12,283,222  
Operating payroll and benefits     18,905,551               18,905,551               18,905,551  
Occupancy expenses     8,765,827               8,765,827               8,765,827  
Other operating expenses     12,163,590               12,163,590               12,163,590  
General and administrative expenses     7,011,499       806,311 (1)     7,817,810               7,817,810  
Depreciation and amortization expense     9,570,107               9,570,107               9,570,107  
Pre-opening expenses     1,632,194               1,632,194               1,632,194  
Impairment of property and equipment     3,332,000               3,332,000               3,332,000  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     7,857               7,857               7,857  
Operating expenses     83,978,943       806,311       84,785,254               84,785,254  
Operating loss     (14,604,378 )     (806,311 )     (15,410,689 )             (15,410,689 )
                                         
Other income (expense)                                        
Interest income (expense), net     (7,782,227 )             (7,782,227 )             (7,782,227 )
Other income     5,000               5,000               5,000  
Total other income (expense)     (7,777,227 )           (7,777,227 )             (7,777,227 )
                                         
Net loss before income tax expense     (22,381,605 )     (806,311 )     (23,187,916 )           (23,187,916 )
Income tax expense     43,400       (2)     43,400               43,400  
Net loss     (22,425,005 )     (806,311 )     (23,231,316 )           (23,231,316 )
                                         
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest             (19,066,142 )(3)     (19,096,142 )             (19,096,142 )
                                         
Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.   $ (22,425,005 )     18,289,831     $ (4,135,174 )   $     $ (4,135,174 )
                                         
Net loss per share                                        
Basic                   $ (1.91 )(4)           $ (1.91 )
Diluted                   $ (1.91 )           $ (1.91 )
Weighted average number of shares outstanding                                        
Basic                     2,165,000               2,165,000  
Diluted                     2,165,000               2,165,000  

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations

51

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations

(1)      Prior to the consummation of this Offering, Holdings is expected to adopt the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of Holdings in the form of options, restricted units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment. The Company expects to grant approximately 930,000 options to our named executive officers and certain other key members of management under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as part of the Transactions (the “IPO Options”). Approximately 10,400 of the IPO Options are expected to become fully vested upon the closing of this Offering and the remaining IPO Options are expected to vest over either a three-year period or four-year period, in each case, commencing on the date of grant. The expected grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit awards is based on the fair value on the grant date. The grant date fair value of the stock option awards were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model using the following assumptions.

Expected volatility

 

33.96

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.74

%

Expected term in years

 

5-7 years

 

Dividend rate

 

0

%

On December 6, 2017, the Company entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other key members of management pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”). The IPO RSU Agreements will provide that each grantee will be entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The IPO RSUs vest immediately upon the closing of this Offering. The IPO RSUs and the IPO Options that will become fully vested in connection with the closing of this Offering are non-recurring in nature and, as such, have not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

(2)      Following the Offering and the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, as well as state and local taxes, which will be an allocable share of any net taxable income of Holdings. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to provide for corporate income taxes at our estimated effective rate of (0.19)% for the six months ended June 30, 2017 which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

The Company recognized an income tax benefit on its share of pre-tax book income, exclusive of the non-controlling interests, of $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

The provision for income taxes from operations differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

 

 

June 30,
2017

Federal statutory rate

 

35.00

%

Rate benefit from flow-through entity

 

(28.77

)

Partnership outside basis difference

 

(6.42

)

State tax

 

0.19

 

Valuation allowance

 

(0.19

)

Pro forma effective tax rate

 

(0.19

)%

52

Tax rules generally require that pre-transaction built-in-gains are allocated back to the historical limited liability company members. Our effective tax rate includes a rate benefit attributable to the fact that, after the Transactions, approximately 82.2% of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s earnings will not be subject to corporate level taxes as the applicable income tax expense will be incurred by, and be the obligation of, the members of Holdings holding the non-controlling interests. Thus, the pro forma effective tax rate on the portion of income attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc. is expected to be (0.19)% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

(3)      After the Offering and the Transactions but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only material asset will be the ownership of 17.8% of the LLC Interests and sole voting interest in Holdings, which will have the sole voting interest in iPic-Gold Class. The LLC interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in iPic Entertainment Inc.’s consolidated financial statements after this offering. Immediately following this offering but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, the non-controlling interest of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC will represent 82.2% of the outstanding LLC Interests.

(4)      Pro forma basic income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to Class A common stockholders by the weighted-average of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period. Pro forma diluted net income per share is computed by adjusting the net income available to Class A common stockholders and the weighted-average of shares of Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B common stock do not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net income per share. Class B stockholders can convert their membership interests in the LLC to Class A common stock in iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio, therefore the equivalent number of Class A shares could be issued in exchange for the Class B stockholders’ membership interests in the LLC. That potential conversion would not result in dilutive shares as membership units would increase in iPic Entertainment Inc. on the same ratio as the share increase.

53

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

    iPic-Gold Class
Entertainment,
LLC
Actual
    Transaction
Adjustments
    Pro Forma     Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
Revenues                                        
Food and beverage   $ 64,362,624     $       64,362,624             64,362,624  
Theater     57,459,010               57,459,010               57,459,010  
Other     2,994,063               2,994,063               2,994,063  
Total revenues     124,815,697               124,815,697           124,815,697  
                                         
Operating expenses                                        
Cost of food and beverage     17,376,509               17,376,509               17,376,509  
Cost of theater     22,108,200               22,108,200               22,108,200  
Operating payroll and benefits     32,141,337               32,141,337               32,141,337  
Occupancy expenses     17,104,225               17,104,225               17,104,225  
Other operating expenses     24,780,648               24,780,648               24,780,648  
General and administrative expenses     14,220,451       1,612,623 (1)     15,833,074               15,833,074  
Depreciation and amortization expense     16,019,403               16,019,403               16,019,403  
Pre-opening expenses     4,394,515               4,394,515               4,394,515  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     88,462               88,462               88,462  
Operating expenses     148,233,750       1,612,623       149,846,373             149,846,373  
Operating loss     (23,418,053 )     (1,612,623 )     (25,030,676 )             (25,030,676 )
Other income (expense)                                        
Interest income (expense), net     (10,718,272 )             (10,718,272 )             (10,718,272 )
Total other income (expense)     (10,718,272 )           (10,718,272 )         (10,718,272 )
Net loss before income tax expense     (34,136,325 )     (1,612,623 )     (35,748,948 )             (35,748,948 )
Income tax expense     86,801       (2)     86,801               86,801  
Net loss     (34,223,126 )     (1,612,623 )     (35,835,749 )             (35,835,749 )
Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest             (29,456,986 )(3)     (29,456,986 )             (29,456,986 )
Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.   $ (34,223,126 )     27,844,363     $ (6,378,763 )           $ (6,378,763 )
                                         
Net loss per share                                        
Basic                   $ (2.95 )(4)           $ (2.95 )
Diluted                   $ (2.95 )           $ (2.95 )
Weighted average number of shares outstanding                                        
Basic                     2,165,000               2,165,000  
Diluted                     2,165,000               2,165,000  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations

54

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations

(1)      Prior to the consummation of this Offering, Holdings is expected to adopt the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of Holdings in the form of options, restricted units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment. The Company expects to grant approximately 930,000 options to our named executive officers and certain other key members of management under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as part of the Transactions (the “IPO Options”). Approximately 10,400 of the IPO Options are expected to become fully vested upon the closing of this Offering and the remaining IPO Options are expected to vest over either a three-year period or four-year period, in each case, commencing on the date of grant. The expected grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit awards is based on the fair value on the grant date. The grant date fair value of the stock option awards were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model using the following assumptions.

Expected volatility

 

33.96

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.74

%

Expected term in years

 

5-7 years

 

Dividend rate

 

0

%

On December 6, 2017, the Company entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other key members of management pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”). The IPO RSU Agreements will provide that each grantee will be entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with the Company or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The IPO RSUs vest immediately upon the closing of this Offering. The IPO RSUs and the IPO Options that will become fully vested in connection with the closing of this Offering are non-recurring in nature and, as such, have not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

(2)      Following the Offering and the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes. In addition to state and local taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of Holdings. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to provide for corporate income taxes at our estimated effective rate of (0.24)% for the year ended December 31, 2016 which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

The Company recognized an income tax expense on its share of pre-tax book income, exclusive of the non-controlling interests, of $0.1 million on for the year ended December 31, 2016.

The provision for income taxes from operations differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2016

Federal statutory rate

 

35.00

%

Rate benefit from flow-through entity

 

(28.77

)

Partnership outside basis difference

 

(6.47

)

State tax

 

0.28

 

Valuation allowance

 

(0.28

)

Pro forma effective tax rate

 

(0.24

)%

55

Tax rules generally require that pre-transaction built-in-gains are allocated back to the historical limited liability company members. Our effective tax rate includes a rate benefit attributable to the fact that, after the Transactions, approximately 82.2% of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s earnings will not be subject to corporate level taxes as the applicable income tax expense will be incurred by, and be the obligation of, the members of Holdings holding the non-controlling interests. Thus, the pro forma effective tax rate on the portion of income attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc. is expected to be (0.24)% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

(3)      After the Offering and the Transactions but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only material asset will be the ownership of 17.8% of the LLC Interests and sole voting interest in Holdings, which will have the sole voting interest in iPic-Gold Class. The LLC interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in iPic Entertainment Inc.’s consolidated financial statements after this offering. Immediately following this offering but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, the non-controlling interest of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC will represent 82.2% of the outstanding LLC Interests.

(4)      Pro forma basic income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to Class A common stockholders by the weighted-average of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period. Pro forma diluted net income per share is computed by adjusting the net income available to Class A common stockholders and the weighted-average of shares of Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B common stock do not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net income per share. Class B stockholders can convert their membership interests in the LLC to Class A common stock in iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio, therefore the equivalent number of Class A shares could be issued in exchange for the Class B stockholders’ membership interests in the LLC. That potential conversion would not result in dilutive shares as membership units would increase in iPic Entertainment Inc. on the same ratio as the share increase.

56

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data for iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries. iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, is the predecessor of the issuer, iPic Entertainment Inc., for financial reporting purposes. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries contained herein. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 are derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries contained herein. In the opinion of our management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods.

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

The selected historical financial data of iPic Entertainment Inc. have not been presented as iPic Entertainment Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section.

57

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

$ in thousands, except share and per share data

 

    Six Months Ended     Year Ended     Pro Forma  
    June 30,
2017
    June 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2017
    Year
Ended
December 31,
2016
 
Revenues                                    
Food and beverage   $ 37,701     $ 29,115     $ 64,363     $ 53,025     $ 37,701     $ 64,363  
Theater     30,780       25,948       57,459       45,866       30,780       57,459  
Other     893       284       2,994       997       893       2,994  
Total revenues     69,375       55,348       124,816       99,889       69,375       124,816  
                                                 
Operating expenses                                                
Cost of food and beverage     10,307       7,762       17,377       14,614       10,307       17,377  
Cost of theater     12,283       10,169       22,108       18,709       12,283       22,108  
Operating payroll and benefits     18,906       14,488       32,141       25,918       18,906       32,141  
Occupancy expenses     8,766       8,334       17,104       13,073       8,766       17,104  
Other operating expenses     12,164       9,015       24,781       16,183       12,164       24,781  
General and administrative expenses     7,011       5,842       14,220       12,471       7,818       15,833  
Depreciation and amortization expense     9,570       7,232       16,019       11,819       9,570       16,019  
Pre-opening expenses     1,632       870       4,395       3,666       1,632       4,395  
Impairment of property and equipment     3,332                         3,332        
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     8       60       88       211       8       88  
Operating expenses     83,979       63,773       148,234       116,665       84,785       149,846  
                                                 
Operating loss     (14,604 )     (8,425 )     (23,418 )     (16,777 )     (15,411 )     (25,031 )
                                                 
Other income (expense)                                                
Interest income (expense), net     (7,782 )     (5,259 )     (10,718 )     (7,891 )     (7,782 )     (10,718 )
Other income     5                         5        
Total other income (expense)     (7,777 )     (5,259 )     (10,718 )     (7,891 )     (7,777 )     (10,718 )
                                                 
Net loss before income tax expense     (22,382 )     (13,684 )     (34,136 )     (24,668 )     (23,188 )     (35,749 )
                                                 
Income tax expense     43       30       87       61       43       87  
                                                 
Net loss   $ (22,425 )   $ (13,715 )   $ (34,223 )   $ (24,729 )   $ (23,231 )   $ (35,836 )
                                                 
Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest   $     $     $     $     $ (19,096 )   $ (29,457 )
                                                 
Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.   $ (22,425 )   $ (13,715 )   $ (34,223 )   $ (24,729 )   $ (4,135 )   $ (6,379 )
                                                 
Net loss per share                                                
Basic                                   $ (1.91 )   $ (2.95 )
Diluted                                   $ (1.91 )   $ (2.95 )
                                                 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding                                                
Basic                                     2,165,000       2,165,000  
Diluted                                     2,165,000       2,165,000  
                                                 
Non-GAAP financial measures                                                
EBITDA   $ (5,029 )   $ (1,193 )   $ (7,399 )   $ (4,958 )   $ (5,836 )   $ (9,011 )
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (62 )   $ (263 )   $ 932     $ (1,081 )   $ (62 )   $ 932  
Store-Level EBITDA   $ 6,949     $ 5,579     $ 15,152     $ 11,390     $ 6,949     $ 15,152  

58

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

$ in thousands

 

 

As of
June 30,
2017

 

As of
December 31,
2016

 

As of
December 31,
2015

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,895

 

 

$

4,653

 

 

$

8,182

 

Total current assets

 

 

8,994

 

 

 

12,777

 

 

 

14,114

 

Total assets

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

177,448

 

 

 

141,421

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

20,320

 

 

 

29,958

 

 

 

28,105

 

Long-term debt and deferred rent

 

 

188,017

 

 

 

178,049

 

 

 

123,056

 

Total liabilities

 

 

263,979

 

 

 

271,369

 

 

 

201,119

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715

)

 

 

(118,290

)

 

 

(84,067

)

Total members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(106,560

)

 

 

(93,921

)

 

 

(59,698

)

Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

177,448

 

 

 

141,421

 

59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations, whose actual outcomes involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those stated in or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

Overview

iPic strives to be our guest’s favorite local destination for a night out on the town. Our newest facilities blend three distinct areas — a polished-casual restaurant, a farm-to-glass full-service bar, and our world-class luxury theater auditoriums with in-theater dining — into a one-of-a-kind experience. Our team endeavors to deliver world class hospitality in innovative, one-of-a-kind theaters which we believe are among the finest in the world. Our chefs and mixologists create craveable food and drink offerings that are outstanding on a standalone basis, but it is the interplay between our movie-entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas that is the defining feature of a typical four-hour guest experience. We thoughtfully design the layout, ambiance, and energy-flow of each unit to maximize the crossover between these activities. With constantly changing movie content and menu offerings, each visit is different, providing our customers with a reason to visit us repeatedly. We believe that we deliver an experience that is innovative, unique and cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without the hassle of having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations also act as great venues for private events, family and business functions and other corporate-sponsored events. We believe our concept is well-positioned within today’s ever-increasing experiential economy.

We pioneered the concept of dining in an auditorium and are the largest and only pure-play concept with locations engineered from the ground up to provide our guests with the most luxurious movie-going experience in the country at an affordable price We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states, with an additional 4 locations under construction and a pipeline of an additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations.

Our Restaurant Brands

Our Tuck Hospitality Group operates five different and distinct restaurant brands under the leadership of 3-time James Beard Award winning chef and FoodTV personality Sherry Yard and Master Barman and Advanced Sommelier Adam Seger. Each future iPic unit will consist of one of our fine polished-casual dining concepts plus an iPic Express.

City Perch Kitchen + Bar is a social seasonal American dining destination concept featuring locally-sourced ingredients. Offering a rare synergy of culinary art, decades of experience and creative vision, City Perch serves up unique yet playful dishes that enhance the bright flavors of ingredients. Selections include abundant appetizers, just-picked vegetables, generous salads and outstanding main courses from spit-roasted chickens to charbroiled steaks. The menu changes with the seasons, while specials reflect the best of the market. Breads are made from scratch daily and served warm with whipped butters. Desserts are handmade and heartwarming. Spirit enthusiasts will delight in our creative menu of handcrafted cocktails, featuring fresh, spirited takes on classic and inspired creations, expertly prepared by our Master Barman and Advanced Sommelier Adam Seger. His locally driven menu focuses on fresh produce and herbs as well as house-made syrups, bitters and infusions.

Tanzy offers artisanal Italian cuisine is focused on garden-fresh modern Italian flavors in a social environment to share with friends, family, and colleagues. Delight in inspiring flavors where the ingredients are the star in every dish artfully prepared by Tanzy’s executive chef who deftly melds contemporary techniques with classical Italian influences. The resulting flavor profiles are nuanced, modern and unique. Spirit enthusiasts will delight in our creative menu of handcrafted cocktails, featuring fresh produce and herbs as well as house-made syrups, bitters and infusions. A boutique wine list and local craft brews, perfectly complement the flavors coming out of the kitchen. Tanzy’s exquisite architectural backdrop serves as the perfect gathering place for friends, creating a unique setting for lively dining and conversation.

The Tuck Room is a spirited drinking and dining den concept. A vibrant social destination with an inviting and intimate atmosphere, The Tuck Room is hidden away, snug and comfortable and features original creations from Master Sommelier, Adam Seger, who believes in ‘drinking like you eat’, with garden-fresh ingredients, inspired

60

by the classics with exciting modern twists. The thoughtful beverage program, complete with an array of local craft brews, a diverse wine list, and locally-inspired cocktail creations often topped-off with The Tuck Room’s signature Liquid Nitrogen service, is culled from cocktail culture’s rich history that tempts your palate with interesting flavors that layer incredibly with the culinary experience. The menu at the Tuck Room offers unique and artful takes on classic and craveable American flavors, which are meant to be enjoyed with enthusiasm and pleasure.

The Tuck Room Tavern is a neighborhood place where you can eat and drink with enthusiasm and pleasure. The Tuck Room Tavern is a lively and whimsical dining and drinking den offering craveable American cuisine meant to be enjoyed with friends and family in a jovial environment. Our Master Barman has curated a Love Letter to Los Angeles, finding inspiration from the diverse culture and unique history of Los Angeles, focusing on ingredients from the Santa Monica Farmer’s Market. Local craft brews and a diverse wine list round out the thoughtful beverage program that complements the inspired flavors from the kitchen.

iPic Express is our answer to a theater concession stand that features a chef-driven menu from our in-house and guest chefs, prepared to order for our Premium Plus customers to be carried to their seats by our Ninja servers or for our Premium-Level guests to carry into the cinema. Every month we introduce a new menu item that is designed by a celebrity Chef in collaboration with Sherry Yard. Each menu item is designed to be eaten in the dark, without the need of a fork and knife. Prepared to order by our skilled culinary team and crafted for a delicious dining-in-dark experience during the movie, you’ll enjoy creative elevated American comfort food inspired by the seasons and always satisfying to your taste buds. An assortment of signature garden-inspired cocktails, local craft brews, and a thoughtfully curated wine list take your beverage experience to the next level. We wouldn’t forget the classics — iPic Express offers an assortment of classic candies and custom treats as well as classic and gourmet popcorn flavors to satisfy your sweet, or savory, tooth.

Growth Strategies and Outlook

Our growth strategy consists of the following components:

Opening new iPics. This is our greatest immediate opportunity for growth. We believe that we are still in the very nascent stage of our growth story. We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states with an additional 4 locations under construction and a pipeline of an additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations. We believe that we currently control less than 0.5% market share of the theater business, based on data provided by the National Association of Theatre Owners and our financial results. We believe there is tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new U.S. markets, as well as overseas, and we have invested in our infrastructure through new hires at our home office to enable us to continue to grow rapidly and with discipline. We plan to upgrade five of our Generation I locations in 2018 and open at least four new domestic units per year, starting in 2019, for the foreseeable future. Based on our experience and analysis, along with research we engaged Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. to perform for us, we believe that over the long-term we have the potential to grow our iPic U.S. footprint to at least 200 U.S. units and to potentially explore overseas expansion as well. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential. We will use a portion of the proceeds from this Offering to open new iPics and renovate existing iPics. We will continue to pursue a disciplined new store growth strategy in both new and existing markets where we can achieve consistent high store revenues and attractive store-level cash-on-cash returns.

Growing our comparable-store sales. We intend to grow our comparable-store sales by continuing to differentiate the iPic brand from other food and entertainment alternatives, through the following strategies:

         Differentiate our food and beverage offering

         Relentless efforts on hospitality

         Grow usage of alternative content

         Enhance brand awareness and drive incremental visits to our stores through innovative marketing and promotions

         Grow our special events usage

61

Improving our margins. We believe we are well-positioned to continue to increase margins and have additional opportunities to reduce costs. Based on the operating leverage generated by our business model, which has been enhanced by operating initiatives implemented by management in recent years, we have the potential to further improve margins and deliver greater earnings from expected future increases in comparable-store sales. Under our current cost structure, we estimate that about 40% of any comparable-store sales growth would flow through to our Adjusted EBITDA. We also believe that improved labor scheduling technology will allow us to further increase labor productivity in the future. Our continued focus on operating margins at individual locations and the deployment of best practices across our store base is expected to yield incremental margin improvements.

For further information about our growth strategies and outlook, see “Business — Our Growth Strategies.”

Key Performance Indicators

We monitor and analyze many key performance measures to manage our business and evaluate financial and operating performance. These measures include:

New store openings. Our ability to expand our business and reach new customers is influenced by the opening of additional iPics in both new and existing markets. The success of our new iPic locations is indicative of our brand appeal and the efficacy of our site selection and operating models. During each of 2015 and 2016, we opened two new iPic locations.

Comparable-store sales. Comparable-store sales are a year-over-year comparison of sales at iPics open at the end of the period which have been open for at least 12 months prior to the start of such quarterly period. It is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends. Our comparable stores consisted of 11 and 13 stores as of the end of 2015 and 2016. We also monitor the key building blocks of comparable-store sales including year-over-year changes in attendance and average Spend Per Person (SPP; in turn, is composed of pricing and sales-mix changes).

Margins. Unit-level margins consists of total revenues less unit-level expenses that include food-and-beverage cost-of-goods sold, box-office-and-other-income costs-of-goods-sold, labor costs, occupancy expenses and other-operating expenses.

Unit-level cash-on-cash returns. We target our new locations, which are approximately 40,000 square feet, to achieve Year Three unit-level cash-on-cash returns in excess of 20%. Cash-on-cash returns are defined by store-level EBITDA divided by net development costs. Net development costs are defined by gross development costs less landlord contributions. To achieve this return, we target a ratio of Year 3 store revenues to net development costs in excess of 1.00 and individual iPic store-level EBITDA margins in excess of 15%. We do not always achieve these target figures due to factors both within and outside of our control.

62

Result of Operations

The following table presents our results of operations for the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparisons of results are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

$ in thousands

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

29,115

 

 

$

64,363

 

 

$

53,025

 

Theater

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

25,948

 

 

 

57,459

 

 

 

45,866

 

Other

 

 

893

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

2,994

 

 

 

997

 

Total revenues

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

55,348

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

99,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

7,762

 

 

 

17,377

 

 

 

14,614

 

Cost of theater

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

10,169

 

 

 

22,108

 

 

 

18,709

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

14,488

 

 

 

32,141

 

 

 

25,918

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

8,334

 

 

 

17,104

 

 

 

13,073

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

9,015

 

 

 

24,781

 

 

 

16,183

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

Operating expenses

 

 

83,979

 

 

 

63,773

 

 

 

148,234

 

 

 

116,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(14,604

)

 

 

(8,425

)

 

 

(23,418

)

 

 

(16,777

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,782

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

Other income

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,777

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(22,382

)

 

 

(13,684

)

 

 

(34,136

)

 

 

(24,668

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

63

The following table presents the components of our results of operations for the periods indicated as a percentage of revenue:

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

As a Percent of Total Revenue

    Six Months Ended     Year Ended  
    June 30,
2017
    June 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    December 31,
2015
 
Revenues                        
Food and beverage     54.3 %     52.6 %     51.6 %     53.1 %
Theater     44.4 %     46.9 %     46.0 %     45.9 %
Other     1.3 %     0.5 %     2.4 %     1.0 %
Total revenues     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %

 

                               
Operating expenses                                
Cost of food and beverage     14.9 %     14.0 %     13.9 %     14.6 %
Cost of theater     17.7 %     18.4 %     17.7 %     18.7 %
Operating payroll and benefits     27.3 %     26.2 %     25.8 %     25.9 %
Occupancy expenses     12.6 %     15.1 %     13.7 %     13.1 %
Other operating expenses     17.5 %     16.3 %     19.9 %     16.2 %
General and administrative expenses     10.1 %     10.6 %     11.4 %     12.5 %
Depreciation and amortization expense     13.8 %     13.1 %     12.8 %     11.8 %
Pre-opening expenses     2.4 %     1.6 %     3.5 %     3.7 %
Impairment of property and equipment     4.8 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     0.0 %     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.2 %
Operating expenses     121.1 %     115.2 %     118.8 %     116.8 %

 

                               
Operating loss     (21.1 %)     (15.2 %)     (18.8 %)     (16.8 %)

 

                               
Other income (expense)                                
Interest income (expense), net     (11.2 %)     (9.5 %)     (8.6 %)     (7.9 %)
Other income     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Total other income (expense)     (11.2 %)     (9.5 %)     (8.6 %)     (7.9 %)

 

                               
Net loss before income tax expense     (32.3 %)     (24.7 %)     (27.3 %)     (24.7 %)

 

                               
Income tax expense     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.1 %     0.1 %

 

                               

Net loss

    (32.3 %)     (24.8 %)     (27.4 %)     (24.8 %)

64

Basis of Presentation

Revenue: Total revenue consists of food and beverage, theater, and other revenues. Our revenue growth is primarily influenced by the number of new iPic locations and growth in comparable store revenues. Comparable store revenue growth reflects the change in year-over-year revenue for the comparable store base and is an important measure of our operating performance. Comparable-store sales growth can be generated by increases in average dollar Spend Per Person (SPP) and improvements in customer traffic.

Food and Beverage Revenue is our largest source of revenue, amounting to $64.4 million in 2016. This includes all food and beverages sales within our restaurants, theaters, and bars. Food revenues refer to food and non-alcoholic beverages, and food offerings vary based on regional preferences and concepts as described in our restaurant brands section. Popular in-theater food items include our Angus Burger Trio, Parmesan Truffle Fries, and Buffalo Chicken Spring Rolls, whereas our restaurants offer heartier entrees such as Grilled Salmon, Braised Beef Short Ribs, and Brioche-crusted Crab Cakes. Beverage revenues refer to alcoholic beverages within our fully-licensed facilities that offer full beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, throughout each location.

Theater Revenue is our second largest source of revenue, amounting to $57.5 million in 2016. We predominantly license first-run films from major distributors through direct negotiation. All of our theaters are equipped to offer content in 2D and 3D format. Theater revenue depends largely on timing and popularity of films released by distributors, so revenues attributed to any one particular distributor can vary significantly from year to year based on content. Theater revenue includes revenue from all sponsorship activities, advertising, rental of auditoriums for private functions, live shows, gaming events, academy screenings, corporate functions, corporate rentals and other revenue-generating showings.

Other Revenue includes membership revenue, bowling, parking and valet, and gift card breakage.

Cost of food and beverage: Food and beverage costs are driven by supplier pricing movements and product mix. We continually strive to negotiate favorable pricing, select high-quality products, and monitor and control the use of our food and beverage products optimally.

Cost of theater: Film rental fees are paid based on box office receipts and are ordinarily paid from 20 to 35 days following receipt. These fees are negotiated directly with distributors and vary from film to film. We maintain strong relationships with the top film distributors, and our film buying group has decades of experience in the industry.

Period-to-Period Comparisons

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and anticipate this to continue in the near term as we continue to focus our efforts on expanding our customer base and theater locations.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 compared with Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

Revenues

Total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2017 increased by $14.1 million to $69.4 million which represented a 25.3% increase in total revenue as compared to $55.3 million of revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The $14.1 million increase in revenue was derived from the following sources: (i) $15.6 million from a net increase in year-over-year revenue from non-comparable stores, including Ft. Lee, NJ and Fulton Market, NY, and in other revenue; and (ii) ($1.5) million from a decrease in comparable-store sales of (3.0)%.

Cost of Food and Beverage

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, cost of food and beverage increased by $2.5 million to $10.3 million (or to 27.3% of applicable revenue) from $7.8 million (or 26.7% of applicable revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in food and beverage costs as a percent of sales was due to largely from inefficiencies from our non-comparable stores as well as from higher overall commodity costs.

65

Cost of Theater

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, cost of theater increased by $2.1 million to $12.3 million (or to 39.9% of applicable revenue) from $10.2 million (or 39.2% of applicable revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. Cost of theater was higher as a percentage of sales due largely to the differing mix of films between the two periods.

Operating Payroll and Benefits

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, operating payroll and benefits increased by $4.4 million to $18.9 million (or to 27.3% of total revenue) from $14.5 million (or 26.2% of total revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in operating payroll and benefits was derived from the following sources: (i) $4.7 million higher year-over-year spend associated with sales volumes from non-comparable stores in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, New York; and (ii) ($0.3) million decrease in labor costs at comparable stores. The year-over-year increase in operating payroll and benefits as a percentage of sales was due mainly to inefficiencies at our new-unit openings as well as from a decline in comparable-store sales.

Occupancy Expenses

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, occupancy expenses increased by $0.5 million to $8.8 million (or to 12.6% of revenue) from $8.3 million (or 15.1% of revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in occupancy expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $0.4 million in occupancy expenses associated with our non-comparable stores in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY and Dobbs Ferry, New York; and (ii) $0.1 million increase in occupancy expenses at comparable stores. The decrease in occupancy expenses as percentage of sales was due to lower occupancy expenses at our non-comparable stores that was partially offset by a decline in comparable-store sales.

Other Operating Expenses

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, other operating expenses increased by $3.2 million to $12.2 million (or to 17.5% of revenue) from $9.0 million (or 16.3% of revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in other operating expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $3.3 million in other operating expenses associated with our non-comparable stores opened in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY and Dobbs Ferry, New York; and (ii) ($0.1) million decrease in other operating expenses at comparable stores. The year-over-year increase in other operating expenses as a percentage of sales was largely due to inefficiencies at our non-comparable store base as well as from a decline in comparable-store sales.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.2 million to $7.0 million (or 10.1% to total revenues) from $5.8 million (or 10.6% of total revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The majority of the increase in general and administrative expenses was associated with additional staffing and overhead expenses relating to our newest locations in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, NY, which was more than offset by leverage associated with the added sales from these new locations.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, depreciation and amortization expense increased by $2.4 million to $9.6 million from $7.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. This majority of the increase was due to the depreciation from new stores and maintenance capital expenditures.

Pre-Opening Expenses

Pre-opening expenses include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores, including pre-opening rent, staff training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, pre-opening expenses increased by $0.7 million to $1.6 million from $0.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. This was due to a new store opening in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

66

Loss on Impairment and Disposal of Property and Equipment

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, loss on impairment and disposal of property and equipment increased by $3.28 million to $3.34 million from $0.06 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. This was due to a $3.3 million impairment charge taken at our Scottsdale, AZ location. For more information, please see Note 4 to the unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2017

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees and any interest income earned. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, interest expense increased by $2.5 million to $7.8 million from $5.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in interest expense was a result of higher debt levels associated with the full-year financing charges associated with our new store openings in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, New York locations.

Income Tax Expense

We have historically filed our income tax returns as a limited liability company, and have been taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, each item of our income, gain, loss, deduction or credit has been ultimately reportable by our members on their individual tax returns, except in certain states and local jurisdictions where we have been subject to income taxes. As such, we have not recorded a provision for federal income taxes or for taxes in states and local jurisdictions that do not assess taxes at the entity level.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination for a period of three years from the filing date. Management has not identified any tax position taken that require income tax reserves to be established.

We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. We have no amounts accrued for interest or penalties at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. We do not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. Management determined that based on all available evidence, a full valuation allowance was required for all U.S. state deferred tax assets due to losses incurred for income tax reporting purposes for the past several years.

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, income tax expense increased by $0.01 million to $0.04 million from $0.03 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to changes in the tax valuation allowance, the deduction for FICA tip credits, state income taxes and the impact of certain expenses which are not deductible for income tax purposes.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenue

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $24.9 million to $124.8 million which represented a 25.0% increase in total revenue as compared to $99.9 million of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in year-over-year revenue was derived from the following sources: (1) $31.2 million from a net increase in

67

year-over-year revenue from non-comparable stores sales, including Houston, TX; Miami, FL; Ft. Lee, NJ; and Fulton Market, NY, and in other revenues; and (2) ($6.2) million from a decline in comparable-store sales of (6.5%) (as compared to our 2015 comparable-store growth of 8.6%). We attribute some portion of our negative comparable-store sales performance to the impact from a material increase in the percentage of industry’s 2016 total box-office receipts that stemmed from children’s or animated films that do not generally appeal to our more adult clientele. For 2016, industry reports noted that approximately 50% of industry sales from 2016’s Top-15 grossing films were from children’s or animated films (as opposed to 18% of industry sales from 2015’s Top-15 grossing films coming from children’s or animated films).

Cost of Food and Beverage

In the year ended December 31, 2016, cost of food and beverage increased by $2.8 million to $17.4 million (or to 27.0% of applicable revenue) from $14.6 million (or 27.6% of applicable revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. Our food-and-beverage costs as a percentage of applicable revenue improved due to the impact of buying efficiencies and lower overall commodity costs.

Cost of Theater

In the year ended December 31, 2016, cost of theater increased by $3.4 million to $22.1 million (or to 38.5% of applicable revenue) from $18.7 million (or 40.8% of applicable revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. As a percentage of applicable revenue, our improvement in cost of theater in 2016 was due to the differing mix of films between the two periods.

Operating Payroll and Benefits

In the year ended December 31, 2016, operating payroll and benefits increased by $6.2 million to $32.1 million (or 25.8% of total revenue) from $25.9 million (or 25.9% of total revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in operating payroll and benefits was derived from the following sources: (i) $7.6 million higher year-over-year spending associated with sales volumes from non-comparable stores; and (2) ($1.4) million decrease in labor costs at comparable-stores. The year-over-year decrease in operating payroll and benefits as a percentage of sales was due mainly to strong efficiencies at our new-unit openings largely offset by a decline in comparable-store sales.

Occupancy Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, occupancy expenses increased by $4.0 million to $17.1 million (or to 13.7% of revenue) from $13.1 million (or 13.1% of revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in occupancy expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $3.7 million in occupancy expenses associated with our non-comparable stores; and (ii) $0.3 million increase in occupancy expenses at comparable-stores. As a percentage of sales, the increase in occupancy expenses in 2016 was due to lower occupancy expenses at our non-comparable stores largely offset by a decline in comparable-store sales.

Other Operating Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, other operating expenses increased by $8.6 million to $24.8 million (or to 19.9% of revenue) from $16.2 million (or 16.2% of revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in other operating expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $5.3 million in other operating expenses associated with our non-comparable stores; (ii) ($0.5) million decrease in other operating expenses at comparable stores; and (iii) $3.8 million increase in litigation costs. As a percentage of sales, the year-over-year increase in overall other operating expenses was largely due to a decline in comparable-store sales.

General and Administrative Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.7 million to $14.2 million (or 11.4% of total revenues) versus $12.5 million (or 12.5% of total revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The majority of the dollar increase in general and administrative expenses was associated with additional staffing and overhead expenses relating to our non-comparable stores in Houston, Texas; Miami, Florida; Ft. Lee, NJ; and Fulton Market, NY.

68

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

In the year ended December 31, 2016, depreciation and amortization expense increased by $4.2 million to $16.0 million from $11.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due to increases in depreciation from new store openings and maintenance capital expenditures.

Pre-Opening Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, pre-opening expenses increased by $0.7 million to $4.4 million from $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due to higher expenditures on our two new 2016 store openings in Ft. Lee, NJ and Fulton Market, NY compared to our two new 2015 store openings in Houston, TX and Miami, FL.

Loss on Impairment and Disposal of Property and Equipment

In the year ended December 31, 2016, disposal of property and equipment decreased by $0.12 million to $0.09 million from $0.21 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest Expense

In the year ended December 31, 2016, interest expense increased by $2.8 million to $10.7 million from $7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 due to higher debt levels associated with the full-year financing charges associated with our new stores openings in Houston, TX and Miami, FL, as well as partial-year funding of our new locations at Ft. Lee, NJ and Fulton Market, NY.

Income Tax Expense

In the year ended December 31, 2016, income tax expense increased by $0.03 million to $0.09 million from $0.06 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to changes in the tax valuation allowance, the deduction for FICA tip credits, state income taxes and the impact of certain expenses which are not deductible for income tax purposes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Based upon our working capital deficiency and members’ deficiency of $11.3 million and $106.6 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2017, we require additional equity and/or debt financing to continue our operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a viable entity, we may be unable to continue our operations and you may lose some or all of your investment in our common stock.

Based upon our working capital deficiency, outstanding debt and forecasted continued operating losses, we expect that the cash we currently have available will fund our operations through March 31, 2018. Thereafter, we will need to raise further capital, through the sale of additional equity or debt securities, to support our future operations and to repay our debt (unless, if requested, the debt holders agree to convert their notes into equity or extend the maturity dates of their notes). Our operating needs include costs to operate our business, including amounts required to fund working capital and capital expenditures. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds will depend on many factors, including our ability to successfully commercialize and market our products and services, competing technological and market developments, and the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance or complement our product and service offerings.

We may be unable to raise sufficient additional capital when we need it or raise capital on favorable terms. Debt financing may require us to pledge certain assets and enter into covenants that could restrict certain business activities or our ability to incur further indebtedness, and may contain other terms that are not favorable to our stockholders or us. Equity financing, if obtained, could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders. At its sole discretion, our board of directors may issue additional securities without seeking stockholder approval, and we do not know when we will need additional capital or, if we do, whether it will be available to us. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on reasonable terms, we may be required to significantly curtail or discontinue operations or obtain funds by entering into financing agreements on unattractive terms.

69

Except as described in the following paragraph, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore iPic Entertainment does not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on its Class A common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of Class A common stock will be at the discretion of iPic Entertainment’s board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in iPic-Gold Class’s debt agreements and other factors that iPic Entertainment’s board of directors deems relevant.

Holdings is required to make tax distributions to its members under certain circumstances provided in the Holdings LLC Agreement.  Any such tax distributions are required to be made pro rata in accordance with the members’ percentage interests in Holdings and, accordingly, it is possible that iPic Entertainment will receive tax distributions in excess of the amount required for iPic Entertainment to pay its applicable tax liabilities.  In such case, iPic Entertainment may pay dividends out of all or a portion of such excess cash.  However, there can be no assurance as to the timing or amount of any tax distributions from Holdings or whether such tax distributions will be in excess of iPic Entertainment’s applicable tax liabilities, and iPic Entertainment is not required to pay dividends out of any such excess cash. See “Dividend Policy.”

Holders of Class B common stock will have the same voting rights as holders of Class A common stock but holders of Class B common stock will not be entitled to receive any distributions from or participate in any dividends declared by iPic’s board of directors.

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

We enter into long-term obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily long-term debt obligations and operating lease obligations. We believe that all notes payable to related parties as described in Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2017 will only be paid once the long-term debt to the RSA has been paid. As of December 31, 2016, without giving effect to this offering or the use of proceeds therefrom, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

Total

 

Less Than
1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

More than
5 Years

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt Obligations

 

$

175,400,997

 

$

 

$

 

$

127,712,556

 

$

47,688,441

Operating Lease Obligations

 

 

361,262,280

 

 

15,851,234

 

 

62,030,079

 

 

68,366,113

 

 

215,014,854

The long-term debt obligations are described further in “Description of Indebtedness — Long-Term Debt — Non-Revolving Credit Facility.”

We utilize operating lease arrangements for all our iPic theaters. We believe that our operating lease arrangements continue to provide the appropriate leverage for our capital structure in a financially efficient manner. Because we lease all of the properties related to our iPic theaters, as well as our home office, we do not have any debt that is secured by real property.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

None.

Summary of Cash Flows

Our primary sources of liquidity and capital resources have been cash provided from operating activities, cash on hand, contributions from members and the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. Aside from capital expenditures, our primary requirements for liquidity are for lease obligations, working capital and general corporate needs. Guests pay for their food and beverage purchases in cash or on debit or credit cards at the time of the sale and we are able to sell many of our inventory items before payment is due to the supplier of such items.

70

The following table and discussion presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of our key cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities.

SUMMARY OF CASH FLOWS

$ in thousands

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

 

$

(13,333

)

 

$

8,799

 

 

$

6,519

 

 

$

1,141

 

Net Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

 

 

(11,645

)

 

 

(31,146

)

 

 

(57,899

)

 

 

(33,686

)

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

 

24,220

 

 

 

18,279

 

 

 

47,851

 

 

 

32,565

 

Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash

 

 

(758

)

 

 

(4,069

)

 

 

(3,528

)

 

 

20

 

Cash at Beginning of Period

 

 

4,653

 

 

 

8,182

 

 

 

8,182

 

 

 

8,162

 

Cash at End of Period

 

 

3,895

 

 

 

4,113

 

 

 

4,653

 

 

 

8,182

 

Operating Activities

We experienced cash flow from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 of $(13.3) million and $8.8 million, respectively. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities for the 2017 period as compared to the 2016 period was caused by larger net losses and changes in deferred rent liability.

We experienced positive cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 in the amounts of $6.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The increase in cash flows from operating activities for the year ended 2016 period as compared to the year ended 2015 period was caused by changes in deferred rent liability related to tenant improvement allowances received for the Fulton Market iPic location, which was partially offset by increased net losses.

Investing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, net cash in the amount of $11.6 million was used in investing activities, while during the six months ended June 30, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $31.1 million, primarily due to the construction of new sites.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, cash in the amount of $57.9 million was used in investing activities due primarily in the construction of new locations. During the year ended December 31, 2015, cash used in investing activities was $33.7 million, also due primarily in the construction of new locations.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 was $24.2 million and $18.3 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, $12.0 million of financing was provided by an equity raise while $12.2 million was provided by debt financing. During the six months ended June 30, 2016, all the financing activity was a result of net debt additions.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $47.9 million composed entirely from increase in net debt. During the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $32.6 million, composed of $13.8 million from member contributions and $18.8 million from an increase in net debt.

Post-Offering Taxation and Expenses

After consummation of this Offering, we will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Holdings and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations, which we expect to be significant. We intend to cause Holdings and intend for Holdings to cause iPic-Gold Class to make distributions and payments to us in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our tax obligations and operating expenses.

71

In addition, as a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. These estimates include assessing the collectability of accounts receivable, breakage on gift cards and the useful life and impairment of long-lived assets. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results.

Long-Lived Assets

We depreciate and amortize the components of our property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimates of the assets’ useful lives require our judgment and our knowledge of the assets being depreciated and amortized. When necessary, the assets’ useful lives are revised and the impact on depreciation and amortization is recognized on a prospective basis. Actual economic lives may differ materially from these estimates. In addition, the Company reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment using a three-step approach. Under the first step, management determines whether an indicator of impairment is present (a “Triggering Event”). If a Triggering Event has occurred, the second step is to test for recoverability based on a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount with the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the third step is to recognize an impairment loss for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value. There are a number of estimates and significant judgments that are made by management in performing these impairment evaluations. Such judgments and estimates include estimates of future revenues, cash flows, capital expenditures, and the cost of capital, among others. We believe we have used reasonable and appropriate business judgments. There is considerable management judgment with respect to cash flow estimates and appropriate multiples and discount rates to be used in determining fair value, and, accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from such estimates, which fall under Level 3 within the fair value measurement hierarchy. These estimates determine whether impairments have been incurred, and quantify the amount of any related impairment charge. Given the nature of our business and our recent history, future impairments are possible and they may be material, based upon business conditions that are constantly changing and the competitive business environment in which we operate.

Gift Card Income:

As noted in our significant accounting policies for revenue, revenues from gift cards are recognized when gift cards are redeemed. In addition, the Company recognizes “breakage” on unredeemed gift cards based upon historical redemption patterns and the time that has transpired since the card was last used. Prior to 2016, the Company did not believe it had sufficient historical evidence to record breakage over time and recognized breakage two years after issuance if there had been no activity on the gift card. In 2016, the Company changed its estimate because it believed that it had sufficient historical information about the redemption patterns and currently recognizes breakage proportionally to the percentage of redemptions that historically occur in each year after a gift card is sold.

Income Taxes

Holdings is currently, and will be through the consummation of this Offering, treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, taxable income or loss is passed through to and included in the taxable income of its members, including us. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus do not include a provision for federal income taxes. Holdings is liable for various other state and local taxes. After the consummation of this Offering, pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement, Holdings will generally make tax distributions to holders of LLC Interests in an amount sufficient to fund all or part of their tax

72

obligations with respect to the taxable income of Holdings that is allocated to them. See “The Transactions — iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement — Distributions.”

After consummation of this Offering, we will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Holdings and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations, which could be significant. We intend to cause Holdings and intend for Holdings to cause iPic-Gold Class to make distributions and payments to us in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our tax obligations and operating expenses. See “The Transactions — iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement — Distributions.”

We account for income taxes under Accounting Standards Codification 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to impact taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.

Tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return are recorded in our consolidated financial statements. A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position is only recognized if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. Uncertain tax positions have had no impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for options granted to employees by measuring the cost of services received in exchange for the award of equity instruments based upon the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The fair value of that award is then ratably recognized as expense over the period during which the recipient is required to provide services in exchange for that award.

Options and warrants granted to consultants and other non-employees are recorded at fair value as of the grant date and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the end of each reporting period until such options and warrants vest, and the fair value of such instruments, as adjusted, is expensed over the related vesting period.

We have not yet incurred any stock-based compensation charges, but expect that we will begin to incur such charges following the completion of our IPO.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company expects to elect the option for Emerging Growth Companies to defer the effective date for adoption of new or revised accounting guidance. This option allows the Company to adopt new guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities.

See New Accounting Pronouncements in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements on page F-11.

73

BUSINESS

Overview

iPic strives to be our guest’s favorite local destination for a night out on the town. Our newest facilities blend three distinct areas — a polished-casual restaurant, a farm-to-glass full-service bar, and our world-class luxury theater auditoriums with in-theater dining — into a one-of-a-kind experience. Our team endeavors to deliver world class hospitality in innovative, one-of-a-kind theaters which we believe are among the finest in the world. Our chefs and mixologists create craveable food and drink offerings that are outstanding on a standalone basis, but it is the interplay between our movie-entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas that is the defining feature of a typical four-hour guest experience. We thoughtfully design the layout, ambiance, and energy-flow of each unit to maximize the crossover between these activities. With constantly changing movie content and menu offerings, each visit is different, providing our customers with a reason to visit us repeatedly. We believe that we deliver an experience that is innovative, unique and cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without the hassle of having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations also act as great venues for private events, family and business functions and other corporate-sponsored events. We believe our concept is well-positioned within today’s ever-increasing experiential economy.

We pioneered the concept of dining in an auditorium and are the largest and only pure-play concept with locations engineered from the ground up to provide our guests with the most luxurious movie-going experience in the country at an affordable price We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states with additional 4 locations under construction and a pipeline of additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations.

Our Strengths

iPic competes in the industry’s highest-returning customer occasion; destination dinner: We believe that most economic value within the U.S. restaurant industry is created from concepts that have comparatively high sales-mixes of dinner (vs. lunch), dine-in (vs. takeout) and female guests. iPic scores high on these metrics as our sales mix skews more toward dinner, dine-in, and female guests. We believe that return-on-capital is limited for lunch-centric brands given low barriers to entry and low consumer switching costs as evidenced by the high degree of franchise mixes for large-scale US quick-service-restaurant operators. Additionally, we believe that the take-home dinner business presents significant risk from intrusion from digital-centric delivery players within grocery (e.g. Blue Apron; Amazon/Whole-Foods) and restaurants (UberEats; DoorDash) that compete for a dining occasion that is consumed within one’s own home, which could further limit the value that the consumer places on the delivery or take-out brands.

iPic’s business model is similar to other disruptive concepts. We believe that within the destination dinner experience, there is growing evidence of strong performance being achieved by a handful of national brands that combine high-end restaurants with some form of entertainment, such as Dave and Busters, and Top Golf, that may indicate there is growing demand for affordable, luxurious, extended dinner-and-entertainment venues. Within this restaurant-and-entertainment segment, we believe iPic’s source of entertainment, showing content on a screen within an ultra-premium auditorium, provides our brand with a unique opportunity for long-term consumer relevancy as our content is refreshed continuously over time to match evolving consumer tastes — including the growing opportunity for alternative content such as eGaming, events, and corporate seminars. Additionally, our affluent customer base enables us to drive substantial ancillary revenue from sponsorship income and membership fees, which make-up a substantial and growing portion of our revenues. Lastly, we believe that it could prove difficult for most existing stand-alone restaurants to gain access to our motion picture content; and for most existing theater operations to add iPic’s level of culinary expertise and hospitality culture.

Our Food: iPic’s culinary expertise. We deliver a unique food and beverage experience. Our team, led by Sherry Yard, designs and delivers an innovative and constantly new stream of menu items to delight our customers. As a Food Network personality herself, Sherry Yard along with a monthly celebrity chef are put on screen to show our guests how they cook the latest menu creation. This allows our customers to experience the food of a different highly acclaimed chef each time they visit iPic. We bring the celebrity chefs to our customers, without our customers having to inconveniently travel to see them.

Our Service: iPic’s empowered hospitality culture. We believe that the culture of our team is the single most important factor in our success. We recruit and develop team members that possess a high degree of empathy and who are genuinely warm, friendly, motivated, caring, self-aware and intellectually curious. We then train and empower our team to provide our guests with world-class customer service throughout our facility. However, we also recognize that

74

within today’s highly-connected digital economy that some of our guests, depending on the occasion, may view the best possible customer experience on a given day to be one that is digitally seamless with only a minimum amount of direct interaction with our team members (think of an Uber or Amazon transaction). As such, we have invested heavily in industry-leading digital technology that could, at our guest’s choosing, create a near frictionless theater experience by using our iPic App to, among other things: purchase and choose their seating ahead of time, order their food and drinks ahead of time open a check anywhere in our facility (like at our bar) and have it move with you throughout your stay, including ordering additional items (like at your theater seats); and when a guest’s stay is over, our App technology will close-out the check automatically (with a prompted or pre-set tip amount, depending on the setting). We have coined our service-model ethos “empowered hospitality” that strives to give our customers the power to choose their desired level of service on each particular visit.

Our Facilities: iPic’s world-class environment and ambiance. We have a history of designing architecturally unique and relevant entertainment destinations that successfully compete with not only other forms of out-of-home entertainment but also with the comfort and convenience of home entertainment options. Our patent pending seating Pods enable our guests to watch a movie in an intimate setting within a shared environment. Our patented Chaise lounges have transformed a historically less-desirable seating area to a highly sought-after section of the auditorium. Our exclusive pillows and blankets at each Premium Plus seat along with our non-disruptive table-top service turns movie watching at iPic into an affordable luxury experience available to the general population.

Our Brand: iPic’s differentiated lifestyle brand with broad adult guest appeal. We believe that the multi-faceted guest experience of dining, drinking and watching a movie in a comfortable and luxurious setting, supported by ever changing Hollywood movies and other non-traditional content (such as concerts and eGaming) and combined with our marketing campaigns have helped create a differentiated brand that is widely recognized and has no national direct competitor on the premium end of the market. Our brand’s connection with its guests is best evidenced by our guest loyalty program with over 1.8 million members. This membership program has increased approximately 100% over the last three years. Our guest research shows that our brand-skews towards females (60%) that are primarily between the ages of 21 and 54, with only 3% of our guests under the age of 21. Based on guest surveys, the median household income of our guests is approximately $180,000, which we believe represents an attractive demographic.

Our multi-faceted guest experience is an affordable luxury that offers excellent value. The average spend of $44.43 per guest for dinner-and-a-movie is a fraction of the cost of any comparable luxury experience at a theatrical play or live sporting event. We believe that our combination of movie-theater entertainment, polished casual-dining and full-service beverage offerings, delivered in a one-of-a-kind curated environment with a local-club atmosphere is an aspirational experience to most Americans. Our multi-faceted guest experience cannot be replicated at home or elsewhere without having to visit multiple destinations. We believe that the cost of visiting an iPic offers an attractive value proposition for our guests relative to pursuing separate dining and entertainment options.

Attractive store economic model with diversified cash flows and strong cash-on-cash returns. We have multiple drivers of traffic with desirable demographics that differentiate us from other food and entertainment concepts. New movies drive traffic to our theaters and restaurants while our ever-changing cast of celebrity chef-inspired creations also help drive incremental traffic. This ability to drive traffic gives us a structural advantage in our store economic model compared with traditional restaurant concepts. In addition to traditional food and beverage revenue, we add additional revenue from our theater operations and, importantly, from non-traditional ancillary revenue such as sponsorships and membership fees. This ability to drive high levels of desirable traffic from a sought-after demographic provides us with leverage to negotiate favorable economic deals for rent and tenant improvement allowances. Approximately 51% of our total revenues for 2016 were derived from food-and-beverage, 31% from theater operations, and 18% from ancillary revenues (e.g. sponsorship, membership, and other fees).

History of successful product innovation and marketing initiatives. Our self-developed app enables our guest to purchase their tickets, select their seat, and order food and beverage from their phones. Our fully-automated in-store tracking system signals the kitchen upon our guest’s arrival which eliminates the need for placing an order with a server. There is also no need for a presentation of the check at the end of the movies as our guests, who choose to do so, may simply stand up and leave as our app can seamlessly handle checkout. We have transformed the ordering and payment of food and beverage in our theaters to an Uber-like experience. We can target and implement marketing programs for our members based on their likes and dislikes, which we believe has increased their frequency of movie-going significantly. Our marketing team has developed a robust membership and rewards program that enables instant redemption — improving guest loyalty. In fact, 76% of our guests recommend iPic as their destination of

75

choice for a night out to their friends and 74% are return visitors. Our Access point rewards program provides members with special ticket pricing, priority access on all ticket purchases, advance screening events, complementary seating upgrades, and more. We have three membership tiers:

         Silver Membership (Free):

         Provides access to members-only ticket pricing all week long

         Gold Membership ($29/year):

         Receive a free premium movie ticket at sign-up

         Start earning 1 access point on every dollar spent; redeemable at both theaters & restaurants

         Priority access to ticket purchases for new film releases

         Special member-priced weekday block ticket packages

         Invitations to advance screenings of new release films

         Platinum Membership (Earned):

         Exclusive Platinum status level awarded after earning 2,000 access points

         Start earning 1.5 access points on every dollar spent to redeem at both theaters & restaurants

         Two free weekday upgrades to premium plus seating

         Premium movie ticket birthday gift

Management team with proven track record. We are led by a strong management team with extensive experience with national brands in all aspects of casual dining and entertainment operations. Our Chief Executive Officer, Hamid Hashemi, has been in the theatrical entertainment business for over 30 years. Prior to founding iPic, he founded and operated two other exhibition companies under the Muvico brand. Under the Muvico brand, Mr. Hashemi built some of the most successful theaters in the United States. For example, the Muvico theater in Arundel Mills, MD had annual attendance of over 2.8 million and was the highest attended theater in North America and amongst the top attended theaters in the world.

Strong commitment to our team, to our community, and to our guests. iPic seeks to make a positive difference in people’s lives. We impact our team members lives by creating a nurturing work environment that fosters hospitality and self improvement. We hire, train and continually educate our team so they can flourish both at work and at home. Our team members strive to make every visit a memorable experience for our guests. iPic is a hospitality company with a focus on delivering an out-of-home entertainment experience perceived to be available only to the affluent, but is within reach to all segments of the population at an affordable price. While iPic’s face-value ticket prices are generally higher than other movie-theater options, we believe that the additional amenities included in our offering makes the value proposition substantially greater than other venues. For instance, unlike other movie-theaters, for all iPic seating sections, we do not charge a fee for booking tickets online and we never charge extra for 3D or any other premium-format film. Meanwhile, guests seated in Premium Plus seats are offered unlimited free popcorn, signature iPic pillows and blankets, and service to the seats. Our ticket prices for our iPic Premium seats are comparable to the best theaters in their respective market and our guests can enjoy the same menu of food and drinks by visiting the iPic Express and Bar located on the same level as the auditoriums.

Our Growth Strategies

Opening new iPics. This is our greatest immediate opportunity for growth. We believe that we are still in the very nascent stage of our growth story. We currently operate 121 screens at 16 company-operated units in 10 states, and control less than 0.5% market share of the U.S. theater business. We believe there is tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new U.S. markets, as well as overseas, and we have invested in our infrastructure through new hires at our home office to enable us to continue to grow rapidly and with discipline. We plan to open four new domestic units per year starting in 2019, and for the foreseeable future. Based on our experience and analysis, along with research we engaged Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. to perform for us, we believe that over the long-term

76

we have the potential to grow our iPic U.S. footprint to at least 200 U.S. units and to potentially explore overseas expansion as well. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential. We believe we have a versatile real estate model built for growth. We have adopted a disciplined expansion strategy designed to leverage the strength of our business model and our significant brand awareness to successfully develop new iPics in an array of markets that are primed for growth. We will use a portion of the proceeds from this Offering to open new iPics and renovate existing iPics. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We will continue to pursue a disciplined new store growth strategy in both new and existing markets where we can achieve consistent high store revenues and attractive store-level cash-on-cash returns. We have built our pipeline by instituting a systematic site-selection process based on consumer research and analysis of transactional data designed to optimize store location, size and design. Our site selection process and flexible store design enable us to customize each store to maximize return on capital given the characteristics of the market and location.

Growing our comparable-store sales. We intend to grow our comparable-store sales by continuing to differentiate the iPic brand from other food and entertainment alternatives, through the following strategies:

Differentiate our food and beverage offering: We frequently test new menu items and seek to improve our food offering to offer the most up-to-date culinary options and to best align with our customers’ evolving preferences and increasing sense of experimentation with new tastes.

Relentless efforts on hospitality. We strive to provide an engaging and differentiated guest experience that includes the highest standards of excellence in hospitality. We believe there are opportunities to increase our sales and average check through continuous improvement of the server experience, including the dual-track effort of introducing new do-it-yourself technology, such as our order-and-pay App and of boosting speed and accuracy of our ninja service model to include a new tablet ordering system.

Grow usage of alternative content. While Hollywood studios will remain our primary content providers for the foreseeable future, we are nevertheless focused on providing our customers with new and creative alternative content, including: Live shows (including magic acts), Netflix programming, eSporting events (such as MindCraft gaming), concerts, educational and personal events, as well as corporate conferences and seminars.

Enhance brand awareness and drive incremental visits to our stores through innovative marketing and promotions: We plan to continue to invest a significant portion of our marketing spend in social-media advertising. We have recently launched customized local store marketing programs to increase new visits and repeat visits to individual locations. Our guest loyalty program currently has approximately 1.8 million members, and we are aggressively improving our search engine and social marketing efforts. Our loyalty program and digital efforts allow us to communicate promotional offers directly to our most passionate brand fans. We also leverage our investments in technology across our marketing platform, including in-store marketing initiatives to drive incremental sales throughout the store.

Grow our special events usage: We plan to continue to leverage and add resources to our special events sales effort to grow our corporate and personal event business. In addition to driving revenue, we believe our special events business is an important sampling opportunity for our guests because many guests are experiencing iPic for the first time.

Improving our margins. We believe we are well-positioned to continue to increase margins and have additional opportunities to reduce costs. Based on the operating leverage generated by our business model, which has been enhanced by operating initiatives implemented by management in recent years, we have the potential to further improve margins and deliver greater earnings from expected future increases in comparable-store sales. Under our current cost structure, we estimate that about 40% of any comparable-store sales growth would flow through to our Adjusted EBITDA. We also believe that improved labor scheduling technology will allow us to further increase labor productivity in the future. Our continued focus on operating margins at individual locations and the deployment of best practices across our store base is expected to yield incremental margin improvements.

Site Selection

iPic is focused on clustered growth in predominantly the top 50 metropolitan statistical areas including the densest urban areas as well as high population/high growth affluent suburban markets. Potential locations are sourced both

77

internally through target market searches and relationships with hundreds of developers, and externally through our network of top retail brokers in each target region. In order to optimize new unit productivity, we systematically screen potential sites based on the size and quality of the local population. We utilize multiple data platforms that provide sophisticated demographic analyses allowing us to comprehend not only population and income, but also spending patterns and psychographics of the markets surrounding each potential location.

Marketing, Advertising and Promotion

Our corporate marketing department manages all consumer outreach initiatives for iPic with the goal of driving sales through expanding our customer reach (guest base) and frequency. Our key areas of focus include:

         Marketing and Advertising: Public-relations, media, promotions, in-store merchandising, pricing, and digital programs;

         Food and Beverage: Continuous menu and product development and relentless focus on in-store execution;

         Guest insights: Ongoing research into brand health and guest tracking.

We have improved marketing effectiveness in 2017 through a number of initiatives designed to improve our local marketing plans, in-store promotions, digital loyalty programs and digital interfaces with consumers that included:

         Performed research to better understand our guest base and fine-tune the brand positioning;

         Refined our marketing strategy to better reach our target audience of 21-54 year-olds;

         Created a new advertising campaign;

         Launched a new website and app;

         Invested in menu research and development to differentiate our food offerings from our competition and improve execution;

         Developed product/promotional strategies to attract new guests and increase spending/length of stay;

         Leveraged our loyalty database to engage and motivate guests, including a newly formatted Membership Program;

         Invested more in digital social media to create stronger relationships with consumers; and

         Defined a consistent brand identity that reflects our unique positioning.

Operations — Food and Beverage and Cinema

Management. Food and Beverage management is headed by our Chief Operating Officer — Restaurants. Supported by the National Beverage Director, our Advanced Sommelier and Master Barman, and the Vice President of Restaurant Operations, the Food and Beverage management team is responsible for developing and operating all of iPic’s foodservice operations. Each restaurant is headed by a Restaurant General Manager who reports to the site Senior General Manager. The cinema operations management of our store base is divided into two regions, each of which is overseen by a Regional Operations Director who reports to the Chief Operating Officer — Cinemas. Our Regional Operations Directors oversee seven to nine Company-owned stores each, which we believe enables them to better support the Senior General Managers and achieve sales and profitability targets for each store within their region. Our locations are generally open seven days a week, with hours of operation typically from 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m.

Operational Tools and Programs. We utilize a customized food and beverage analysis program that determines the theoretical food and beverage costs for each store and provides additional tools and reports to help us identify opportunities, including waste management. Consolidated business intelligence and reporting tools are utilized by Regional Operations Directors and Senior General Managers to be able to identify issues, forecast more efficiently, and glean quicker insights for improved decision-making.

Management Information Systems. We utilize a number of proprietary and third party management information systems. These systems are designed to improve operating efficiencies, provide us with timely access to financial

78

and enterprise data, and reduce store and corporate administrative time and expense. We believe our management information systems are sufficient to support our store expansion plans.

Training. We strive to maintain quality and consistency in each of our stores through the careful training and supervision of our team members and the establishment of, and adherence to, high standards relating to personnel performance, food and beverage preparation, and maintenance of our restaurants and cinemas. We provide all new team members with complete orientation and one-on-one training for their positions to help ensure they are able to meet our high standards. All of our new team members are trained by partnering with a certified trainer to assure that the training and information they receive is complete and accurate. Team members are certified for their positions by passing a series of tests, including alcohol awareness training. We require our new store managers to complete an 8-week training program that includes front of the house service, kitchen, amusements, and management responsibilities. Newly trained managers are then assigned to their home store where they receive additional training with their Senior General Manager.

Management Development. We place a high priority on our continuing management development programs in order to ensure that qualified managers are available for our future openings. We conduct semi-annual talent reviews with each manager to discuss prior performance and future performance goals. When we open a new store, we provide varying levels of training to team members in each position to ensure the smooth and efficient operation of the store from the first day it opens to the public. Prior to opening a new store, our dedicated training and opening team travels to the location to prepare for an intensive two week training program for all team members hired for the new store opening. Part of the training teams stay on site during the first week of operation. We believe this additional investment in our new stores is important, because it helps us provide our guests with a quality experience from day one. After a store opens and is operating smoothly, the managers supervise the training of new team members.

Recruiting and Retention. We seek to hire experienced General Managers and team members, and offer competitive wage and benefit programs. Our store managers all participate in a performance-based incentive program that is based on sales, profit and employee retention goals. In addition, our salaried employees are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan, medical/dental/vision insurance plans and also receive vacation/paid time off based on tenure.

Food Preparation, Quality Control and Purchasing. We strive to maintain high food quality standards. To ensure our quality standards are met, we negotiate directly with independent producers of food products. We provide detailed quality and yield specifications to suppliers for our purchases. Our systems are designed to protect the safety and quality of our food supply throughout the procurement and preparation process. Within each store, the Kitchen Manager is primarily responsible for ensuring the timely and correct preparation of food products, per the recipes we specify. We provide each of our stores with various tools and training to facilitate these activities.

Information Technology

Information Technology is focused on the customer experience and supporting the efficient operation of our restaurants and theaters, as well as the management of our business. We have implemented software and hardware solutions which provide for enhanced capabilities and efficiency within our restaurant and theater operations. We continue to focus on improving the customer experience of purchasing tickets by expanding our ability to sell tickets remotely via the web and our mobile application, while also offering self-service alternatives such as ticketing kiosks. Customers can choose their preferred ticketing option, which in many cases means they can pre-purchase tickets, scan their mobile device and proceed directly to their reserved seat without waiting in line. These solutions align with our goal of delivering a first-class customer experience and will drive incremental revenues and cash flows in a more cost-effective manner. In addition, we continue to strategically pursue technologies to improve the services we provide to our patrons and to provide information to our management allowing them to operate our sites efficiently. The sales and attendance information collected by our point-of-sale system is used directly for film booking and settlement as well as provides the primary source of data for our financial systems. We also use best-in-class inventory management systems to control costs, streamline operations, and reduce waste across our foodservice operations.

Intellectual Property

We have registered or applied to register utility and design patents with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and in various foreign countries. We consider our tradename and our logo to be important features of our operations and seek to actively monitor and protect our interest in this property in the various jurisdictions where we operate. We also have certain trade secrets, such as our recipes, processes, proprietary information and certain software programs

79

that we protect by requiring all of our employees to sign a code of ethics, which includes an agreement to keep trade secrets confidential.

Competition

The out-of-home entertainment market is highly competitive. We compete for guests’ discretionary entertainment dollars with theme parks, as well as with providers of out-of-home entertainment, including localized attraction facilities such as movie theaters, sporting events, bowling alleys, nightclubs and restaurants. We also face competition from local establishments that offer entertainment experiences similar to ours and restaurants that are highly competitive with respect to price, quality of service, location, ambience and type and quality of food. We also face competition from increasingly sophisticated home-based forms of entertainment, such as internet and video gaming and home movie delivery.

Seasonality

Our revenues are dependent upon the timing and popularity of film releases by distributors. The most marketable films are usually released during the summer and the calendar year-end holiday seasons. Therefore, our business is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations, with higher attendance and revenues generally occurring during the summer months and holiday seasons. We license first-run motion pictures, the success of which has increasingly depended on the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios. Poor performance of, or any disruption in the production of these motion pictures (including by reason of a strike or lack of adequate financing), or a reduction in the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, could hurt our business and results of operations. Conversely, the successful performance of these motion pictures, particularly the sustained success of any one motion picture, or an increase in effective marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, may generate positive results for our business and operations in a specific quarter or year that may not necessarily be indicative of, or comparable to, future results of operations. Given the relatively small number of theaters and screens that we operate (particularly when compared to our larger competitors), if a major motion picture studio decides to delay the release of a first-run motion picture from one quarter to a subsequent quarter, that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the earlier quarter. As movie studios rely on a smaller number of higher grossing “tent pole” films, there may be increased pressure for higher film licensing fees. In addition, a change in the type and breadth of movies offered by motion picture studios may adversely affect the demographic base of moviegoers. As a result of the foregoing factors, our results of operations may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year.

Government Regulation

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices affecting our business, and we must comply with provisions regulating antitrust, health and sanitation standards, equal employment, environmental, and licensing for the sale of food and alcoholic beverages. Our new theater openings could be delayed or prevented or our existing theaters could be impacted by difficulties or failures in our ability to obtain or maintain required approvals or licenses. Changes in existing laws or implementation of new laws, regulations and practices could have a significant impact on our business. A significant portion of our theater level employees are part time workers who are paid at or near the applicable minimum wage in the theater’s jurisdiction. Increases in the minimum wage and implementation of reforms requiring the provision of additional benefits will increase our labor costs.

We operate facilities throughout the United States and are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of those jurisdictions, particularly laws governing the cleanup of hazardous materials and the management of properties. We might in the future be required to participate in the cleanup of a property that we lease, or at which we have been alleged to have disposed of hazardous materials from one of our facilities. In certain circumstances, we might be solely responsible for any such liability under environmental laws, and such claims could be material.

Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”). Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, and an award of damages to private litigants or additional capital expenditures to remedy such noncompliance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

80

Properties

At June 30, 2017, the Company operated a total of sixteen cinemas in the following locations throughout the United States:

·    Glendale, Wisconsin   ·    Scottsdale, Arizona
·    Pasadena California   ·    Bolingbrook, Illinois
·    Austin, Texas   ·    South Barrington, Illinois
·    Fairview, Texas   ·    Los Angeles, California
·    Boca Raton, Florida   ·    Houston, Texas
·    Bethesda, Maryland   ·    Fort Lee, New Jersey
·    North Miami, Florida   ·    Fulton Market, New York
·    Redmond, Washington   ·    Dobbs Ferry, New York

 

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. We are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows. However, lawsuits or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, may result in diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we employed a total of 204 full time and 2,176 part time employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we consider our company culture and employee relations to be strong.

81

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is a list of names and ages, as of December 19, 2017, of our directors and executive officers, and a description of the business experience of each of them.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Hamid Hashemi

 

58

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Paul Westra

 

50

 

Chief Financial Officer

Paul Safran

 

65

 

General Counsel

Clark Woods

 

61

 

Executive Vice President – Films

Sherry Yard

 

53

 

Chief Operating Officer

Robert Kirby

 

66

 

Director

George M. Philip

 

70

 

Director

Ajay Bijli

 

50

 

Director Nominee

Dana Messina

 

56

 

Director Nominee

Each director holds his or her office until he or she resigns or is removed and his or her successor is elected and qualified. Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Hamid Hashemi, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, founded the company in 2006. Mr. Hashemi has served as our President and CEO since September 2010. Mr. Hashemi has over 30 years of experience owning and operating entertainment venues and is recognized as one of the motion picture industry’s most dynamic business developers, having successfully developed and launched three companies involved in motion picture exhibition. Mr. Hashemi founded iPic and iPic Theaters to pursue his vision of creating social destinations anchored by theaters and making the luxury screening room movie-going experience available and affordable to the general population. Mr. Hashemi earned a B.S. in microbiology from Florida Atlantic University. He presently serves on the Board of Trustees at Pinecrest Preparatory School in Fort Lauderdale. He is also a current member of World Presidents’ Organization and has been a guest speaker at shows including The Today Show, CNN, Neil Cavuto, CNBC’s Squawk on the Street, Fox Network, and Wall Street Week.

Paul Westra, our Chief Financial Officer, joined us in March 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Westra served as an Equity Research Analyst for Stifel Financial from June 2013 until March 2017. From June 2002 until June 2013, Mr. Westra served as an Equity Research Analyst for Cowen and Company. In addition to his career in equity research, he spent two years as Vice President of Business Development for Food.com, an outsourced information technology company for restaurants and was also co-founder of two New York City restaurants, Phebe’s and Dylan Prime. Mr. Westra earned a B.A. in business administration from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business. He is also a CFA charter holder.

Paul Safran, our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, joined us in September 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Safran was a partner with Becker & Poliakoff, from 2006 until 2009, and a partner with Roetzel & Andress from 2009 until 2011. From 1999 until 2006, Mr. Safran was Counsel to Transamerica Finance Corporation’s Municipal Finance Division. Mr. Safran earned a B.S. degree in finance, from Nova Southeastern University, where he graduated magna cum laude and a J.D. degree from Nova Southeastern University’s Shepard Broad School of Law, where he was a member of its Law Review.

Clark Woods, our Executive Vice President — Films, joined us in January 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Woods was President of Domestic Distribution at MGM from 2006 until 2010. From 1979 until 2006, Mr. Woods was Executive Vice President, General Sales Manager of Paramount Pictures where he distributed the movie Titanic, at the time the largest grossing movie in history. Mr. Woods is responsible for choosing what guests see in iPic theaters. Mr. Woods earned a B.A. from American University and is a member of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences. He has served as President of Variety International, the motion picture industries’ worldwide children’s charity.

Sherry Yard, our Chief Operating Officer, joined us in February 2014. Prior to joining us, Ms. Yard was an independent consultant from February 2013 to February 2014. Prior to that, she served as Executive Chef of Spago from January 1995 until February 2013. Ms. Yard is responsible for developing and operating all of iPic’s foodservice operations. Ms. Yard has an Associate’s Degree in hospitality management from NYC Technical College and a

82

Master Pastry Arts Degree in Culinary Arts from the Culinary Institute of America. Ms. Yard works with numerous philanthropic organizations and is a driving force of the Careers through Culinary Arts Program (C-CAP).

Robert Kirby has served as a director of our Company since September 2010. Mr. Kirby is currently the Co-Executive Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Village Roadshow Ltd., where he has spent his entire business career. Through the launch of Roadshow Home Video, Mr. Kirby was the driving force behind the Australian video revolution of the 1980’s and 1990’s. He is a pioneer of new cinema concepts in both Australia and internationally and has been at the forefront of Village Roadshow’s successful diversification into theme parks, radio and international film production. Mr. Kirby earned a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Melbourne. Mr. Kirby is the Deputy Chair of the Peter MacCallum Cancer Foundation, Member of Patrons Council of Epilepsy Foundation and Patron of Arts Centre Melbourne. Mr. Kirby brings to our Board a wealth of operating experience within the hospitality industry having operated theaters in 26 countries and theme parks in Australia.

George M. Philip has served as a director of our Company since October 2017. Mr. Philip served as President of the University at Albany, State University of New York from November 2007 until he retired in January 2013. Prior to the University of Albany, Mr. Philip served as Chief Executive Officer of the New York State Teachers’ Retirement System (NYSTRS) from June 1971 until November 2007. Mr. Philip earned B.A. and M.A. degrees from the University at Albany, State University of New York and a J.D. from Western New England University School of Law. Mr. Philip is a current or past member of numerous professional organizations and governing bodies involved in financial, educational and community activities including: First Niagara (FNFG), National Council on Teacher Retirement, Pension Managers Advisory Committee of the New York Stock Exchange, The Research Foundation of SUNY, St. Peter’s Health Partners, Saratoga Performing Arts Center, US Airways Group, Inc., The University at Albany Council and The Council of Institutional Investors. He also serves as an advisor to the Investment Committee of the Kentucky Teachers’ Retirement System, as a member of the board of Community Newspapers Holdings, Inc., owned by the Retirement Systems of Alabama, and a member of the board of Trinity Health. Mr. Philip brings to our Board significant strategic-advisory and financial-management expertise.

Ajay Bijli will become a director of our Company upon the closing of this Offering.  Mr. Bijli is currently the Chairman and Managing Director for PVR Limited, the largest and most premium film exhibition company in India.  Mr. Bijli’s passion for movies led him to create PVR Cinemas in 1995.  The company’s joint venture with Village Roadshow, a global film production and exhibition company from Australia, resulted in bringing the multiplex format to India.  Today, PVR serves approximately 75 million patrons with 600 screens across the length and breadth of the country.  Acknowledging his business acumen, he has been awarded the Asia Innovator of the Year and Most Admired Retailer of the year 2016. Under his leadership, PVR has received the Fortune India’s Next 500 Big and Mid-size companies’ award.  Mr. Bijli serves on the Board of Trustees of the Mumbai Academy of the Moving Image and he is the founding member of FICCI Multiplex Association (India).  He is also a member of The Film and TV Producers Guild (India), Young Presidents’ Organization and is associated with the Central Board of Film Certification, Government of India.  Mr. Bijli brings to our Board significant operating and financial expertise as well as extensive experience in the theater industry.

Dana Messina will become a director of our Company upon the closing of this Offering. Mr. Messina is currently Chairman of Volt Information Sciences, which he joined in October 2015 and is also the President of Kirkland Messina, which he founded in March 1994. Previously, Mr. Messina was the Chief Financial Officer and Director of Club One Casino from February 2008 until August 2015. From August 1993 until September 2013, Mr. Messina was Chief Executive Officer and Director of Steinway Musical Instruments. Earlier in his career, Mr. Messina was a Senior Vice President in the High Yield Bond Department at Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Messina earned a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Tufts University where he graduated magna cum laude and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Messina brings to our Board significant operating and financial expertise as well as extensive experience as a public company director.

Board Composition

Our Board of Directors currently consists of three members and will be authorized to have up to 15 members upon the effectiveness of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which will provide that the size of the board of directors will be fixed from time to time by a majority vote of the board of directors. Each director is elected annually and serves until his or her respective successor is elected.

83

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our stockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to our collaborative culture, knowledge of our business and understanding of our prospective markets. We plan to recruit additional independent directors who can bring specific expertise and experience that is relevant to the Company’s business and future direction.

Director Independence

The listing standards of Nasdaq require that a majority of the members of a listed company’s board of directors qualify as “independent.” When a company is listing on Nasdaq in connection with its initial public offering, the Nasdaq rules allow a transition period of 12 months from the date of listing for compliance with this requirement. The definition of independence under the Nasdaq rules includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director, nor any of his family members, has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, the Nasdaq rules require a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist that, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In making these determinations, our directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management. Our directors also consulted with our company’s counsel to ensure that our determinations were consistent with relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the definition of “independent.” Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Bijli and Messina are independent directors within the meaning of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.

Our board of directors expects to elect one additional independent director prior to, or in reliance on the Nasdaq transition rules following, the closing of this offering. After such election, a majority of the members of our board of directors will qualify as “independent” within the meaning of the applicable Nasdaq listing standards.

As required under applicable NASDAQ rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors has established three standing committees — audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance — each of which operate under a charter that has been approved by our board. We have appointed persons to the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors as required to meet the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Market.

Audit Committee

We have a separately designated standing audit committee of our Board of Directors, as defined in Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The audit committee is currently comprised of three of our independent directors: Messrs. Bijli and Messina. Mr. Messina  is the Chair of our audit committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Market and the SEC and that each of the members of our audit committee is financially literate and has accounting or related financial management expertise, as such qualifications are defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Market. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Messina is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC. Our audit committee operates under a written charter that was adopted in 2016. A copy of the charter may be found on our website at www.ipic.com and will be provided in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests a copy by submitting a written request to our Secretary at iPic Entertainment Inc., 433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL, 33432.

Our audit committee assists our Board of Directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our consolidated financial statements. Our audit committee’s responsibilities include:

         appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

         overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

84

         reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

         monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

         overseeing our internal accounting function;

         discussing our risk management policies;

         establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

         meeting independently with our internal accounting staff, registered public accounting firm and management;

         reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions; and

         preparing the audit committee reports required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

The members of the compensation committee are Messrs. Bijli and Messina. Mr. Messina is the Chair of the compensation committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Market. Our compensation committee assists our Board of Directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that was adopted in 2016. A copy of the charter may be found on our website at www.ipic.com and will be provided in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests a copy by submitting a written request to our Secretary at iPic Entertainment Inc., 433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL, 33432.

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

         reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to Chief Executive Officer compensation;

         making recommendations to our board with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

         overseeing evaluations of our senior executives;

         review and assess the independence of compensation advisers;

         overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

         reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to director compensation;

         reviewing and discussing with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure; and

         preparing the compensation committee reports required by SEC rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Bijli and Messina. Mr. Messina is the Chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Market. Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that was adopted in 2016. A copy of the charter may be found on our website at www.ipic.com and will be provided in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests a copy by submitting a written request to our Secretary at iPic Entertainment Inc., 433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL, 33432.

85

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

         identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

         recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to be appointed to each committee of our Board of Directors;

         reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

         developing and recommending corporate governance principles to the board; and

         overseeing periodic evaluations of board members.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors currently believes that our company is best served by combining the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Our Board of Directors believes that as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hashemi is the director most familiar with our business and industry and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading discussion and execution of strategy. Our independent directors bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside our company, while our Chief Executive Officer brings company-specific experience and expertise. Our Board of Directors believes that the combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is the best leadership structure for us at the current time as it promotes the efficient and effective development and execution of our strategy and facilitates information flow between management and our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors recognizes, however, that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the Board of Directors should be free to choose a chairperson of the board based upon the board’s view of what is in the best interests of our company. Accordingly, the Board of Directors periodically reviews its leadership structure.

The Board of Directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. The board currently implements its risk oversight function as a whole. Each of the board committees also provides risk oversight in respect of its areas of concentration and reports material risks to the board for further consideration.

Lead Independent Director

Our independent directors have designated Mr. Messina as our lead independent director. The lead independent director coordinates the activities of our other independent directors. In addition to the duties of all members of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director has the following additional responsibilities and authority:

         presiding at meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of, or upon the request of, the Chairman;

         scheduling, developing the agenda for, and presiding at executive sessions of the independent directors;

         advising the Chairman and/or the Board of Directors as to the decisions reached, if any, at each executive session;

         serving as the principal liaison between the independent directors and the Chairman/CEO;

         advising the Chairman as to the quality, quantity and timeliness of the information submitted by the Company’s management that is necessary or appropriate for the independent directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties;

         assisting the Board of Directors and the nominating and corporate governance committee in better ensuring compliance with and implementation of our corporate governance guidelines; and

         recommending to the Chairman, at the direction of the independent directors, the retention of outside advisors and consultants who report directly to the Board of Directors on board-wide issues.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a lead independent director charter. A copy of the lead independent director charter is available on our website at www.ipic.com/investors under “Governance Documents.”

86

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We expect to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the listing of our Common Stock on the NASDAQ Market, we will post on our website a current copy of the code and all disclosures that are required by law or the NASDAQ Market rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

87

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2017 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2017, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

2017 Summary Compensation Table

Name & Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Unit Awards
($)(1)

 

Option Awards
($)(1)

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
($)(2)

 

All Other Compensation
($)(3)

 

Total
($)

Hamid Hashemi,

 

2017

 

904,565

 

 

2,397,476

 

1,672,775

 

 

18,496

 

4,993,312

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2016

 

861,491

 

 

 

 

861,491

 

21,035

 

1,744,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Safran,

 

2017

 

382,500

 

 

2,185,988

 

1,003,665

 

 

 

3,572,153

General Counsel

 

2016

 

361,605

 

 

 

 

180,803

 

 

542,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sherry Yard,

 

2017

 

249,696

 

 

1,092,994

 

769,477

 

 

 

2,112,167

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Westra

 

2017

 

251,507

(4)

 

1,092,994

 

695,910

 

 

 

2,040,411

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clark Woods,

 

2017

 

275,604

 

 

1,092,994

 

602,199

 

 

 

1,970,797

Executive Vice President – Films

 

2016

 

270,200

 

 

 

 

81,060

 

 

 

351,260

____________

(1)     The amounts in this column for 2017 represent the grant date fair value of the award calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts appear in Note 1 of the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 included in this Offering Circular.

(2)      The Company has not finalized its results of operations for 2017 and, as a result, non-equity plan compensation has not yet been determined.

(3)      The amount set forth under the “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Hashemi relates to reimbursement of automobile-related expenses.

(4)      This represents the pro-rated amount of base salary earned commencing in March 2017 when he commenced employment with the Company.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Elements of Compensation

In 2017, we compensated our named executive officers through a combination of base salary, annual cash incentives and long-term equity-based incentives.

Base Salary

We believe that the provision of base salary plays an important role in attracting and retaining top executive talent by providing executives with a predictable level of income. Base salaries represent a fixed portion of our named executive officers’ compensation and vary principally based on job responsibility. The Compensation Committee set 2017 base salaries for our named executive officers, and base salaries are typically reviewed by Compensation Committee on an annual basis using information and evaluations provided by the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the other named executive officers and its own assessment of the Chief Executive Officer, taking into account our operating and financial results for the year, a subjective assessment of the contribution of each named executive officer to such results, the achievement of our strategic growth and any changes in our named executive officers’ roles and responsibilities. Effective January 1, 2017, the base salaries for our named executive officers were $904,565 for Mr. Hashemi, $382,500, for Mr. Safran, $249,696 for Ms. Yard, $300,000 for Mr. Westra and $275,604 for Mr. Woods.

88

Annual Cash Incentives

In 2017, our named executive officers were eligible to earn an annual bonus equal to a percentage of base salary under the iPic–Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), as set forth in the table below. For 2017, annual bonus amounts under the Annual Incentive Plan will be determined by the Compensation Committee based on achievement measured against Company EBITDA goals and individual performance goals, weighted 50% and 50%, respectively. The weightings of the performance goals were determined for Mr. Hashemi by the Compensation Committee, and for Messrs. Safran and Woods, by our Chief Executive Officer. The annual bonus pool is established and funded based solely on the Compensation Committee’s determination as to the Company’s performance as measured based on achievement of at least 90% of the Company’s EBITDA goal.

The Company’s 2017 results have not yet been finalized and therefore any amounts payable under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2017 have not yet been determined.

The following table sets forth the 2017 annual bonus target for each of our named executive officers, expressed as a percentage of base salary:

Name

 

Target

Hamid Hashemi

 

125

%

Paul Safran

 

50

%

Sherry Yard

 

30

%

Paul Westra

 

50

%

Clark Woods

 

30

%

Long-Term Incentives

On December 21, 2017, Holdings adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of Holdings in the form of options, restricted units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. Concurrent with the adoption of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company awarded options to purchase units to certain members of management, including each of our named executive officers as set forth in the table below.

Name

 

Number of Options

Hamid Hashemi

 

250,000

Paul Safran

 

150,000

Sherry Yard

 

115,000

Paul Westra

 

100,000

Clark Woods

 

90,000

It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment. The material terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan are described under the heading “— Material Terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.”

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

On September 30, 2010, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hashemi, which was amended on May 5, 2016 (the “Employment Agreement”), which agreement provides that his initial employment term expired on September 30, 2015, has been thereafter automatically extended for successive one-year periods, and will continue to be so extended unless either the Company or Mr. Hashemi provides at least 90 days’ written notice to the other of intent not to renew the term. The Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Hashemi (i) would receive an annual base salary (which is $904,565 as of the date of this Offering Circular) which, beginning January 1, 2012, has been subject to a minimum increase of 5% or any higher percentage based on merit as determined in the discretion of the Board and (ii) shall be eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to a percentage of his base salary (which is 125% of his base salary as of the date of this Offering Circular). In addition, Mr. Hashemi would be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in performing his duties and is eligible to participate in all perquisite and benefit programs for which other senior employees of the Company are generally eligible. The

89

Employment Agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under “— Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control.”

Messrs. Safran, Westra and Woods, and Ms. Yard are currently not party to any employment or similar agreements with the Company.

IPO Awards — Restricted Stock Units

On December 6, 2017, iPic Entertainment entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other employees pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”), the aggregate value of which is equal to approximately $8,951,492. The IPO RSU Agreements provide that each grantee is entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with iPic Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The Aggregate Grant Amount of the IPO RSUs awarded to each of our named executive officers is set forth in the chart below.

Name

 

IPO RSUs (Aggregate Grant Amount)

Hamid Hashemi

 

$

2,397,476.30

Paul Safran

 

$

2,185,988.20

Sherry Yard

 

$

1,092,994.10

Paul Westra

 

$

1,092,994.10

Clark Woods

 

$

1,092,994.10

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding options held by each of our named executive officers on December 31, 2017.

 

 

Option Awards

Name

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable
(#)

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Un‑exercisable
(#

)

 

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

Hamid Hashemi

 

0

 

250,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Paul Safran

 

0

 

150,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Sherry Yard

 

0

 

115,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Paul Westra

 

0

 

100,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Clark Woods

 

0

 

90,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

____________

(1)      These options are scheduled to vest as to 25% on each of June 1, 2018, June 1, 2019, June 2020 and June 1, 2021.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement and Other Benefits

Our named executive officers are entitled, on the same basis as our other employees, to participate in our 401(k) plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401 of the Code. Pursuant to the 401(k) plan, participants may contribute an amount of their pre-tax compensation up to the statutory limit.

90

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Hashemi is entitled to reimbursement by the Company of reasonable automobile expenses (including lease/finance payments and insurance and gas expenses).

Our compensation program does not otherwise include any material benefits or perquisites for our named executive officers.

Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement, Mr. Hashemi is entitled to receive certain payments in connection with certain termination events.

In the event of a termination of employment for any reason, Mr. Hashemi is entitled to any earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination and any other amounts due pursuant to applicable law.

Upon a termination due to Mr. Hashemi’s death or Disability (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement), Mr. Hashemi is entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to the sum of his then-current base salary and a pro-rata portion of his target bonus for the year in which termination occurs.

Upon a termination of Mr. Hashemi’s employment by the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement) or due to Mr. Hashemi’s resignation for Good Reason (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement), Mr. Hashemi is entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to three times the sum of (x) his then-current base salary and (y) one-half of the sum of his actual bonus paid for the three years preceding the year in which termination occurs.

With respect to each of our named executive officers, assuming a Change in Control (as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan) occurred on December 31, 2017, and subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment with the Company through the date of such of Change in Control, all of the named executive officer’s options granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan would become fully vested in connection with such Change in Control. 

Director Compensation

Shown below is information regarding the compensation for each member of the Board for the year ended December 31, 2017, other than the compensation for Mr. Hashemi, which is reported above under “Executive Compensation — Summary Compensation Table”.

Name

 

Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
($)

 

Total
($)

Bruce Hodges

 

$

 6,667

 

6,667

Robert Kirby

 

 

 

George M. Philip

 

 

 

Risk Assessment Disclosure

Our Vice President of Human Resources and Chief Executive Officer assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

Material Terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan

The Board has adopted and recommended that our unitholders approve the iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (or the “Equity Incentive Plan”), under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 membership units of the Company (“Units”), which number of authorized Units is subject to automatic increases as described further below in the section titled “— Units Available.” Under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, awards may be granted in the form of options, restricted units, phantom units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards (including performance units, performance phantom units and performance-based restricted units). It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment. The following is a summary of

91

the material terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to this Offering Circular.

Administration. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by a committee appointed by the board (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee shall consist of at least two directors of the board and may consist of the entire board. The Compensation Committee will generally consist of directors considered to be non-employee directors for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Plan Term. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan become effective as of the date it was approved by the Board, subject to approval by the Company’s unitholders, and will terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated by the Board.

Eligibility. Under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, “Eligible Individuals” include officers and employees, consultants to and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee will determine which Eligible Individuals will receive grants of awards.

Incentives Available. Under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee may grant any of the following types of awards to an Eligible Individual: incentive options (“Incentive Options”); nonqualified options (“Nonqualified Options” and, together with Incentive Options, “Options”); unit appreciation rights (“UARs”); restricted units (“Restricted Units”); phantom units (“Phantom Units”); Performance Awards; Dividend Equivalent Rights; and Unit Awards, each as defined below (each type of grant is considered an “Award”).

Units Available. Subject to any adjustment as provided in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, up to 1,600,000 Units may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, all of which may be granted as Incentive Options. The number of Units available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2019 fiscal year, in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the outstanding Units on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

If an Award or any portion thereof that is granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Units covered by such Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the participant receives cash rather than Units), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of Units that may be available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. If any Units issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited and returned back to or reacquired by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such Units in the participant, then the Units that are forfeited or reacquired will again become available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Any Units tendered or withheld (i) to pay the exercise price of an Option or (ii) to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with an Award granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan shall not become available again for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

Options. The Compensation Committee may grant Options (which may be Incentive Options or Nonqualified Options) to Eligible Individuals. An Incentive Option is an Option intended to qualify for tax treatment applicable to Incentive Options under Section 422 of the Code. An Incentive Option may be granted only to Eligible Individuals that are employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. A Nonqualified Option is an Option that is not subject to statutory requirements and limitations required for certain tax advantages allowed under Section 422 of the Code.

Vesting and Exercise Periods for Options. Each Option granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan may be subject to certain vesting requirements and will become exercisable in accordance with the specific terms and conditions of the Option, as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. The term of an Option generally may not exceed ten years from the date it is granted (five years in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a ten-percent unitholder). Each Option, to the extent it becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time in whole or in part until its expiration or termination, unless otherwise provided in applicable Award agreement.

Exercise Price for Options. The purchase price per Unit with respect to any Option granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan may be not less than 100% of the fair market value of a Unit on the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a ten-percent unitholder).

Limits on Incentive Options. In order to comply with the requirements for Incentive Options in the Code, no person may receive a grant of an Incentive Option for units that would have an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, determined when the Incentive Option is granted, that would be exercisable for the first time during any

92

calendar year. If any grant of an Incentive Option is made in excess of such limit, the portion that is over the $100,000 limit would be a Nonqualified Option.

Unit Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant UARs to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. A UAR may be granted (a) at any time if unrelated to an Option or (b) if related to an Option, either at the time of grant or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option.

Amount Payable. A UAR is a right granted to a participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a Unit on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such UAR over the fair market value of a Unit on the date the UAR was granted. A UAR may be settled or paid in cash, Units or a combination of each, in accordance with its terms.

Duration. Each UAR will be exercisable or be forfeited or expire on such terms as the Compensation Committee determines. Except in limited circumstances, a UAR shall have a term of no greater than ten years.

Prohibition on Repricings. The Compensation Committee will have no authority to make any adjustment or amendment (other than in connection with certain changes in capitalization or certain corporate transactions in accordance with the terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as generally described below) that reduces, or would have the effect of reducing, the exercise price of an Option or UAR previously granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, unless the Company’s unitholders approve such adjustment or amendment.

Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant dividend equivalent rights (“Dividend Equivalent Rights”), either in tandem with an Award or as a separate Award, to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. A Dividend Equivalent Right is a right to receive cash or Units based on the value of dividends that are paid with respect to the Units. Amounts payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be payable currently or, if applicable, deferred until the lapsing of restrictions on such dividend equivalent rights or until the vesting, exercise, payment, settlement or other lapse of restrictions on the Award to which the Dividend Equivalent Rights relate, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Units or a combination thereof, in a single installment or multiple installments, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Restricted Units; Phantom Units. The Compensation Committee may grant either Restricted Units or Phantom Units, in each case subject to certain vesting requirements, on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement.

Restricted Units. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, upon the issuance of Restricted Units, the participant shall have all of the rights of a unitholder with respect to such Units, including the right to vote the Units and to receive all dividends or other distributions made with respect to the Units. The Compensation Committee may determine that the payment to the participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on such Units shall be deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Units and held by the Company for the account of the participant until such time. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Restricted Units shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Restricted Units in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Restricted Units shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Restricted Units.

Period for Lapsing of Restrictions on Restricted Units. During such period as may be set by the Compensation Committee in the Award agreement, the participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or assign Restricted Units awarded under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Compensation Committee may also impose such other restrictions and conditions, including the attainment of Performance Objectives (as defined below) or other corporate or individual performance goals, on Restricted Units as it determines in its sole discretion.

Phantom Units. Each Phantom Unit shall represent the right of the participant to receive a payment upon vesting of the Phantom Unit, or on any later date specified by the Compensation Committee, of an amount equal to the fair market value of a Unit as of the date the Phantom Unit becomes vested (together with such dividends as may have accrued with respect to such Unit from the time of the grant of the Award until the time of vesting), or such later date as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time the Phantom Unit is granted (and which will be set forth in the applicable grant agreement). A Phantom Unit may be settled or paid in cash, Units or a combination of each, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

93

Performance Awards. Performance awards (“Performance Awards”) (including performance units (“Performance Units”), performance phantom units (“Performance Phantom Units”) and performance-based restricted units (“Performance-Based Restricted Units”)) may be granted to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in an Award agreement.

Performance Units. Performance Units shall be denominated in a specified dollar amount and, contingent upon the attainment of specified performance objectives within a performance cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Compensation Committee (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable performance period), represent the right to receive payment of the specified dollar amount or a percentage of the specified dollar amount depending on the level of performance objective attained; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee may at the time a Performance Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Unit. The award agreement for each Performance Unit shall specify the number of Performance Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Unit to vest and the performance cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the award will be forfeited.

Performance Phantom Units. Performance Phantom Units shall be denominated in Units and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within a performance cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Compensation Committee (including, without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable performance period), represent the right to receive an amount of the fair market value of a Unit on the date the Performance Phantom Unit becomes vested or any other date specified by the Compensation Committee or a percentage of such amount depending on the level of Performance Objective attained; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee may at the time a Performance Phantom Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Phantom Unit. A Performance Phantom Unit may be settled in cash, Units, or a combination of each. The Award agreement for each Performance Phantom Unit shall specify the number of Performance Phantom Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Phantom Unit to vest and the performance cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

Performance-Based Restricted Units. Performance-Based Restricted Units shall consist of an Award of Restricted Units, issued in the participant’s name and subject to appropriate restrictions and transfer limitations. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the applicable Award agreement, upon issuance of Performance-Based Restricted Units, the participant shall have all of the rights of a unitholder with respect to such Units, including the right to vote the Units and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to Units. The Award agreement for each Award of Performance-Based Restricted Units will specify the number of Performance-Based Restricted Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions that must be satisfied in order for the Performance-Based Restricted Units to vest, the performance cycle within which the Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited. At the time the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Units is granted, the Compensation Committee may determine that the payment to the participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on Units represented by such Award which have been issued by the Company to the participant shall be deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Performance-Based Restricted Units and held by the Company for the account of the participant until such time. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Performance-Based Restricted Units in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Performance-Based Restricted Units.

Performance Objectives. With respect to any Performance Awards, performance objectives (“Performance Objectives”) may be expressed in terms of (i) net earnings; (ii) earnings per unit; (iii) net debt; (iv) revenue or sales growth; (v) net or operating income; (vi) net operating profit; (vii) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity or sales); (viii) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, distributable cash flow and free cash flow); (ix) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, amortization and/or rent; (x) unit price (including, but not limited to growth measures and total unitholder return); (xi) expense control or loss management; (xii) customer satisfaction; (xiii) market share; (xiv) economic value added; (xv) working capital; (xvi) the formation of joint ventures or the completion of other corporate transactions; (xvii) gross or net profit margins; (xviii) revenue mix; (xix) operating efficiency; (xx) product diversification; (xxi) market penetration; (xxii) measurable achievement in quality, operation or compliance initiatives; (xxiii) quarterly dividends or distributions; (xxiv) employee retention

94

or turnover; (xxv) any combination of or a specified increase in any of the foregoing or (xxvi) any other performance criteria as may be established by the Compensation Committee. Performance Objectives may be absolute or relative (to prior performance of the Company or to the performance of one or more other entities or external indices) and may be expressed in terms of a progression within a specified range. The Compensation Committee may, at the time the Performance Objectives in respect of a Performance Award are established, provide for the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Objectives to reflect the impact of specified events, including any one or more of the following with respect to the applicable performance period: (i) the gain, loss, income or expense resulting from changes in accounting principles or tax laws that become effective during the performance period; (ii) the gain, loss, income or expense reported publicly by the Company with respect to the performance period that are extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence; (iii) the gains or losses resulting from, and the direct expenses incurred in connection with, the disposition of a business or the sale of investments or non-core assets; (iv) the gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and all or certain insurance recoveries relating to claims or litigation; or (v) the impact of investments or acquisitions made during the year or, to the extent provided by the Compensation Committee, any prior year. The events may relate to the Company as a whole or to any part of the Company’s business or operations, as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time the Performance Objectives are established. Any adjustments based on the effect of certain events are to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards, unless another objective method of measurement is designated by the Compensation Committee.

Prior to the vesting, payment, settlement or lapsing of any restrictions with respect to any Performance Award, the Compensation Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable Performance Objectives have been satisfied. In respect of a Performance Award, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) reduce the amount of cash paid or number of Units to be issued or that have been issued and that become vested or on which restrictions lapse, and/or (ii) establish rules and procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any participant to an amount that is less than the amount that otherwise would be payable under such Award. The Compensation Committee may exercise such discretion in a non-uniform manner among participants.

Unit Awards. The Compensation Committee may grant an Award of Units (“Unit Awards”) to an Eligible Individual on such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine at the time of grant. A Unit Award may be made as additional compensation for services rendered by the Eligible Individual or may be in lieu of cash or other compensation to which the Eligible Individual is entitled from the Company.

Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event that the outstanding Units are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of Units or other units or securities or other equity interests of the Company or another corporation or entity, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganizations, recapitalization, reclassification, unit dividend, unit split, reverse unit split, substitution or other similar corporate event or transaction, or an extraordinary dividend or distribution by the Company in respect of its Units or other capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock in cash, securities or other property, the Compensation Committee shall determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to (a) the maximum number and kind of units or other securities or other equity interests as to which Awards may be granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (b) the maximum number and class of Units or other stock or securities that may be issued upon exercise of Incentive Options, (c) the number and kind of Units or other securities covered by any or all outstanding Awards that have been granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (d) the option price of outstanding Options and the base price of outstanding UARs, and (e) the Performance Objectives applicable to outstanding Performance Awards.

Effect of Change in Control or Certain Other Transactions. Generally, the Award agreement evidencing each Award will provide any specific terms applicable to that Award in the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below). Unless otherwise provided in an Award agreement, in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar change in the units of the Company, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a Change in Control (each a “Corporate Transaction”), Awards shall either: (a) continue following such Corporate Transaction, which may include, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, the assumption, continuation or substitution of the Awards, in each case with appropriate adjustments to the number, kind of securities, and exercise prices of the Awards; or (b) terminate.

For purposes of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, “Change in Control” generally means the occurrence of any of the following events with respect to the Company: (a) any person (other than directly from the Company) first acquires securities of the Company representing fifty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then

95

outstanding voting securities, other than an acquisition by certain employee benefit plans, the Company or a related entity, or any person in connection with a non-control transaction; (b) a majority of the members of the board of directors is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors serving immediately prior to such appointment or election; (c) any merger, consolidation or reorganization, other than in a non-control transaction; (d) a complete liquidation or dissolution or (e) sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets. A “non-control transaction” generally includes any transaction in which (i) unitholders immediately before such transaction continue to own at least a majority of the combined voting power of such resulting entity following the transaction; (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors immediately before such transaction continue to constitute at least a majority of the board of the surviving entity following such transaction or (iii) with certain exceptions, no person other than any person who had beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction has beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent of the combined voting power of the surviving entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after such transaction.

Options and UARs Terminated in Corporate Transaction. If Options or UARs are to terminate in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the holders of vested Options or UARs must be provided either (a) fifteen days to exercise their Options or UARs or (b) payment (in cash or other consideration) in respect of each Unit covered by the Option of UAR being cancelled in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per Unit consideration to be paid to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction over the price of the Option or the UAR. If the per Unit consideration to be paid to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction is less than the exercise price of the Option or UAR, the Option or UAR may be terminated without payment of any kind. The holders of unvested Options or UARs may also receive payment, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, in the same manner as described above for vested Options and UARs. The Compensation Committee may also accelerate the vesting on any unvested Option or UAR and provide holders of such Options or UARS a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Award.

Other Awards Terminated in Corporate Transaction. If Awards other than Options and UARs are to terminate in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the holders of vested Awards will be provided, and holders of unvested Awards may be provided, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Unit covered by the Award being cancelled in an amount equal to the per Unit price to be paid to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction, where the value of any non-cash consideration will be determined by the Compensation Committee in good faith.

The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for different treatment for different Awards or Awards held by different parties, and where alternative treatment is available for a participant’s Awards, may allow the participant to choose which treatment will apply to his or her Awards.

Transferability. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan generally restricts the transfer of any Awards, except (a) transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (b) to a beneficiary designated by the participant, to whom any benefit under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan is to be paid or who may exercise any rights of the participant in the event of the participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit or exercises an Award.

Amendment or Termination of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan may be amended or terminated by the board of directors without unitholder approval unless unitholder approval of the amendment or termination is required under applicable law, regulation or NASDAQ Stock Market LLC requirement. No amendment may materially and adversely alter or impair any Awards that had been granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the amendment without the impacted participant’s consent. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date; however, when the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan terminates, any applicable terms will remain in effect for administration of any Awards outstanding at the time of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan’s termination.

Forfeiture Events; Clawback. The Compensation Committee may specify in an Award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Award under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan shall be subject to the terms of any clawback policy maintained by the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

96

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2016, we have engaged in certain transactions with our directors and executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities.

The following are summaries of certain provisions of our related party agreements and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of such agreements. Because these descriptions are only summaries of the applicable agreements, they do not necessarily contain all of the information that you may find useful. We therefore urge you to review the agreements in their entirety. Copies of the agreements (or forms of the agreements) have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this Offering Circular is a part, and are available electronically on the website of the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Related Party Agreements in Effect Prior to this Offering

Non-Revolving Credit Facility with Retirement Systems of Alabama (RSA)

iPic-Gold Class is a party to the Non-Revolving Credit Facility with RSA, a member of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC which provides for a non-revolving total commitment of $225.8 million. The Non-Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of iPic-Gold Class and the guarantors, together with a pledge of certain equity interests of iPic Gold Class by certain members of iPic-Gold Class. Obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by each of iPic-Gold Class’s wholly-owned subsidiaries. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Long-Term Debt — Non-Revolving Credit Facility.”

Notes Payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC

A joint venture between Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. and iPic Holdings, LLC (an entity owned in part by Hamid Hashemi and Dana Messina), called VR iPic Finance, LLC, both members of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, is a party to two sets of notes, aggregating $30.9 million. iPic Holdings, LLC owns approximately 37% of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC. Entities and individuals associated with Hamid Hashemi, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, directly or indirectly own a majority of iPic Holdings, LLC.

The first set of VR iPic Notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR iPic Notes are required to be paid to VR iPic only to the extent that each of iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. The second set of notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%, with interest payable monthly.

Notes Payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

iPic-Gold Class is a party to a $15.0 million note payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc, a member of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC. The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 10.5% per annum, subject to a minimum guaranteed interest of $3.0 million over the life of the notes. iPic-Gold Class is also a party to a $1.1 million note Payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA. The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 5.0% per annum. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

Notes Payable to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC

iPic-Gold Class is a party to a $3.4 million note payable to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC, a member of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the Regal Note are required to be paid to Regal only to the extent that Regal is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement.

97

Note Payable to iPic Holdings, LLC

iPic-Gold Class is a party to a $0.5 million note payable to iPic Holdings, LLC (an entity owned in part by Hamid Hashemi and Dana Messina), and a member of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC. The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 5.0% per annum. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

Related Party Agreement Entered Into in Connection With This Offering

In connection with the Transactions, we will engage in certain transactions with certain of our directors, executive officers and other persons and entities which are holders of 5% or more of our voting securities, including the issuance of shares of our Class B Common Stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, the entering into of an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of iPic-Gold Class, and the entering into of the Registration Rights Agreement. These transactions are described in “The Transactions.”

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this Offering, the Company will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners pursuant to which those Continuing iPic Equity Owners that are a party to the agreement will have specified rights to require the Company to register all or any portion of their shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this Offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in our Amended and Restated Bylaws. In addition, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this Offering, will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

Prior to the closing of this Offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, and expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors recognizes the fact that transactions with related persons present a heightened risk of conflicts of interests and/or improper valuation (or the perception thereof). Prior to the closing of this Offering, our board of directors will adopt a written policy on transactions with related persons that is in conformity with the requirements for issuers having publicly-held common stock that is listed on NASDAQ. Under the new policy:

         any related person transaction, and any material amendment or modification to a related person transaction, must be reviewed and approved or ratified by a committee of the board of directors composed solely of independent directors who are disinterested or by the disinterested members of the board of directors; and

         any employment relationship or transaction involving an executive officer and any related compensation must be approved by the compensation committee of the board of directors or recommended by the compensation committee to the board of directors for its approval.

98

In connection with the review and approval or ratification of a related person transaction:

         management must disclose to the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, the name of the related person and the basis on which the person is a related person, the material terms of the related person transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the transaction, and all the material facts as to the related person’s direct or indirect interest in, or relationship to, the related person transaction;

         management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction complies with the terms of our agreements governing our material outstanding indebtedness that limit or restrict our ability to enter into a related person transaction;

         management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction will be required to be disclosed in our applicable filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and related rules, and, to the extent required to be disclosed, management must ensure that the related person transaction is disclosed in accordance with such Acts and related rules; and

         management must advise the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, as to whether the related person transaction constitutes a “personal loan” for purposes of Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

In addition, the related person transaction policy provides that the committee or disinterested directors, as applicable, in connection with any approval or ratification of a related person transaction involving a non-employee director or director nominee, should consider whether such transaction would compromise the director or director nominee’s status as an “independent,” “outside,” or “non-employee” director, as applicable, under the rules and regulations of the SEC, NASDAQ and the Code.

99

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

[NTD: TABLE TO BE COMPLETED BY FRIED FRANK]

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as of December 17, 2017, after the consummation of the Transactions, including this Offering, for: (1) each holder of more than 5% of our Common Stock; (2) each of our directors and director nominees; (3) each Named Executive Officer; and (4) all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

As described in “The Transactions” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” each Continuing iPic Equity Owner will be entitled to have their LLC Interests redeemed for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at the option of iPic, cash equal to the market value of the applicable number of our shares of Class A common stock. In addition, at iPic’s election, iPic may effect a direct exchange of such Class A common stock or such cash for such LLC Interests. In connection with this Offering, we will issue to each Continuing iPic Equity Owner for nominal consideration one share of Class B common stock for each LLC Interest it owns. As a result, the number of shares of Class B common stock listed in the table below correlates to the number of LLC Interests each such Continuing iPic Equity Owner will own immediately after this Offering. See “The Transactions.”

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of Common Stock that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 17, 2017. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our Common Stock held by each person or group of persons named above, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 17, 2017 are deemed to be outstanding for such person, but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by such stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership by any person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each person listed is c/o iPic Entertainment Inc., 433 Plaza Real, Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL 33432.

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering

 

Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock

 

% of
Class A
Common
Stock
Outstanding

 

Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock

 

% of
Class B
Common
Stock
Outstanding

 

% of
Combined
Voting
Power

 

Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock

 

Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock

 

% of
Combined
Voting
Power

Beneficial Owners of More than 5% of our Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Village Roadshow Attractions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Teachers Retirement System of Alabama

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Retirement System of Alabama

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regal/Atom Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hamid Hashemi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Safran

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clark Woods

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Kirby

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

George M. Philip

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dana Messina

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (     Persons)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________

*         Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

100

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this Offering. We expect to adopt an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and an Amended and Restated Bylaws in connection with this Offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in “Description of Securities,” you should refer to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are or will be included as exhibits to the Offering Statement relating to this Offering Circular, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Our current authorized capital stock consists of 100 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of the consummation of this Offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,220,629 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Common Stock

Upon consummation of this Offering, there will be 2,165,000 shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding and 10,220,629 shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

Class A Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to cast one vote per share. Holders of our Class A common stock will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of Class A common stock will share ratably (based on the number of shares of Class A common stock held) if and when any dividend is declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights

On our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each holder of Class A common stock will be entitled to a pro rata distribution of any assets available for distribution to common stockholders.

Other Matters

No shares of Class A common stock will be subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. Upon consummation of this Offering, all the outstanding shares of Class A common stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Class B Common Stock

Issuance of Class B common stock with LLC Interests

Shares of Class B common stock will be issued to the extent necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of LLC Interests held by Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of shares of Class B common stock

101

issued to Continuing iPic Equity Owners. Shares of Class B common stock are transferable only together with an equal number of LLC Interests. Shares of Class B common stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis if we, at the election of a Continuing iPic Equity Owner, redeem or exchange LLC Interests of such Continuing iPic Equity Owners pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement.

Voting Rights

Holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to cast one vote per share, with the number of shares of Class B common stock held by each Continuing iPic Equity Owner being equivalent to the number of LLC Interests held by such Continuing iPic Equity Owner. Holders of our Class B common stock will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of our Class B common stock will not participate in any dividend declared by the board of directors.

Liquidation Rights

On our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of Class B common stock will not be entitled to receive any distribution of our assets.

Transfers

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement, each holder of Class B common stock agrees that:

         the holder will not transfer any shares of Class B common stock to any person unless the holder transfers an equal number of LLC Interests to the same person; and

         in the event the holder transfers any LLC Interests to any person, the holder will transfer an equal number of shares of Class B common stock to the same person.

Other Matters

No shares of Class B common stock will be subject to redemption rights or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class B common stock. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock do not have subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B common stock. Upon consummation of this Offering, all outstanding shares of Class B common stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our board of directors has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the powers, rights, preferences, and privileges of each class or series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, which may be greater than the rights of the holders of the common stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately after this Offering.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could

102

have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our Class A common stock by restricting dividends on the Class A common stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Exclusive Venue

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it will be in effect upon the closing of this Offering, will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this Offering, also contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Appointment and Removal of Directors

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that the number of directors constituting our Board of Directors is set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire Board of Directors. These provisions restricting the filling of vacancies will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our Board of Directors and gaining control of our Board of Directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. In addition, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws will provide that a member of our Board of Directors may be removed from office by our stockholders only for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than 75% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of NASDAQ. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a qualified stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, subject to applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a resolution adopted

103

by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. In addition, any stockholder who wishes to bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors must comply with the advance notice and duration of ownership requirements set forth in our Amended and Restated Bylaws and provide us with certain information. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of us or our management.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholder action by written consent will be permitted only if the action to be effected by such written consent and the taking of such action by such written consent have been previously approved by the board of directors.

Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Upon completion of this Offering, our Amended and Restated Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate described above.

The foregoing provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of Class A common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the Board of Directors. A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

104

Registration Rights

We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners in connection with this Offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide those Continuing iPic Equity Owners who are a party to the agreement certain registration rights whereby, at any time following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, such Continuing iPic Equity Owners can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock issuable to them, at our election, upon redemption or exchange of their LLC Interests. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for such Continuing iPic Equity Owners.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Common Stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Exchange Listing

We will apply to NASDAQ to list shares of our Class A Common Stock under the symbol “IPIC.”

105

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our material indebtedness. The following summary does not include intercompany obligations. We refer you to the exhibits to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part for copies of the agreements governing the indebtedness described below.

Long-Term Debt

Non-Revolving Credit Facility

iPic-Gold Class is the borrower under a non-revolving credit facility (the “Non-Revolving Credit Facility”) with The Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama (the “TRSA”) and The Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama (the “ERSA”) (the TRSA and the ERSA are known collectively as the “RSA”), as lenders (the “Lenders”). The Non-Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in all assets of iPic-Gold Class and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, together with an assignment and pledge of certain equity interests of iPic-Gold Class by certain members of iPic–Gold Class. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement, entered into on September 30, 2010 and as amended from time to time, the Lenders have (i) committed to lend to us, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth therein, funds in an aggregate amount up to $225,828,169, which funds may be borrowed in three tranches (hereinafter, “Tranche 1,” “Tranche 2” and “Tranche 3”). As of June 30, 2017, the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 commitment amounts of $15,828,169 and $24,000,000, respectively, were fully borrowed against, and $96,880,022 of the Tranche 3 commitment amount of $186,000,000 was borrowed against. We are not obligated to repay the outstanding principal on all three tranches until September 29, 2020, subject to mandatory prepayments to the RSA, as lenders, and mandatory payments to the members under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement in years of excess cash flows, as determined in accordance with the terms of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2017, we did not have any such excess cash flows. Except with respect to (i) certain working capital advances previously consented to by the Lenders and (ii) an advance on the date of the Transactions to repay the VR Notes (as discussed below), proceeds of borrowings under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility are to be used solely to fund eligible project costs in accordance with the terms of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

Accrued but unpaid interest is due and payable by the Company with respect to each individual project tranche on the first scheduled payment date (meaning each January 1 and July 1) following the earlier to occur of (1) the date which is six months following the opening of the individual cinema project funded by any proceeds from the facility, or (2) the date which is twenty-one months following the initial advance for the individual cinema project. The Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings initially bore interest at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%, with annual increases of 50 basis points, subject to a cap of 8.00% per annum. We recognize interest expense on the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings using the effective interest method, which results in an effective interest rate of approximately 6.95% per annum over the life of the debt. The Tranche 3 borrowings bear interest at a fixed rate of 10.50% per annum. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $6.5 million of net interest expense with respect to the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. We owed $0.3 million of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017.

We are required under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility to match 20% of the amount requested to draw on the facility. The remaining availability under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility requires us to achieve certain operating targets before we may borrow.

The Non-Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur debt, engage in new lines of business, incur liens, engage in mergers, consolidations or similar transactions, dispose of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business, make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions and enter into transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Non-Revolving Credit Facility contains various events of default, including, subject to specific exceptions, failure to make payments of interest or principal when and as due, the voluntary filing of a petition in bankruptcy by us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our members, and a material adverse change in our financial condition or prospects, among others. As of June 30, 2017, no known events of default have occurred under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

On the date of the Transactions, we will amend and restate the Non-Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement, which amendment and restatement will, among other things, permit iPic-Gold Class to enter into the Transactions, make certain modifications to the covenants in connection therewith, extend the period under which Tranche 3 loans may be drawn until September 29, 2021 and extend the maturity date to September 29, 2023. In addition, following the contribution of the equity interests of iPic-Gold Class to Holdings as descried in the first bullet under “Transactions” above, 100% of the equity interests of iPic-Gold Class will be subject to an assignment and pledge by Holdings to secure the obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

106

Short-Term Debt

We periodically enter into short-term financing arrangements to finance the costs of our property and casualty insurance premiums. The loans are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, generally paid over a period of less than one year. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal at 3.63% per annum. As of June 30, 2017, our obligation under premium financing arrangements was $495,475. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $36,000 of net interest expense with respect to these short-term financing arrangements.

Notes Payable to Related Parties

On April 21, 2017, we issued a subordinated note (the “Regal Note”) to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC (“Regal”) in an aggregate principal amount of $3,375,254. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the Regal Note are required to be paid to Regal only to the extent that Regal is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the Regal Note. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $33,752 of net interest expense with respect to the Regal Note. In connection with the Transactions, the existing note will be contributed to capital by the current member. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for the capital contribution.

During the period from June 2015 to June 2016, we issued subordinated notes (the “VR iPic Notes”) to VR iPic Finance, LLC (“VR iPic”) in an aggregate principal amount of $16,124,947. The notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR iPic Notes are required to be paid to VR iPic only to the extent that each of iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the VR iPic Notes. As of June 30, 2017, these notes remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $399,810 of net interest expense with respect to the VR iPic Notes. In connection with the Transactions, the existing notes will be contributed to capital by the current member. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for the capital contribution.

Between February 2014 and June 2017, we issued subordinated notes (the “VR iPic Notes II”) to VR iPic in an aggregate principal amount of $14,736,903. The notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%, with interest payable monthly. The VR iPic Notes II have no stated maturity and are due on demand, but the lender has represented that it will not demand repayment prior to July 1, 2018. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $371,646 of net interest expense with respect to the VR iPic Notes II. In connection with the Transactions, the existing notes will be contributed to capital by the current member. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for the capital contribution.

Between June 2016 and September 2016, we issued subordinated notes (the “VR Notes”) to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. (“Village Roadshow”) in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million. The notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 10.50%, subject to minimum guaranteed interest of $3.0 million over the life of the notes. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR Notes are required to be paid to Village Roadshow only to the extent that Village Roadshow is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the VR Notes. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $781,027 of net interest expense with respect to the VR Notes. We owed $1,467,963 of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017. Upon completion of the Transactions, the VR Notes will be paid in full with the proceeds of an advance under Tranche 3 of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

On May 31, 2016, we issued a subordinated note (the “VR Note II”) to Village Roadshow in an aggregate principal amount of $1,071,429. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR Note II are required to be paid to Village Roadshow only to the extent that Village Roadshow is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the VR Note II. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $26,565 of net interest expense with respect to the VR Note II. We owed $58,121 of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017. In connection with the Transactions, the existing note will be contributed

107

to capital by the current member. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for the capital contribution.

On May 31, 2016, we issued a subordinated note (the “iPic Holding Note”) to iPic Holdings, LLC in an aggregate principal amount of $547,065. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the iPic Holding Note are required to be paid to iPic Holdings, LLC only to the extent that iPic Holdings, LLC is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the iPic Holding Note. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $13,564 of net interest expense with respect to the iPic Holding Note. We owed $29,676 of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017. In connection with the Transactions, the existing note will be contributed to capital by the current member. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for the capital contribution.

Each of the notes described above is subordinate in the right of payment to any indebtedness outstanding under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, in the case of each note with no stated maturity or demand provision, we have determined that liquidation prior to July 1, 2018 is remote. As such, these notes have been classified as noncurrent liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet.

108

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this Offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our Class A Common Stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A Common Stock, including shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, or issuable upon redemption or exchange of membership units, in the public market after this Offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A Common Stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After this Offering, we will have outstanding 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock consisting of the shares of Class A Common Stock that we are selling in this Offering, which shares may be resold in the public market immediately following this Offering, and assumes no additional exercise of outstanding options and warrants.

The 10,220,629 shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable upon redemption or exchange of membership units as well as shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants will, upon issuance be, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Common Stock for at least twelve months, in the event we are a reporting company under Regulation A, or at least six months, in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

         1% of the number of shares of our Common Stock then outstanding; or

         the average weekly trading volume of our Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

Rule 701

In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this Offering Circular before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and our officers, directors, and more than 5% stockholders have agreed, or will agree, with the Selling Agents, subject to certain exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of the Selling Agents, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Offering Circular.

         offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; or

109

         enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options, and other exceptions, and in the case of our officers, directors and other holders of our securities, exercise of stock options issued pursuant to a stock option or similar plans, and other exceptions.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this Offering, the holders of 10,036,576 shares of our Common Stock issued or issuable (as calculated as of December 17, 2017) will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Description of Securities — Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

As of December 17, 2017, options to purchase a total of 930,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding, of which options to purchase no shares were exercisable. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the closing of this Offering to register shares that may be issued pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements. For a description of our equity incentive plans, see “Executive Compensation — Employee Benefits Plans.”

110

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF
OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock that is being issued pursuant to this Offering. This summary is limited to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our Class A common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not discuss all of the aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of the Non-U.S. Holder’s particular investment or other circumstances. Accordingly, all prospective Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

This summary is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this Offering Circular. Subsequent developments in U.S. federal income or estate tax law, including changes in law or differing interpretations, which may be applied retroactively, could alter the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A common stock as described in this summary. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not take a contrary position with respect to one or more of the tax consequences described herein and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A common stock.

As used in this summary, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

         an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

         a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

         an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

         an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

         a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of the Code) has the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships, and partners in partnerships, that hold our Class A common stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A common stock that are applicable to them.

This summary does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a Non-U.S. Holder and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders, such as:

         a Non-U.S. Holder that is a financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, pension plan, broker, dealer or trader in stocks, securities or currencies, U.S. expatriate, controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company;

         a Non-U.S. Holder holding our Class A common stock as part of a conversion, constructive sale, wash sale or other integrated transaction or a hedge, straddle or synthetic security;

111

         a Non-U.S. Holder that holds or receives our Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

         a Non-U.S. Holder that at any time owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, 5% or more of our outstanding Class A common stock.

In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. state or local, or non-U.S. or other tax consequences, or any U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences for beneficial owners of a Non-U.S. Holder, including shareholders of a controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company that holds our Class A common stock.

Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A common stock.

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our Class A common stock. If we make distributions of cash or property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our Class A common stock) with respect to our Class A common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock and will reduce (but not below zero) such Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain from a disposition of our Class A common stock subject to the tax treatment described below in “Dispositions of Our Class A common stock”.

Distributions on our Class A common stock that are treated as dividends, and that are not effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30%. A Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence. In order to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special rules apply to partnerships and other pass-through entities and these certification and disclosure requirements also may apply to beneficial owners of partnerships and other pass-through entities that hold our Class A common stock.

Distributions on our Class A common stock that are treated as dividends, and that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for and properly claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty and the dividends are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence). Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, will not be subject to the withholding of U.S. federal income tax discussed above if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits” tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the Non-U.S. Holder’s earnings and profits (attributable to dividends on our Class A common stock or otherwise) that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, subject to certain adjustments.

The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. A Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their eligibility for benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the manner of claiming such benefits.

112

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “FATCA Withholding”.

Dispositions of Our Class A Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (including withholding thereof) on any gain recognized on any sales or other dispositions of our Class A common stock unless:

         the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); in this case, the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply;

         the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for more than 182 days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code; or

         we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and (ii) the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our Class A common stock.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a United States real property holding corporation is made from time to time and depends on the relative fair market values of our assets, there can be no assurance in this regard. If we were a United States real property holding corporation, the tax relating to disposition of stock in a United States real property holding corporation generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct, indirect and constructive, constituted 5% or less of our Class A common stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our Class A common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (as provided in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs. However, no assurance can be provided that our Class A common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a United States real property holding corporation.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “FATCA Withholding”.

Federal Estate Tax

Our Class A common stock that is owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Backup withholding will not apply to payments of dividends on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or otherwise qualifies for an exemption. However, the applicable withholding agent generally will be required to report to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder payments of dividends on our Class A common stock and the amount of U.S.

113

federal income tax, if any, withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of a treaty or agreement.

The gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our Class A common stock may be subject, in certain circumstances discussed below, to U.S. backup withholding and information reporting. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of our Class A common stock outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the disposition proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, then the U.S. backup withholding and information reporting requirements generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting, but not U.S. backup withholding, will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our Class A common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a United States person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

If a Non-U.S. Holder receives payments of the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment will be subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the broker a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (which may result in the Non-U.S. Holder being entitled to a refund), provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) impose U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of (i) U.S.-source dividends (including dividends paid on our Class A common stock) and (ii) the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition after December 31, 2018 of property that produces U.S.-source dividends (including sales or other dispositions of our Class A common stock). This withholding tax applies to a foreign entity, whether acting as a beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign entity complies with (i) certain information reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners and (ii) certain withholding obligations regarding certain payments to its account holders and certain other persons. Accordingly, the entity through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds its Class A common stock will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

114

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Engagement Agreement with the Selling Agents

 

We anticipate entering into a selling agency agreement with Tripoint Global Equities, LLC and its online division, Banq®, (the “Lead Selling Agent” or TriPoint”), Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“Institutional Placement Book-Running Agent”) and Telsey Advisory Group LLC (“Co-Manager”) (collectively, the “Selling Agents”), upon qualification.

 

Compensation for Advisory Services. As part of the selling agency agreement, TriPoint agreed to provide us with advice with regard to (i) our business, (ii) entering the U.S. capital markets, (iii) the contemplated marketing and development of the Company as a public company and (iv) our ongoing compliance obligations as a public company. As compensation for these advisory services, we agreed to pay TriPoint $10,000 per month commencing upon the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded and continuing for a period of 2 months thereafter.

 

Offering Expenses. We are responsible for all Offering fees and expenses, including the following: (i) fees and disbursements of our legal counsel, accountants, and other professionals we engage; (ii) fees and expenses incurred in the production of Offering documents, including design, printing, photograph, and written material procurement costs; (iii) all filing fees, including those charged by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”); (iv) all of the legal fees related to FINRA clearance; and (v) our transportation, accommodation, and other roadshow expenses. We have agreed to reimburse the Selling Agents for their reasonable and documented legal costs (the Company must pre-approve any expenses in excess of $1,000) up to a maximum of $75,000. The Company also agreed to pay a $20,000 due diligence fee upon signing the selling agency agreement with an additional $10,000 due at closing.

 

Reimbursable Expenses in the Event of Termination. In the event the Offering does not close or the selling agency agreement is terminated for any reason, we have agreed to reimburse the Selling Agents for all unreimbursed, reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket fees, expenses, and disbursements, including the Selling Agents legal fees, up to $15,000.

 

Selling Agents’ Commission. We have agreed that the definitive selling agency agreement will provide for us to pay a commission of 7.25% of the gross proceeds received by the Company in the Offering, which shall be allocated by the Lead Selling Agent to members of the selling group and soliciting dealers in its sole discretion provided however, that the commission shall be reduced to 2% for any proceeds received from sales/orders placed through TriPoint’s affiliated online platform known as BANQ by investors the Company directly introduces to the Selling Agents and who purchase in excess of $500,000.

 

Selling Agents’ Warrants. Upon each closing of this Offering, we have agreed to issue certain warrants to the Selling Agents (the “Selling Agents’ Warrants”) to purchase a number of shares of the Common Stock equal to 5.0% of the total shares of the Common Stock sold in such closing. The Selling Agents’ Warrants are exercisable commencing six months after the date of the applicable closing, and will be exercisable for three years after such date. The Selling Agents’ Warrants are not redeemable by us. The exercise price for the Selling Agents’ Warrants will be the amount that is 10% greater than the public offering price.

 

The Selling Agents’ Warrants and the Common Stock underlying the Selling Agents’ Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The Selling Agents, or permitted assignees under such rule, may not exercise, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Selling Agents’ Warrants or the Common Stock underlying the Selling Agents’ Warrants, nor will the Selling Agents or permitted assignees engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Selling Agents’ Warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 180 days from the date of qualification, except that they may be transferred, in whole or in part, by operation of law or by reason of our reorganization, or to the Selling Agents or selected dealers participating in the Offering and their officers or partners if the Selling Agents’ Warrants or the underlying shares so transferred remain subject to the foregoing lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the time period. The Selling Agents’ Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the Selling Agents’ Warrants and the shares underlying such Selling Agents’ Warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split, or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us. 

115

Lock-Up Agreements

We and our officers, directors, and more than 5% holders of our Common Stock as of the qualification of the Offering Statement and investors in our recent private placement have agreed, or will agree, with the Selling Agents, subject to certain exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of the Selling Agents, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the final closing of the Offering, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; or enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options. In the case of our officers, directors and other holders of our securities, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

         the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Selling Agency Agreement;

         transactions relating to shares of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this Offering; provided that, no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer;

         exercises of stock options or equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or other securities (including by cashless exercise to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such stock options or warrants so long as such cashless exercise is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding stock options or warrants to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price), provided that in any such case the securities issued upon exercise shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement;

         transfers of shares of Common Stock or other securities to the Company in connection with the vesting or exercise of any equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan and held by the undersigned to the extent, but only to the extent, as may be necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive or other plans;

         pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency;

         any transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

         any distributions or transfers without consideration of shares of Common Stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of the undersigned, or to any partnership, corporation or limited liability company controlled by the undersigned or by a member of the immediate family of the undersigned;

         any transfer made in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement;

         the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the lock-up period;

116

         transfers to any investment fund or other entity controlled by, or under common control or management with, the undersigned; and

the pledge of up to [•] Lock-Up Shares currently held by [•] [of which the undersigned is the trustee in favor of [•]] on connection with that certain [Stock Pledge Agreement] (the “Pledge Agreement”) dated as of [•], and any transfer thereof in connection with the foreclosure by [•] pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, provided that in the event of any such transfer required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, such Form 4 will specify, in the footnotes thereof, the reason for such transfer; and

         transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock pursuant to a qualifying bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock.

Exchange Listing

We intend to apply to NASDAQ to list shares of our Class A Common Stock under the symbol “IPIC.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing our Common Stock on NASDAQ, the Selling Agents intend to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders. Our Common Stock will not commence trading on NASDAQ until each of the following conditions are met: (i) the Offering is terminated; and (ii) we have filed a post-qualification amendment to the Offering Statement, which such post-qualification amendment is qualified by the SEC; and (iii) we have filed a registration statement on Form 8-A, which Form 8-A has been declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to applicable rules under Regulation A, the Form 8-A will not become effective until the SEC qualifies the post-qualification amendment. We intend to file the post-qualification amendment and request its qualification immediately prior to the termination of the Offering in order that the Form 8-A may become effective as soon as practicable. Even if we meet the minimum requirements for listing on NASDAQ, we may wait before terminating the Offering and commencing the trading of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ in order to raise additional proceeds. As a result, you may experience a delay between the closing of your purchase of shares of our Class A Common Stock and the commencement of exchange trading of our Common Stock on NASDAQ.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between us and the Selling Agents. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

         the information set forth in this Offering Circular and otherwise available to the Selling Agents;

         our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

         our past and present financial performance;

         our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

         an assessment of our management;

         the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this Offering;

         the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

         other factors deemed relevant by the Selling Agents and us.

The issuer intends to price the Offering prior to its qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b).

Indemnification and Control

We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Agents against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to the payments the Selling Agents and their affiliates and controlling persons may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

117

The Selling Agents and their affiliates are engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The Selling Agents and their affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Our Relationship with the Selling Agents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the Selling Agents and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the Company. The Selling Agents and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Investment Limitations if We Do Not Obtain a Listing on a National Securities Exchange

As set forth in Title IV of the JOBS Act, there would be no limits on how many shares an investor may purchase if the Offering results in a listing of our Common Stock on NASDAQ or other national securities exchange. However, our Common Stock will not be listed on NASDAQ upon the initial qualification of this Offering by the SEC.

Therefore, for individuals who are not accredited investors, no sale may be made to you in this Offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth (please see under — “Procedures for Subscribing — How to Calculate Net Worth”). Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.

Because this is a Tier 2, Regulation A offering, most investors in the case of trading on the over-the-counter markets must comply with the 10% limitation on investment in the Offering. The only investors in this Offering exempt from this limitation are “accredited investors” as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “Accredited Investor”). If you meet one of the following tests you should qualify as an Accredited Investor:

(i)       You are a natural person who has had individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with your spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of these years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(ii)      You are a natural person and your individual net worth, or joint net worth with your spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 at the time you purchase Shares (please see below under “How to calculate your net worth”);

(iii)     You are an executive officer or general partner of the issuer or a manager or executive officer of the general partner of the issuer;

(iv)     You are an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation or similar business trust or a partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(v)      You are a bank or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in the Securities Act, a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act, an insurance company as defined by the Securities Act, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”), or a business development company as defined in that act, any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 or a private business development company as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(vi)     You are an entity (including an Individual Retirement Account trust) in which each equity owner is an accredited investor;

118

(vii)    You are a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, your purchase of Shares is directed by a person who either alone or with his purchaser representative(s) (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, and you were not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Shares; or

(viii)   You are a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has assets in excess of $5,000,000.

Offering Period and Expiration Date

This Offering will start on or after the date that the Offering is qualified by the SEC and will terminate on the Termination Date.

Procedures for Subscribing

U.S. investors may participate in this Offering by opening an account with BANQ, an online brokerage division of TriPoint. The BANQ website may be found at Banq.co. BANQ is open to qualified U.S. investors and accepts individual, joint, corporate or IRA accounts. The application process takes approximately 5 minutes and there are no account minimums. Deposits to BANQ can be made via wire transfer or ACH deposit or by mailing in a check. Deposits usually post to an account within 3-5 days. BANQ® is a division of TriPoint, a member of FINRA and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which protects the securities of its members’ customers up to $500,000 (including $250,000 for claims for cash). TriPoint and BANQ do not charge a fee for opening an account or for depositing shares purchased in the Offering into such account.

Investors investing through BANQ will be required to open their accounts and deposit funds into their respective BANQ accounts after the qualification of the Offering Statement relating to this Offering but prior to the applicable closing of the Offering. No investor funds may be used to purchase securities to be issued in this Offering until the Offering Statement relating to this Offering and filed by the Company with the SEC has been qualified by the SEC. After an account is opened but no later than 48 hours prior to the applicable closing of the Offering, the investor will be required to deposit funds into the account sufficient to purchase the amount of securities that the investor intends to purchase in the Offering. Such funds will not be held in an escrow account or otherwise segregated as part of the Offering process.

During the marketing period for the Offering, prospective investors will provide an indication of interest as to the amount of securities the investor intends to purchase; however, firm indications of interest can only be made after the Offering Statement has been qualified. Forty-eight (48) hours prior to the close of the Offering, each investor that has money deposited with BANQ for this Offering will be notified by BANQ via e-mail and notification to the secure messages section of the website for the BANQ online brokerage account that the indication of the amount of securities such investor wishes to purchase, or such lesser amount as may be determined by the Company and the Selling Agents at their discretion, is confirmed and will be finalized on closing. Indications will not be finalized without sufficient funds in the investor’s BANQ online brokerage account or if the investor elects to cancel such indication.

Upon the applicable closing, the funds required to purchase that amount of securities will be removed from such investor’s account and transferred to the account of the Company, and the amount of securities purchased will be deposited into such investor’s account. The investor may cancel such investor’s desired investment within the required time and no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided and the investor’s indication will not be confirmed. In addition, if the Offering does not close, no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided, the investor’s indication will not be confirmed and the funds in the investor’s BANQ account will remain available for withdrawal, in accordance with the investor’s account agreement with BANQ.

Below is a summary of the specific steps involved in the “indication of interest” process:

Step 1. Upon initial qualification of the Offering by the SEC, investors may place an indication of interest for the amount of securities the investor intends to purchase.

119

Step 2. Investors must fund their BANQ online brokerage account or Wilmington Trust Escrow Account with sufficient funds to purchase shares if their indication is confirmed and the allocation is approved by the Company and the Selling Agents. Indications of interest will not be finalized without sufficient funds in an investor’s BANQ online brokerage account or the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account.

Step 3. Approximately forty-eight (48) hours prior to closing of the Offering, each investor that has money deposited with BANQ or the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account for this Offering will be notified by BANQ via e-mail (and notification to the secure messages section of the BANQ website for BANQ customers) that the indication of the amount of securities such investor wishes to purchase is confirmed and will be finalized on closing. The investor may cancel such investor’s desired investment within the required timeframe, in which case no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided and the investor’s indication will not be confirmed.

Step 4. Upon closing, investor funds will be debited from their BANQ online brokerage account or the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account, and shares will delivered in the amount of the allocation granted. If this Offering fails to close, no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided, the investor’s indication will not be confirmed, and the funds in the investor’s BANQ account will remain available for withdrawal in accordance with the investor’s account agreement with BANQ, or for non-BANQ customers funds in the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account will be promptly returned to the investor.

Escrow Account: The Company currently intends to complete one closing of this Offering, once we have met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements; however, we reserve the right to undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis even if we have not yet met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements at such time. Therefore, investor funds that are held in escrow will be released to the Company in its sole discretion at any time, and without regard to meeting any particular contingency.

Funds deposited in an account with BANQ will be held with Foliofn Investments, Inc. (“Folio”), which is the clearing agent for TriPoint and BANQ. The funds will be included in Folio’s “Cash Sweep” program, which utilizes FDIC-insured accounts to sweep Folio’s customers’ free credit balances in excess of any maintained as free credit balances, from the Folio customers’ securities accounts to FDIC-insured bank accounts. Upon our decision to conduct a closing, which may be made in our sole discretion at any time, investor funds held with Folio will be released to us.

U.S. investors who participate in this Offering other than through BANQ, including through selected dealers who do not maintain clearing agreements, will be required to deposit their funds in an escrow account held at Wilmington Trust, N.A.; any such funds that Wilmington Trust receives shall be held in escrow until the applicable closing of the Offering or such other time as mutually agreed between the Company and the Selling Agents, and then used to complete securities purchases, or returned if this Offering fails to close.

Selected Dealers with clearing agreements shall provide the Selling Agents with executed indications and delivery sheets from their customers and shall settle the transaction with the Selling Agents through DTC on closing. In the event that the Company does not qualify or list on NASDAQ, Selected Dealers who are unable to participate in an over the counter security may withdraw their subscriptions prior to closing.

Non-U.S. investors may participate in this Offering by depositing their funds in the escrow account held at Wilmington Trust, N.A.; any such funds that Wilmington Trust receives shall be held in escrow until the applicable closing of the Offering or such other time as mutually agreed between the Company and the Selling Agents, and then used to complete securities purchases, or returned if this Offering fails to close.

Right to Reject Subscriptions. After we receive your complete, executed subscription agreement (forms of which are attached to the Offering Statement as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2) and the funds required under the subscription agreement have been transferred to the escrow account or remain in your BANQ account, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. We will return all monies from rejected subscriptions immediately to you, without interest or deduction.

Acceptance of Subscriptions. Upon our acceptance of a subscription agreement, we will countersign the subscription agreement and issue the shares subscribed at closing. Once you submit the subscription agreement and it is accepted, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request your subscription funds. All accepted subscription agreements are irrevocable.

120

Under Rule 251 of Regulation A, non-accredited, non-natural person investors are subject to the investment limitation and may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s revenue or net assets (as of the purchaser’s most recent fiscal year end). As a result, non-accredited, natural person may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth).

How to Calculate Net Worth: For the purposes of calculating your net worth, it is defined as the difference between total assets and total liabilities. This calculation must exclude the value of your primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by your primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of your primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Shares.

In order to purchase the Shares and prior to the acceptance of any funds from an investor, an investor will be required to represent, to the Company’s satisfaction, that he is either an accredited investor or is in compliance with the 10% of net worth or annual income limitation on investment in this Offering.

121

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York, New York. Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC, New York, New York is acting as counsel to the Selling Agents.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular have been included herein in reliance upon the report, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, of Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Offering Circular, which constitutes a part of the Offering Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Offering Statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Common Stock offered hereby, we refer you to the Offering Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Offering Circular regarding the contents of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement. Upon the completion of this Offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this site is www.sec.gov.

122

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

Contents

 

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of October 18, 2017

 

F-3

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-4

 

 

 

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-11

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016

 

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-25

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-26

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

F-27

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-28

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-30

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder
iPic Entertainment Inc.
Boca Raton, Florida

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Company”) as of October 18, 2017. The balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at October 18, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

 

 

December 5, 2017

 

 

F-2

iPic Entertainment Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

October 18, 2017

 

 

October 18, 2017

Assets

 

$

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholder’s Equity

 

 

 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

Total Stockholder’s Equity

 

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

iPic Entertainment Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet

October 18, 2017

1. ORGANIZATION

iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 18, 2017. The Corporation was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”). The Corporation will be the sole manager of Holdings, which will in turn be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic-Gold Class”), and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Holdings and, through iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting — The consolidated balance sheets are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity.

3. STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

The Corporation is authorized to issue 100 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares of which have been issued or are outstanding.

F-4

To the Board of Directors and Members

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

Boca Raton, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, had a members’ deficit, and had negative working capital that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 8. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for uncertainties regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in 2016 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.

 

 

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

 

 

December 5, 2017

 

 

F-5

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

4,653,481

 

 

$

8,181,849

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

4,080,789

 

 

 

2,556,394

 

Inventories

 

 

1,227,030

 

 

 

1,097,205

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

2,816,183

 

 

 

2,278,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

12,777,483

 

 

 

14,113,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

164,439,145

 

 

 

127,138,346

 

Deposits

 

 

231,611

 

 

 

169,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

177,448,239

 

 

$

141,421,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

11,796,500

 

 

$

7,487,061

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

2,600,741

 

 

 

1,412,412

 

Accrued interest

 

 

955,453

 

 

 

4,210,931

 

Accrued payroll

 

 

3,609,277

 

 

 

3,969,294

 

Accrued insurance

 

 

1,326,599

 

 

 

982,843

 

Taxes payable

 

 

2,435,380

 

 

 

2,044,136

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

7,234,129

 

 

 

7,998,738

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

29,958,079

 

 

 

28,105,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt – related party

 

 

127,712,556

 

 

 

96,862,686

 

Notes payable to related parties

 

 

47,688,441

 

 

 

28,829,722

 

Deferred rent

 

 

50,336,267

 

 

 

26,193,152

 

Accrued construction liabilities

 

 

12,770,643

 

 

 

19,592,334

 

Accrued interest – long-term

 

 

2,903,419

 

 

 

1,535,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

271,369,405

 

 

 

201,119,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies – Note 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

24,369,164

 

 

 

24,369,164

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(118,290,330

)

 

 

(84,067,204

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit

 

 

(93,921,166

)

 

 

(59,698,040

)

Total liabilities and members’ deficit

 

$

177,448,239

 

 

$

141,421,057

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

64,362,624

 

 

$

53,025,145

 

Theater

 

 

57,459,010

 

 

 

45,866,158

 

Other

 

 

2,994,063

 

 

 

997,197

 

Total revenues

 

 

124,815,697

 

 

 

99,888,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

17,376,509

 

 

 

14,614,436

 

Cost of theater

 

 

22,108,200

 

 

 

18,709,498

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

32,141,337

 

 

 

25,918,215

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

17,104,225

 

 

 

13,072,859

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

24,780,648

 

 

 

16,183,293

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

14,220,451

 

 

 

12,471,009

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

16,019,403

 

 

 

11,819,270

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

4,394,515

 

 

 

3,666,337

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

88,462

 

 

 

210,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

148,233,750

 

 

 

116,665,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(23,418,053

)

 

 

(16,776,931

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(10,718,272

)

 

 

(7,890,920

)

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(10,718,272

)

 

 

(7,890,920

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(34,136,325

)

 

 

(24,667,851

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

86,801

 

 

 

60,983

 

Net loss

 

$

(34,223,126

)

 

$

(24,728,834

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per Class A common share (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(2.81

)

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

(2.81

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma weighted-average number of Class A common shares outstanding (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma income tax expense

 

$

86,801

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

 

Members’ Contributions

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total
Members’ Deficit

Members’ deficit – January 1, 2015

 

$

24,927,757

 

 

$

(59,338,370

)

 

$

(34,410,613

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

13,771,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,771,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of members’ contributions to debt

 

 

(14,329,722

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,329,722

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(24,728,834

)

 

 

(24,728,834

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – December 31, 2015

 

 

24,369,164

 

 

 

(84,067,204

)

 

 

(59,698,040

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(34,223,126

)

 

 

(34,223,126

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – December 31, 2016

 

$

24,369,164

 

 

$

(118,290,330

)

 

$

(93,921,166

)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(34,223,126

)

 

$

(24,728,834

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

16,019,403

 

 

 

11,819,270

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

88,462

 

 

 

210,514

 

Lease incentive payments received from lessors

 

 

24,143,115

 

 

 

7,968,722

 

Effective interest adjustment

 

 

(205,411

)

 

 

(6,271

)

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(1,524,395

)

 

 

(951,294

)

Inventory

 

 

(129,825

)

 

 

(57,760

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,663,164

 

 

 

512,325

 

Deposits

 

 

(62,600

)

 

 

(11,279

)

Accounts payable

 

 

3,562,557

 

 

 

2,313,654

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

(2,047,552

)

 

 

2,175,758

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(764,609

)

 

 

1,896,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

6,519,183

 

 

 

1,140,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(57,898,801

)

 

 

(33,686,384

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(57,898,801

)

 

 

(33,686,384

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

 

 

 

13,771,129

 

Repayment of notes payable to related parties

 

 

(55,000

)

 

 

 

Repayment of short-term borrowings

 

 

(1,857,339

)

 

 

(880,981

)

Borrowings on notes payable to related parties

 

 

18,913,719

 

 

 

 

Borrowings on long-term debt – related party

 

 

30,849,870

 

 

 

19,674,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

47,851,250

 

 

 

32,565,089

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(3,528,368

)

 

 

19,613

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

 

8,181,849

 

 

 

8,162,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

 

$

4,653,481

 

 

$

8,181,849

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

11,021,519

 

$

7,949,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

60,983

 

$

58,593

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash flow activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment financed through liabilities

 

$

3,486,191

 

$

5,809,446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction of leased property and equipment financed by lessor

 

$

10,031,336

 

$

13,782,888

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions converted to debt

 

$

 

$

14,329,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance premiums financed through short term borrowings

 

$

2,201,095

 

$

1,200,629

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic-Gold Class”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company previously classified several related party notes as current liabilities in its previously issued consolidated financial statements. Those amounts should have been classified as noncurrent liabilities. The Company has revised the following amounts in its consolidated financial statements in the periods noted below to reflect the correction of these immaterial errors. The Company considered Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 99, Materiality and SAB 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, in assessing materiality.

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Revision

 

As Revised

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

$

14,945,000

 

$

(14,945,000

)

 

$

Total current liabilities

 

$

44,903,079

 

$

(14,945,000

)

 

$

29,958,079

Notes payable to related parties

 

$

32,743,441

 

$

14,945,000

 

 

$

47,688,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

$

13,829,722

 

$

(13,829,722

)

 

$

Total current liabilities

 

$

41,935,137

 

$

(13,829,722

)

 

$

28,105,415

Notes payable to related parties

 

$

15,000,000

 

$

13,829,722

 

 

$

28,829,722

iPic-Gold Class is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed on September 22, 2010. iPic-Gold Class manages movie theaters and restaurants across the United States.

The members of iPic-Gold Class are iPic Holdings, LLC; Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.; the Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama (“TRSA”) and the Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama (“ERSA”) (TRSA and ERSA are known collectively as the “RSA”). See Note 4 for further details on the ownership of iPic-Gold Class.

iPic-Gold Class was formed to acquire the six operating Gold Class Cinemas formerly owned and operated by Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas, LLC, as well as one operating cinema and one under development formerly owned and operated by iPic Holdings, LLC, at the purchase date of September 30, 2010. Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas, LLC is an affiliate of Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company operated a total of fifteen and thirteen cinemas, respectively, in the following locations throughout the United States:

   Glendale, Wisconsin

 

   Scottsdale, Arizona

   Pasadena California

 

   Bolingbrook, Illinois

   Austin, Texas

 

   South Barrington, Illinois

   Fairview, Texas

 

   Los Angeles, California

   Boca Raton, Florida

 

   Houston, Texas~

   Bethesda, Maryland

 

   Fort Lee, New Jersey*

   North Miami, Florida~

 

   New York, New York*

   Redmond, Washington

 

 

____________

*         Locations were opened during the year ended December 31, 2016.

~        Locations were opened during the year ended December 31, 2015.

F-11

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In addition, the Company opened one additional cinema location during the year ending December 31, 2017. Dobbs Ferry, New York opened in the second quarter of 2017.

Segments: We have identified one reportable segment for our operations.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The objective of the amendments in ASU No. 2014-15 is to define management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The Company adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2016. As a result of adopting this guidance, the Company has disclosed additional information related to uncertainties about its ability to continue as a going concern (refer to Note 8).

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. The objective of the amendments in ASU No. 2015-03 is to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-03 were effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016 and were to be applied retroactively to all periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements: The Company expects to elect the option for Emerging Growth Companies to defer the effective date for adoption of new or revised accounting guidance. This option allows the Company to adopt new guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities. The Company currently expects to adopt all new or revised accounting guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU No. 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) when it becomes effective. ASU No. 2014-09 permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. The original effective date for ASU No.  2014-09 has been deferred and is now effective for public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities should apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. All other entities may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities also may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning one year after the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09. The Company believes that the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 will primarily impact its accounting for its membership program, gift cards, customer incentives and amounts recorded as deferred revenue. The Company is continuing to further evaluate the full impact that ASU No. 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. To that end, the Company has begun conducting initial analyses to determine necessary adjustments to existing accounting policies and to support an evaluation of the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In February 2016, the FASB codified Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or Topic”) No. 842, Leases, which requires companies to present substantially all leases on their balance sheets but continue to recognize expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to today’s accounting. The new guidance also will result in enhanced

F-12

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

quantitative and qualitative disclosures, including significant judgments made by management, to provide greater insight into the extent of expenses expected to be recognized from existing leases. The new guidance requires companies to adopt its provisions by modified retrospective adoption and will be effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those years. Nonpublic business entities should apply the amendments for years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early application is permitted for all entities upon issuance.

The Company is currently evaluating the impacts this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company currently expects that the majority of its operating lease commitments will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of the new guidance. The Company expects that adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities presented in its consolidated balance sheets.

In 2016, the FASB issued various amendments to ASU No. 2014-09, including ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenues Gross versus Net), ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing and ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The purpose of this additional guidance is to clarify the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09. This guidance is effective concurrent with ASU No. 2014-09.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The purpose of ASU No. 2016-15 is to reduce the diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-15 is effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control. The amendments affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in certain situations involving entities under common control. Specifically, the amendments change the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by changing how a reporting entity that is a single decision maker of a VIE treats indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity ASU No. 2016-17 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-17 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. These estimates include assessing the collectability of accounts receivable, breakage on gift cards and the useful life and impairment of long-lived assets. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The fair value of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying values due to the short-term nature of those instruments. The Company believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its debt without incurring excessive costs because interest rates and other terms for similar debt are not readily available.

F-13

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable: Accounts receivable are stated at their estimated net realizable value. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded $4,080,789 and $2,556,394, respectively of accounts receivable, of which $2,007,555 and $1,343,654 relate to amounts owed by Vantiv and American Express for credit card transactions processed before December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Such amounts were collected in early January 2017 and 2016, respectively. Receivables are written off when they are considered uncollectible. The Company does not accrue interest on its receivables. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company determined that all receivables were fully collectible and therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been recorded.

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes theater revenue at the time tickets are remitted to the theater for admission. Food and beverage revenue is recognized at the point of sale. The proceeds from advance ticket sales and the sale of gift certificates are deferred and recognized as revenues once the respective admission ticket that was purchased in advance or gift certificate is received at the theaters.

The Company is required to collect certain taxes from customers on behalf of government agencies and remit these to the applicable government agencies on a periodic basis. These taxes are legal assessments on the customer and the Company has a legal obligation to act as a collection agent. Because the Company does not retain these taxes, the Company does not include such amounts in revenues. The Company records a liability when the amounts are collected and relieves the liability when payments are made to the applicable government agencies.

The Company maintains a membership program, whereby members earn and accrue points based on purchases, which are redeemable on future purchases of tickets or food and beverage. For every dollar a member spends, the member receives one point which is equal to ten cents. Points are redeemable once a member earns 200 points or greater. The Company uses the deferred revenue model which results in the transaction price being allocated to the products and services sold and the award credits, with revenue recognized as each element is delivered. The portion of the theater and food and beverage revenues attributed to the rewards is deferred as a reduction of theater and food and beverage revenues, respectively. Upon redemption, deferred rewards are recognized as revenues along with associated cost of goods. The Company charges an annual fee for this membership program, which is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue ratably over the twelve-month membership period. The revenue from the annual fee is included in other revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company sells gift cards to its customers at its locations and through its website. There are no administrative fees charged nor do the gift cards have an expiration date. Revenues from gift cards are recognized when gift cards are redeemed. In addition, the Company recognizes “breakage” on unredeemed gift cards based upon historical redemption patterns and the time that has transpired since the card was last used. Prior to 2016, the Company did not believe it had sufficient historical evidence to record breakage over time and recognized breakage two years after issuance if there had been no activity on the gift card. In 2016, the Company changed its estimate because it believed that it had sufficient historical information about the redemption patterns and currently recognizes breakage proportionally to the percentage of redemptions that historically occur in each year after a gift card is sold. Revenue from gift card breakage is included in other revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Film Exhibition Costs: Film exhibition costs are accrued based on the applicable theater receipts and estimates of the final settlement to the film licensors. Such amounts are included in cost of theater in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Concentration of Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

F-14

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company has never experienced any losses related to its uninsured balances. Cash accounts at each U.S. bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 in the aggregate and may exceed federally insured limits. A total of approximately $4,200,000 was held in one financial institution at December 31, 2016.

Inventories: Inventories are comprised of concession goods, which include food and beverage, and theater supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at fair value based on assets acquired at inception of iPic-Gold Class (see Note 4) and historical cost for subsequent acquisitions, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciable assets are depreciated from the date of acquisition or, for constructed assets, from the time the asset is completed and held ready for use.

Depreciation of property and equipment is computed under the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of applicable assets. Useful lives by asset class are as follows.

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

5-7 years

Projection equipment and screens

 

7 years

Computer hardware and software

 

2-5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of term of lease or asset life

When property and equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation/amortization is removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. The costs of normal maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred.

The Company capitalizes interest costs on borrowings incurred during the new construction or upgrade of qualifying assets. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred interest costs totaling $12,303,114, of which $1,584,670 was capitalized and $8,354,477, of which $463,557 was capitalized, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment using a three-step approach. Under the first step, management determines whether an indicator of impairment is present (a “Triggering Event”). If a Triggering Event has occurred, the second step is to test for recoverability based on a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount with the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the third step is to recognize an impairment loss for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value. No impairment was identified for the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Income Taxes: The Company is a limited liability company. Accordingly, pursuant to its election under Section 701 of the Internal Revenue Code, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Company is ultimately reportable by its members in their individual tax returns, except in certain states and local jurisdictions where the Company is subject to income taxes. As such, the Company has not recorded a provision for federal income taxes or for taxes in states and local jurisdictions that do not assess taxes at the entity level.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination for a period of three years from the filing date. Management has not identified any tax positions taken that require income tax reserves to be established.

F-15

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company has no amounts accrued for interest or penalties at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. Management determined that based on all available evidence, a full valuation allowance was required for all U.S. state deferred tax assets due to losses incurred for income tax reporting purposes for the past several years.

Accrued Construction Liabilities: Accrued construction liabilities represents costs that were refinanced on a long-term basis subsequent to the date of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets with long-term debt and costs incurred by landlords related to leases for which the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks.

Accrued Interest — Long-Term: Accrued interest — long-term includes deferred interest recorded on the Company’s increasing-rate debt and accrued interest on related party notes that the Company does not expect to liquidate within one year of the dates of the consolidated balance sheets.

Pre-Opening Expenses: Pre-opening expenses consist primarily of advertising and other start-up costs incurred prior to the operation of new theaters and are expensed as incurred.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses: The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred. The Company incurred advertising and marketing expenses of $2,957,709 and $2,330,548 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These expenses are included in other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Leases: The Company’s operations are conducted on premises occupied under lease agreements with initial base terms of 15 to 25 years, with certain leases containing options to extend the leases for up to an additional 20 years. The Company does not believe that exercise of the renewal options in its leases are reasonably assured at the inception of the lease agreements and, therefore, considers the initial base term to be the lease term.

Most of the Company’s leases include escalation clauses. The Company records rent expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the base term of the lease agreements commencing with the date the Company has control and access to the leased premises, which is generally a date prior to the lease commencement date contained in the lease agreement. The Company views “rent holidays” as an inducement contained in the lease agreement that provides for a period of “free rent” during the lease term. The Company records lease incentive payments received from lessors under operating lease agreements as deferred rent, which it amortizes on a straight-line basis as reductions to rent expense over the terms of the respective leases. If the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks, it records a construction asset and related liability for the amount of total project costs incurred during the construction period. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, a liability of $10,031,336 and $13,782,887, respectively, is recorded in accrued construction liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-16

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 2 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Leasehold improvements

 

$

134,396,502

 

 

$

76,591,882

 

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

 

52,228,960

 

 

 

29,611,987

 

Construction in progress (site development)

 

 

17,347,026

 

 

 

50,875,225

 

Projection equipment and screens

 

 

12,683,938

 

 

 

8,384,280

 

Computer hardware and software

 

 

6,280,670

 

 

 

4,219,055

 

 

 

 

222,937,096

 

 

 

169,682,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(58,497,951

)

 

 

(42,544,083

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

164,439,145

 

 

$

127,138,346

 

NOTE 3 — BORROWINGS

Notes Payable to Related Parties: Notes payable to related parties consist of the following:

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC notes

 

$

16,124,947

 

$

13,829,722

5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC demand notes

 

 

14,945,000

 

 

15,000,000

10.50% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

5.00% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes

 

 

1,071,429

 

 

5.00% iPic Holdings, LLC notes

 

 

547,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

47,688,441

 

$

28,829,722

5.00% notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC, which is wholly-owned by iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.— Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due certain distributions as outlined in iPic-Gold Class’s Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% demand notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC. — Interest is payable monthly. The notes have no stated maturity.

10.50% notes payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 10.50% per annum, subject to minimum guaranteed interest of $3,000,000 over the life of the notes. Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due certain distributions as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due certain distributions as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The note has no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to iPic Holdings, LLC. — Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC is due certain distributions as outlined in the LLC Agreement, and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The note has no stated maturity.

In each case, the notes are subordinated to the non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. VR iPic Finance, LLC has agreed not to call the demand notes until at least July 1, 2018. Repayment of the remaining notes is within the Company’s control and it does not intend to repay the notes within a year of the consolidated balance sheet dates from current assets or by incurring current liabilities. Therefore, these notes have been classified as noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-17

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 3 — BORROWINGS (cont.)

Long-Term Debt — Related Party: The Company has a $225,828,169 non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. The terms of the facility provide that the Company can borrow under the facility for a ten-year period commencing September 30, 2010 in three tranches (hereinafter, “Tranche 1”, “Tranche 2”, and “Tranche 3”). Proceeds of the loans are used for eligible construction costs.

The Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 commitment amounts of $15,828,169 and $24,000,000 respectively, were fully borrowed against as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Of the Tranche 3 commitment amount of $186,000,000, $87,884,387 and $57,034,517 was borrowed against as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The loan agreement requires the Company to match 20% of the amount requested, either through excess cash flows or contributions from iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc., to draw on the facility. The remaining availability under the credit facility requires the Company to achieve certain operating targets in order for this to be available to be borrowed.

Accrued but unpaid interest is due and payable by the Company with respect to each individual project tranche on the first scheduled payment date (meaning each January 1 and July 1) following the earlier to occur of (1) the date which is six months following the opening of the individual cinema project funded by any proceeds from the facility, or (2) the date which is twenty-one months following the initial advance for the individual cinema project. The interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings was initially 5.00% per annum, and increases by 50 basis points annually to the cap of 8.00% per annum. Consequently, the Company recognizes interest expense on the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings using the effective interest method, which results in the use of a constant interest rate over the life of the debt. The effective interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings is approximately 6.95% per annum. The cumulative difference between the interest computed using the stated interest rates (8.00% and 7.5% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively) and the effective interest rate of 6.95% is $1,330,377 and $1,535,788 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is recorded in accrued interest — long-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate on Tranche 3 borrowings is fixed at 10.50% per annum.

The Company is not obligated to repay the outstanding principal on all three tranches until September 2020, except in years of excess cash flows, as determined in accordance with the loan agreement, over and above $5,000,000 of any budgeted improvements and new construction. Such excess shall be placed in a separate lender-controlled bank account. As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not have excess cash flows and does not expect to have them in the next year. The funds from this account can only be used for purposes permitted by the loan agreement, including the repayment of principal on the loan.

The security for the loan is a first mortgage lien and first priority security interest in the collateral, which is all assets of the Company.

Short-Term Financing: The Company periodically enters into short-term financing arrangements to finance the costs of its property and casualty insurance premiums. The loans are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, generally paid over a period of less than one year. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal at 3.63% per annum. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s obligation under premium financing arrangements was $1,326,599 and $982,843, respectively, and is included in accrued insurance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Interest: The majority of the interest expense is paid or payable to related parties.

NOTE 4 — MEMBERS’ EQUITY

iPic-Gold Class is governed by the LLC Agreement. As a limited liability company, the members are not liable for the debts or obligations of iPic-Gold Class. Under the LLC Agreement, iPic-Gold Class will continue until it is dissolved by agreement of the members or upon the sale or liquidation of its assets. Upon the dissolution and after payment of

F-18

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 4 — MEMBERS’ EQUITY (cont.)

the obligations of iPic-Gold Class, the remaining assets will be distributed among the members as set forth in the LLC Agreement. The LLC Agreement calls for the membership interests and profits to be allocated as follows.

iPic Holdings, LLC

 

40.0

%

Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

 

30.0

%

TRSA

 

20.1

%

ERSA

 

9.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

At the inception of iPic-Gold Class, the members agreed upon a total equity value of $30,000,000, based upon the relative contributions by the parties whereby iPic Holdings, LLC acquired 40% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, and the RSA acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Holdings, LLC contributed $1,000,000 in cash as well as an operating cinema in Glendale, Wisconsin and one site under development in Scottsdale, Arizona. Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. contributed $8,000,000 in cash, as well as six operating cinemas in Illinois, Washington, California and Texas. The RSA acquired its ownership in iPic-Gold Class by exchanging $15,000,000 of existing debt it carried with the previous owners for equity.

Under the LLC Agreement, RSA has approval rights while they hold any interest in the Company acquired under the LLC Agreement over various actions of the Company, including approval of any indebtedness over $100,000 in the aggregate or in any single transaction other than refinancing of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility in full; entering into any transaction with the other members or affiliates; dissolving, liquidating or terminating the Company or any subsidiary; filing of proceedings of bankruptcy; making additional capital calls from members; entering into transactions with third parties with fees over $100,000 except for transactions in the ordinary course of business; paying directly or indirectly certain distributions; issuing any additional interest or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for interests in the Company or permitting a member to withdraw from the Company prior to termination; setting compensation in excess of $500,000 annually for any member of management; and selling, leasing, transferring or otherwise disposing of any of the Company’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business.

The LLC Agreement states that the Company will not make any distributions of available assets or Company assets until the Non-revolving Credit Facility has been paid in full, except for specified allowable distributions and certain distributions requiring RSA’s approval.

NOTE 5 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases: At December 31, 2016, future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows.

2017

 

$

15,851,234

2018

 

 

18,876,077

2019

 

 

21,366,860

2020

 

 

21,787,142

2021

 

 

22,456,204

Thereafter

 

 

260,924,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

361,262,280

F-19

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 5 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

Certain operating leases require contingent rental payments based on a percentage of sales in excess of stipulated amounts. Rent expense during the years ended December 31 was as follows.

 

 

2016

 

2015

Minimum rentals

 

$

11,998,481

 

$

9,208,891

Contingent rentals

 

 

128,761

 

 

131,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,127,242

 

$

9,340,298

Rent for the operating locations is included in occupancy expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Rent for the corporate office is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

Litigation: The Company is exposed to litigation in the normal course of business. The Company believes, based upon the advice of inside legal counsel, that there are no proceedings, either threatened or pending, which could result in a material adverse effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

American with Disabilities Act: Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the “ADA”) to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” and/or “commercial facilities” as defined by the ADA. Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, awards of damages to private litigants and additional capital expenditures to remedy such non-compliance. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all current applicable regulations relating to accommodations for the disabled. The Company intends to comply with future regulations in this regard and except as set forth above, does not currently anticipate that compliance will require the Company to expend substantial funds.

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Current – state and local

 

$

86,801

 

$

60,983

Deferred – state and local

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

86,801

 

$

60,983

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Statutory rate

 

35.00

%

 

35.00

%

 

State and local income taxes

 

(0.25

%

)

 

(0.25

%

)

LLC flow-through structure

 

(35.00

%

)

 

(35.00

%

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

(0.25

%

)

 

(0.25

%

)

F-20

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

$

41,604

 

 

$

18,656

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

4,281

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

25,812

 

 

 

16,032

 

Net operating loss – states

 

 

232,693

 

 

 

157,395

 

Tenant improvement accretion

 

 

131,886

 

 

 

38,005

 

Other assets

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

435,394

 

 

 

235,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(160,722

)

 

 

(62,524

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(5,693

)

 

 

(2,718

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(166,415

)

 

 

(65,242

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

 

 

268,979

 

 

 

170,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(268,979

)

 

 

(170,187

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

 

 

$

 

We file U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. As of December 31, 2016, the 2013 through 2016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. The use of net operating losses generated in tax years prior to 2013 may also subject returns for those years to examination. The Company currently does not have any income tax audits in process.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $12.9 million and $10.5 million, respectively, expiring through the year 2037.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets was less than their tax basis by $10,527,944 and $5,342,574, respectively.

NOTE 7 — 401(k) PLAN

On January 1, 2016, the Company established a 401(k) Plan (“Plan”) to provide retirement and incidental benefits for its employees who are 21 years of age and with one or more years of service. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. They may also make after-tax Roth deferrals to the Plan. Matching contributions are allowed under the Plan. There were no matching contributions in the year ended December 31, 2016.

NOTE 8 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS

The Company incurred net losses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 of $34,223,126 and $24,728,834, respectively. In addition, the Company had a members’ deficit of $93,921,166 and a working capital deficit of $17,180,596 at December 31, 2016.

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $4,653,481 at December 31, 2016 and generated approximately $6,500,000 in cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

F-21

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 8 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS (cont.)

The Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, which is subject to achieving its operating plans, and the continued availability of funding sources. The main source of funding in 2016 is the RSA non-revolving credit facility funding expansion into new locations and the funding from members. As discussed in Note 9, the Company admitted a new member in April 2017 that provided capital in the form of equity and debt of approximately $12,000,000.

Management considers the continued availability of the non-revolving credit facility to be a significant condition to meeting its payment obligations related to construction at new locations. As discussed in Note 3, the loan agreement requires the Company to match 20% of the amount requested, either through excess cash flows or contributions from iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions, USA, Inc., to draw on the facility. To date, the Company has not generated excess cash flows and thus, is unable to match funding requests under the non-revolving credit facility without contributions from iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. Management believes that growth into new locations is critical to the Company’s ability to fund current growth.

Consequently, due to the continued operating losses, negative working capital and lack of access to additional funding through debt or equity infusions, management has determined that these matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Part of management’s plan to mitigate the conditions that give rise to the going concern is to raise additional funds in the second half of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018 through debt and equity funding; however, these plans are not within management’s control. Management also has goals to increase comparable store sales but these increases have yet to materialize. Therefore, these plans are not sufficient to mitigate the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern. No assurance can be given that any future financing will be available or, if available, that it will be on terms that are satisfactory to the Company. Even if the Company is able to obtain additional financing, it may contain undue restrictions on operations, in the case of debt financing or cause substantial dilution for our members, in the case of equity financing.

NOTE 9 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company borrowed an additional $10,890,425 under Tranche 3 of the RSA non-revolving credit facility described in Note 3.

In April 2017, the Company admitted a new member. In exchange for a 6.6189% membership interest in the Company, the new member contributed cash in the amount of $8,624,746. In addition, this member made a subordinated loan to the Company in the amount of $3,375,254. The subordinated promissory note accrues interest at 5.00% per annum. Principal and interest are only paid if the lender is due certain distributions as outlined the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The note has no stated maturity.

In April 2017, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with a defendant related to a petition filed by the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company received a cash settlement of approximately $571,000.

In May 2017, the Company loaned $250,000 to an unrelated party. The note accrues interest at 4.00% per annum and contains provisions wherein the principal plus accrued interest thereon may be converted into common stock of the borrower under certain conditions. The note matures in May 2019 if not previously converted.

In May 2017, the Company opened one additional cinema location, Dobbs Ferry, New York.

In May 2017, certain members of the Company established a limited liability company, iPic-Delray Investment, LLC (“Delray”), which simultaneously acquired 50% ownership in a new joint venture, Delray Beach 4th & 5th Avenue Developer, LLC (“Developer”). Delray received its 50% ownership in Developer in exchange for construction in process transferred from Delray’s owners to Developer with a cost basis of approximately $2,400,000. The construction in process consisted primarily of pre-development costs that had been incurred by the Company, which the Company distributed to Delray’s owners immediately prior to Delray’s owners exchanging the assets for Delray’s 50% ownership

F-22

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 9 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

in Developer. In addition, the other investor in Developer simultaneously paid cash of approximately $3,400,000 to Delray’s owners, which they immediately contributed to the Company. The assets transferred by the Company to Delray’s owners and the cash contributed by Delray’s owners to the Company will be recorded as capital transactions at the date of transfer, with the assets transferred recorded at their carryover basis.

Developer owns 8% of a limited liability company, Delray Beach 4th and 5th Avenue Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) that is developing an area in Delray Beach, Florida to include a theater complex, office space, retail shops and parking garages. The Company will be the lessee of the theater and a portion of the office space. The Company has determined that Delray is a variable interest entity; however, the Company will not consolidate Delray because it has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of Delray.

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company determined that the Scottsdale location had a significant decrease in revenue from the six months ended June 30, 2016. The Company accordingly evaluated the recoverability of the long-lived asset group at one of its locations. This resulted in an impairment loss of $3,332,000 being recognized in the six-month period ended June 30, 2017.

In November 2017, the Company admitted a new member that contributed cash in the amount of $4,000,000 in exchange for 220,629 membership units, or $18.13/unit, which equated to a 2.1587% membership interest in the Company.

NOTE 10 — ACCRUED EXPENSES

Components of accrued expenses are summarized as follows.

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Accrued merchant fees

 

$

333,323

 

$

281,575

Accrued film rental

 

 

357,505

 

 

29,272

Accrued utilities

 

 

302,975

 

 

96,335

Accrued cost of revenue

 

 

205,749

 

 

Accrued expenses – other

 

 

1,401,189

 

 

1,005,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,600,741

 

$

1,412,412

NOTE 11 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in anticipation of a proposed initial public offering of 2,165,000 shares of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s Class A common stock. Following the initial public offering, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be the sole manager of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, the Company. iPic Entertainment Inc., indirectly through Holdings, will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes in addition to certain state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of the Company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share: Unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to anticipated Class A common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock expected to be issued in the proposed initial public offering, as if such shares were issued and outstanding during the period. Unaudited pro forma diluted net loss per share is computed by adjusting the net loss available to anticipated Class A common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares of anticipated Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B common stock expected to be issued in the anticipated initial public offering will not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the anticipated shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net loss per share. 

F-23

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 11 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION (cont.)

Anticipated Class B stockholders will have the option to exchange their membership interests in the Company for Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio. Therefore, the equivalent number of Class A common shares could be issuable in exchange for the anticipated Class B stockholders’ membership interests of the Company. Such exchange is not expected to be dilutive and therefore, is excluded from the calculation of unaudited pro forma net loss per share.

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Tax Expense: Pro forma income tax expense provides for corporate income taxes at an estimated effective rate of (.24)%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes, net of a valuation allowance of 100% and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

F-24

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

December 31, 2016

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

4,653,481

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

2,706,208

 

 

 

4,080,789

 

Inventories

 

 

1,185,312

 

 

 

1,227,030

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,206,877

 

 

 

2,816,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

8,993,735

 

 

 

12,777,483

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

147,956,581

 

 

 

164,439,145

 

Convertible note receivable

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

218,821

 

 

 

231,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

157,419,137

 

 

$

177,448,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

7,125,698

 

 

$

11,796,500

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,521,142

 

 

 

2,600,741

 

Accrued interest

 

 

1,594,110

 

 

 

955,453

 

Accrued payroll

 

 

2,189,720

 

 

 

3,609,277

 

Accrued insurance

 

 

165,825

 

 

 

1,326,599

 

Taxes payable

 

 

1,455,619

 

 

 

2,435,380

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

5,896,811

 

 

 

7,234,129

 

Deposits and other current liabilities

 

 

370,997

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

20,319,922

 

 

 

29,958,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt – related party

 

 

136,708,191

 

 

 

127,712,556

 

Notes payable to related parties

 

 

50,855,598

 

 

 

47,688,441

 

Deferred rent

 

 

51,309,135

 

 

 

50,336,267

 

Accrued construction liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

12,770,643

 

Accrued interest – long-term

 

 

4,785,810

 

 

 

2,903,419

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

263,978,656

 

 

 

271,369,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies – Note 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

34,155,816

 

 

 

24,369,164

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715,335

)

 

 

(118,290,330

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit

 

 

(106,559,519

)

 

 

(93,921,166

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ deficit

 

$

157,419,137

 

 

$

177,448,239

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-25

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the six months ended June 30,

 

2017

 

2016

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

37,701,277

 

 

$

29,115,486

 

Theater

 

 

30,780,031

 

 

 

25,948,170

 

Other

 

 

893,257

 

 

 

283,997

 

Total revenues

 

 

69,374,565

 

 

 

55,347,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

10,307,096

 

 

 

7,762,427

 

Cost of theater

 

 

12,283,222

 

 

 

10,168,573

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

18,905,551

 

 

 

14,488,227

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

8,765,827

 

 

 

8,334,238

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

12,163,590

 

 

 

9,015,371

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

7,011,499

 

 

 

5,841,629

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570,107

 

 

 

7,232,367

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632,194

 

 

 

870,201

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332,000

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

7,857

 

 

 

59,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

83,978,943

 

 

 

63,772,989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(14,604,378

)

 

 

(8,425,336

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,782,227

)

 

 

(5,258,840

)

Other income

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,777,227

)

 

 

(5,258,840

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(22,381,605

)

 

 

(13,684,176

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43,400

 

 

 

30,491

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(22,425,005

)

 

$

(13,714,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per Class A common share (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(1.84

)

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

(1.84

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma weighted-average number of Class A common shares outstanding (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma income tax expense

 

$

43,400

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-26

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

 

Members’ Contributions

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total
Members’
Deficit

Members’ deficit – January 1, 2016

 

$

24,369,164

 

$

(84,067,204

)

 

$

(59,698,040

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(13,714,667

)

 

 

(13,714,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – June 30, 2016

 

 

24,369,164

 

 

(97,781,871

)

 

 

(73,412,707

)

 

 

 

Members’ Contributions

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total
Members’
Deficit

Members’ deficit – January 1, 2017

 

$

24,369,164

 

 

$

(118,290,330

)

 

$

(93,921,166

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

12,056,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,056,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash distribution to members

 

 

(2,270,283

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,270,283

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(22,425,005

)

 

 

(22,425,005

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – June 30, 2017

 

$

34,155,816

 

 

$

(140,715,335

)

 

$

(106,559,519

)

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-27

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the six months ended June 30,

 

2017

 

2016

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(22,425,005

)

 

$

(13,714,667

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

9,570,107

 

 

 

7,232,367

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332,000

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

7,857

 

 

 

59,956

 

Lease incentive payments received from lessors

 

 

972,867

 

 

 

15,433,119

 

Effective interest adjustment

 

 

(177,384

)

 

 

(77,813

)

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant improvement receivable

 

 

 

 

 

315,642

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

2,407,402

 

 

 

589,563

 

Inventory

 

 

41,718

 

 

 

149,125

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,609,306

 

 

 

1,163,808

 

Deposits

 

 

12,790

 

 

 

(48,995

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(3,700,054

)

 

 

(909,013

)

Accrued expenses

 

 

(4,018,315

)

 

 

(747,029

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(966,322

)

 

 

(647,281

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(13,333,033

)

 

 

8,798,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(11,394,837

)

 

 

(31,146,019

)

Investment in convertible note receivable

 

 

(250,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(11,644,837

)

 

 

(31,146,019

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from long-term debt

 

 

12,370,889

 

 

 

18,278,595

 

Repayment of notes payable to related parties

 

 

(208,097

)

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

12,056,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

24,219,727

 

 

 

18,278,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(758,143

)

 

 

(4,068,642

)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period

 

 

4,653,481

 

 

 

8,181,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

4,113,207

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-28

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

7,552,515

 

 

$

3,470,794

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

86,801

 

 

$

60,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash flow activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment financed through liabilities

 

$

949,258

 

 

$

1,364,980

Non-cash capital distributions

 

$

(2,270,283

)

 

$

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-29

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, these unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Due to the seasonal nature of the Company’s business, results for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.

We have revised our previously issued unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 to correct an immaterial error in our presentation of an affiliate. In our initial consolidation analysis of our affiliate in the six months ended June 30, 2017, we determined that we were the primary beneficiary of iPic-Delray Investment, LLC (see Note 2) and therefore were required to consolidate that entity. Upon further evaluation we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of iPic-Delray Investment, LLC and consequently we should not consolidate that entity. Also, we previously classified several related party notes as current liabilities in our unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Those amounts should have been classified as noncurrent liabilities. We have revised the following amounts in our unaudited consolidated financial statements in the periods noted below to reflect the correction of those immaterial errors. The Company considered Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 99, Materiality and SAB 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, in assessing materiality.

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Revision

 

As Revised

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investment in joint venture

 

$

2,395,662

 

 

$

(2,395,662

)

 

$

 

Total assets

 

 

159,814,799

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

157,419,137

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

 

14,736,903

 

 

 

(14,736,903

)

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

35,056,825

 

 

 

(14,736,903

)

 

 

20,319,922

 

Notes payable to related parties (noncurrent)

 

 

36,118,695

 

 

 

14,736,903

 

 

 

50,855,598

 

Total members’ Deficit

 

 

(104,163,857

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(106,559,519

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

2,395,662

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ deficit

 

 

159,814,799

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

157,419,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

$

14,945,000

 

 

$

(14,945,000

)

 

$

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

44,903,079

 

 

 

(14,945,000

)

 

 

29,958,079

 

Notes payable to related parties

 

 

32,743,441

 

 

 

14,945,000

 

 

 

47,688,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six Months ended June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on consolidation

 

$

2,395,662

 

 

$

(2,395,662

)

 

$

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(5,381,565

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(7,777,227

)

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(19,985,943

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(22,381,605

)

Net loss

 

 

(20,029,343

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(22,425,005

)

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

2,395,662

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain in consolidation

 

$

(2,395,662

)

 

$

2,395,662

 

 

$

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

 

(13,333,033

)

 

 

 

 

 

(13,333,033

)

F-30

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

iPic-Gold Class is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed on September 22, 2010. iPic-Gold Class manages movie theaters and restaurants across the United States.

The members of iPic-Gold Class are iPic Holdings, LLC; Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.; the Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama (“TRSA”); the Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama (“ERSA”) (TRSA and ERSA are known collectively as the “RSA”) and Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC. See Note 6 for further details on the ownership of iPic-Gold Class.

iPic-Gold Class was formed to acquire the six operating Gold Class Cinemas formerly owned and operated by Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas LLC, as well as one operating cinema and one under development formerly owned and operated by iPic Holdings, LLC, at the purchase date of September 30, 2010. Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas, LLC is an affiliate of Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company operated a total of sixteen and fifteen cinemas, respectively, in the following locations throughout the United States:

       Glendale, Wisconsin

 

       Scottsdale, Arizona

       Pasadena California

 

       Bolingbrook, Illinois

       Austin, Texas

 

       South Barrington, Illinois

       Fairview, Texas

 

       Los Angeles, California

       Boca Raton, Florida

 

       Houston, Texas

       Bethesda, Maryland

 

       Fort Lee, New Jersey

       North Miami, Florida

 

       New York, New York

       Redmond, Washington

 

       Dobbs Ferry, New York*

____________

*         Location was opened during the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Segments: We have identified one reportable segment for our operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements: The Company expects to elect the option for Emerging Growth Companies to defer the effective date for adoption of new or revised accounting guidance. This option allows the Company to adopt new guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities. The Company currently expects to adopt all new or revised accounting guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU No. 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. ASU No. 2014-09 permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. The original effective date for ASU No. 2014-09 has been deferred and is now effective for public business entities, certain non-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities should apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. All other entities may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities also may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning one year after the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09. The Company believes that the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 will primarily impact its accounting for its membership program, gift cards, customer incentives and amounts recorded as deferred revenue. The Company is continuing to further evaluate the full impact that ASU No. 2014-09 will have on its

F-31

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

unaudited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. To that end, the Company has begun conducting initial analyses to determine necessary adjustments to existing accounting policies and to support an evaluation of the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on the Company’s unaudited consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In February 2016, the FASB codified Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or “Topic”) No. 842, Leases, which requires companies to present substantially all leases on their balance sheets but continue to recognize expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to today’s accounting. The new guidance also will result in enhanced quantitative and qualitative disclosures, including significant judgments made by management, to provide greater insight into the extent of expenses expected to be recognized from existing leases. The new guidance requires companies to adopt its provisions by modified retrospective adoption and will be effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those years. Nonpublic business entities should apply the amendments for years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early application is permitted for all entities upon issuance.

The Company is currently evaluating the impacts this new guidance will have on its unaudited consolidated financial statements The Company currently expects that the majority of its operating lease commitments will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of the new guidance. The Company expects that adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities presented in its unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

In 2016, the FASB issued various amendments to ASU No. 2014-09, including ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenues Gross versus Net), ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing and ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The purpose of this additional guidance is to clarify the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09. This guidance is effective concurrent with ASU No. 2014-09.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The purpose of ASU No. 2016-15 is to reduce the diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-15 is effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-15 will have on its unaudited consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control. The amendments affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate a variable interest entity (VIE) in certain situations involving entities under common control. Specifically, the amendments change the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by changing how a reporting entity that is a single decision maker of a VIE treats indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity. ASU No. 2016-17 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-17 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of unaudited consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include assessing the collectability

F-32

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

of accounts receivable, breakage on gift cards and the useful life and impairment of long-lived assets. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The fair value of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying values due to the short-term nature of those instruments. The Company believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its debt without incurring excessive costs because interest rates and other terms for similar debt are not readily available.

Variable Interest Entities: A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is an entity (1) that has total equity at risk that is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from any entities; (2) where the group of equity holders does not have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, or the obligation to absorb the entity’s expected losses or the right to receive the entity’s expected residual returns, or both; or (3) where the voting rights of some investors are not proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of the entity, their rights to receive the expected residual returns of the entity, or both, and substantially all of the entity’s activities either involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights. To determine whether an entity is considered to be a VIE, the Company first performs a qualitative analysis, which requires certain subjective decisions regarding its assessments, including, but not limited to, the existence of a principal-agency relationship between the parties, the design of the entity, the variability that the entity was designed to create and pass along to its interest holders, the rights of the parties, and the purpose of the arrangement.

The Company would consolidate the results of any such entity in which it determined that it had a controlling financial interest. The Company would have a controlling financial interest in such an entity if the Company had both the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb the losses of, or right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could be potentially significant to the VIE. The Company reassesses regularly whether it has a controlling financial interest in any such entities in which it has a variable interest.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable: Accounts receivable are stated at their estimated net realizable value. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $2,706,208 and $4,080,789, respectively, of accounts receivable, of which $1,228,227 and $2,007,555 relate to amounts owed by Vantiv and American Express for credit card transactions processed before June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Such amounts were collected in early July 2017 and January 2016, respectively. Receivables are written off when they are considered uncollectible. The Company does not accrue interest on its receivables. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company determined that all receivables were fully collectible and therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been recorded.

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes theater revenue at the time tickets are remitted to the theater for admission. Food and beverage revenue is recognized at the point of sale. The proceeds from advance ticket sales and the sale of gift certificates are deferred and recognized as revenues once the respective admission ticket that was purchased in advance or gift certificate is received at the theaters.

The Company is required to collect certain taxes from customers on behalf of government agencies and remit these to the applicable government agencies on a periodic basis. These taxes are legal assessments on the customer and the Company has a legal obligation to act as a collection agent. Because the Company does not retain these taxes, the Company does not include such amounts in revenues. The Company records a liability when the amounts are collected and relieves the liability when payments are made to the applicable government agencies.

The Company maintains a membership program, whereby members earn and accrue points based on purchases, which are redeemable on future purchases of tickets or food and beverage. For every dollar a member spends, the member receives one point which is equal to ten cents. Points are redeemable once a member earns 200 points or greater. The

F-33

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Company uses the deferred revenue model which results in the transaction price being allocated to the products and services sold and the award credits, with revenue recognized as each element is delivered. The portion of the theater and food and beverage revenues attributed to the rewards is deferred as a reduction of theater and food and beverage revenues, respectively. Upon redemption, deferred rewards are recognized as revenues along with associated cost of goods. The Company charges an annual fee for this membership program, which is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue ratably over the twelve-month membership period. The revenue from the annual fee is included in other revenues in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

The Company sells gift cards to its customers at its locations and through its website. There are no administrative fees charged nor do the gift cards have an expiration date. Revenues from gift cards are recognized when gift cards are redeemed. In addition, the Company recognizes “breakage” on unredeemed gift cards based upon historical redemption patterns and the time that has transpired since the card was last used. The Company recognizes breakage proportionally to the percentage of redemptions that historically occur in each year after a gift card is sold. Revenue from gift card breakage is included in other revenues in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

Film Exhibition Costs: Film exhibition costs are accrued based on the applicable theater receipts and estimates of the final settlement to the film licensors. Such amounts are included in cost of theater in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

Concentration of Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company has never experienced any losses related to its uninsured balances. Cash accounts at each U.S. bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 in the aggregate and may exceed federally insured limits. A total of approximately $3,400,000, was held in one financial institution, at June 30, 2017.

Inventories: Inventories are comprised of concession goods, which include food and beverage, and theater supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at fair value based on assets acquired at inception of iPic-Gold Class (see Note 6) and historical cost for subsequent acquisitions, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciable assets are depreciated from the date of acquisition or, for constructed assets, from the time the asset is completed and held ready for use.

Depreciation of property and equipment is computed under the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of applicable assets. Useful lives by asset class are as follows.

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

5-7 years

Projection equipment and screens

 

7 years

Computer hardware and software

 

2-5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of term of lease or asset life

When property and equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation/amortization is removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. The costs of normal maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred.

The Company capitalizes interest costs on borrowings incurred during the new construction or upgrade of qualifying assets. During the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred interest costs totaling $7,977,436 and $5,416,056, respectively, of which $194,518 and $157,059 was capitalized, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment using a three-step approach. Under the first step, management determines whether an indicator of impairment is present (a “Triggering Event”).

F-34

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

If a Triggering Event has occurred, the second step is to test for recoverability based on a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount with the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the third step is to recognize an impairment loss for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value. There were Triggering Events in the six months ended June 30, 2017 that required us to test the recoverability of certain long-lived assets and an impairment loss of $3,332,000 was recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2017 for one of our locations. No impairment loss was identified for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Income Taxes: The Company is a limited liability company. Accordingly, pursuant to its election under Section 701 of the Internal Revenue Code, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Company is ultimately reportable by its members in their individual tax returns, except in certain states and local jurisdictions where the Company is subject to income taxes. As such, the Company has not recorded a provision for federal income taxes or for taxes in states and local jurisdictions that do not assess taxes at the entity level.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination for a period of three years from the filing date. Management has not identified any tax position taken that require income tax reserves to be established.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company has no amounts accrued for interest or penalties at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. Management determined that based on all available evidence, a full valuation allowance was required for all U.S. state deferred tax assets due to losses incurred for income tax reporting purposes for the past several years.

Accrued Construction Liabilities: Accrued construction liabilities represents costs that were refinanced on a long-term basis subsequent to the date of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets with long-term debt and costs incurred by landlords related to leases for which the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks.

Accrued Interest — Long-Term: Accrued interest — long-term includes deferred interest recorded on the Company’s increasing-rate debt and accrued interest on related party notes that the Company does not expect to liquidate within one year of the date of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

Pre-Opening Expenses: Pre-opening expenses consist primarily of advertising and other start-up costs incurred prior to the operation of new theaters and are expensed as incurred.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses: The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred. The Company incurred advertising and marketing expenses of $1,537,558 and $1,194,420 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These expenses are included in other operating expenses in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

F-35

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Leases: The Company’s operations are conducted on premises occupied under lease agreements with initial base terms of 15 to 25 years, with certain leases containing options to extend the leases for up to an additional 20 years. The Company does not believe that exercise of the renewal options in its leases are reasonably assured at the inception of the lease agreements and, therefore, considers the initial base term to be the lease term.

Most of the Company’s leases include escalation clauses. The Company records rent expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the base term of the lease agreements commencing with the date the Company has control and access to the leased premises, which is generally a date prior to the lease commencement date contained in the lease agreement. The Company views “rent holidays” as an inducement contained in the lease agreement that provides for a period of “free rent” during the lease term. The Company records lease incentive payments received from lessors under operating lease agreements as deferred rent, which it amortizes on a straight-line basis as reductions to rent expense over the terms of the respective leases. If the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks, it records a construction asset and related liability for the amount of total project costs incurred during the construction-period. At June 30, 2017, there was no balance in the accrued construction liability. As of December 31, 2016, a liability of $10,031,336 is recorded in accrued construction liability in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

NOTE 2 — VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

In May 2017, certain members of the Company established a limited liability company, iPic-Delray Investment, LLC (“Delray”) which has a 50% ownership in a joint venture, Delray Beach 4th and 5th Avenue Developer, LLC (Developer”). Developer owns 8% of a limited liability company, Delray Beach 4th and 5th Avenue Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) that is developing an area in Delray Beach, Florida to include a theater complex, office space, retail shops and parking garages. The Company will be the lessee of the theater and a portion of the office space, which will serve as the Company’s new headquarters. In total, iPic will lease approximately 65% of the available property.

In May 2017, the Company distributed construction in process with a cost basis of approximately $2,400,000, primarily consisting of pre-development costs that had been incurred to date, to certain of its members (the owners of Delray). Those members in turn contributed those assets to Delray in exchange for their ownership interest. Delray then contributed those assets to Developer and Holdings in exchange for its ownership interests in those entities. These capital contributions were determined to have an estimated fair value of approximately $6,400,000. As the fair value exceeded the contribution required to acquire Delray’s ownership in Developer and Holdings, cash totaling approximately $4,000,000 million was paid by the 92% owners of Holdings to Developer as an initial distribution upon formation of the respective entities. Of this amount, approximately $3,400,000 was distributed by Developer to Delray, which Delray distributed to its owners. Delray’s owners then contributed this cash back to the Company. The distribution of assets was accounted for by the Company at carryover basis with a resulting increase in equity resulting from the difference between the cash received from its members and the cost basis of the assets distributed.

Delray is not a business and was established to participate in the development of the theater and office space. The Company has a shared services agreement with Delray to provide Delray with employees, technical services, administrative and support services. Under this agreement the Company agreed to assume operating responsibility for Developer under the ultimate supervision and control of Delray pursuant to a development management agreement that Developer has with Holdings to provide these services. These agreements will end upon completion of the development of the project, which is anticipated to occur in January 2019. The Company will be paid an annual fee for these services under the shared services agreement that equates to 50% of the fee paid to Developer under the development management agreement. The other 50% will be paid to the other 50% owner of Developer. In addition, the Company is obligated to cover certain losses or additional capital calls that may arise related to a completion guaranty on the development project. The Company has also signed an indemnification agreement, along with an affiliate of the other 50% owner of Developer, to indemnify Holdings for certain conditions and to maintain a minimum aggregate net worth, on a combined basis, of $15 million which shall include $1,650,000, on a combined basis, of liquid assets through the completion of the development of the project. Should the combined net worth of iPic and the affiliate of the other 50% owner in Developer fall below $15,000,000, the parties must provide additional collateral to Holdings subject to their review and consent.

F-36

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 2 — VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (cont.)

Delray was determined to be a VIE because its total equity at risk is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from any entities. Based on the Company’s qualitative analysis, the Company made the determination that while it has the obligation to absorb losses of Delray that may be significant pursuant to the completion guaranty, it does not have the power to direct the activities of Delray that most significantly impact its economic performance. Therefore, consolidation of Delray by the Company is not required because the Company is not the primary beneficiary of Delray.

Developer and Holdings were also determined by the Company to be VIE’s because their total equity at risk is not sufficient to finance their activities without additional subordinated financial support from any entities. The Company’s involvement with these entities consists of assisting in the formation and financing of the entities, providing recourse and/or liquidity support if necessary, and receiving fees for services provided under the shared services agreement through the development management agreement. Based on the Company’s qualitative analysis, including consideration of the related party nature of the entities involved, the Company is not required to consolidate Developer because power is shared 50/50 under the terms of the joint venture agreement. In addition, based on the Company’s qualitative analysis, the Company is not required to consolidate Holdings because the nature of the Company’s involvement with the activities of Holdings does not give it the power over decisions that most significantly impact Holdings’ economic performance.

The Company’s largest exposure to any single unconsolidated VIE is its responsibility to act under the completion guaranty whereby the Company is obligated to cover certain losses or additional capital calls required by Delray until the completion of the development of the project related to its ownership in Developer. Of this amount, the Company would be responsible for half with the other half being guaranteed by an affiliate of the other 50% owner of Developer. As of June 30, 2017, the value of this potential guarantee was determined to be nominal, as the probability of the Company’s requirement to act under the guarantee was determined to be remote. The Company did not hold any assets or liabilities in any of the unconsolidated VIEs as of June 30, 2017. The Company will continue to evaluate its relationships to these VIEs on an ongoing basis.

NOTE 3 — CONVERTIBLE NOTE RECEIVABLE

In May 2017, the Company invested $250,000 in a convertible note receivable with an unrelated party. The note accrues interest at 4.00% per annum and contains provisions wherein the principal plus accrued interest thereon may be converted into common stock of the borrower under certain conditions. The note matures in May 2019, if not previously converted.

NOTE 4 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

December 31, 2016

Leasehold improvements

 

$

136,150,787

 

 

$

134,396,502

 

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

 

53,382,541

 

 

 

52,228,960

 

Construction in progress (site development)

 

 

1,570,419

 

 

 

17,347,026

 

Projection equipment and screens

 

 

12,749,682

 

 

 

12,683,938

 

Computer hardware and software

 

 

6,882,691

 

 

 

6,280,670

 

 

 

 

210,736,120

 

 

 

222,937,096

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(62,779,539

)

 

 

(58,497,951

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

147,956,581

 

 

$

164,439,145

 

F-37

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company determined that the Scottsdale location had a significant decrease in revenue from the six months ended June 30, 2016. Accordingly, the Company evaluated the ongoing value of the Scottsdale location. Based on this evaluation, the Company determined that long-lived assets with a carrying value of $4.967 million were no longer recoverable and were in fact impaired and wrote them down to their estimated fair value of $1.636 million. Fair value was based on expected future cash flows using Level 3 inputs under ASC 820. The cash flows are those expected to be generated by market participants, discounted at the risk-free rate of interest. Because of lower marketplace demand, it is reasonably possible that the estimate of expected future cash flows may change in the near term resulting in the need to adjust our determination of fair value. The impairment loss of $3,332,000 is included in the unaudited consolidated statement of operations.

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS

Notes Payable to Related Parties: Notes payable to related parties consist of the following:

 

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC notes

 

$

16,124,947

 

$

16,124,947

5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC demand notes

 

 

14,736,903

 

 

14,945,000

10.50% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

15,000,000

5.00% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes

 

 

1,071,429

 

 

1,071,429

5.00% iPic Holdings, LLC notes

 

 

547,065

 

 

547,065

5.00% Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC note

 

 

3,375,254

 

 

Long-term portion

 

$

50,855,598

 

$

47,688,441

5.00% notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC, which is a joint venture between iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due distributions as outlined in iPic-Gold Class’s Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% demand notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC. — Interest is payable monthly. The notes have no stated maturity. The lender has provided a letter to confirm that a demand for repayment will not occur prior to July 1, 2018.

10.50% notes payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 10.50% per annum, subject to minimum guaranteed interest of $3,000,000 over the life of the notes. Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The note has no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to iPic Holdings, LLC — Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement, and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The note has no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC. — Principal and interest are only paid if Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement, and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The note has no stated maturity.

F-38

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS (cont.)

In each case, the notes are subordinated to the non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. VR iPic Finance, LLC has agreed not to call the demand notes within a year of the consolidated balance sheet dates. Repayment of the remaining notes is within the Company’s control and it does not intend to repay the notes within a year of the consolidated balance sheet dates from current assets or by incurring current liabilities. Therefore, these notes have been classified as noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Long-Term Debt — Related Party: The Company has a $225,828,169 non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. The terms of the facility provide that the Company can borrow under the facility for a ten-year period commencing September 30, 2010 in three tranches (hereinafter, “Tranche 1”, “Tranche 2”, and “Tranche 3”). Proceeds of the loans are used for eligible construction costs.

The Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 commitment amounts of $15,828,169 and $24,000,000 respectively, were fully borrowed against as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Of the Tranche 3 commitment amount of $186,000,000, $96,880,022 and $87,884,387 was borrowed against it as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

The loan agreement requires the Company to match 20% of the amount requested, either through excess cash flows or contributions from iPic Holdings, LLC, Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc., to draw on the facility. We do not expect excess cash flows in the next year. The remaining availability under the credit facility requires the Company to achieve certain operating targets in order for this to be available to be borrowed.

Accrued but unpaid interest is due and payable by the Company with respect to each individual project tranche on the first scheduled payment date (meaning each January 1 and July 1) following the earlier to occur of (1) the date which is six months following the opening of the individual cinema project funded by any proceeds from the facility, or (2) the date which is twenty-one months following the initial advance for the individual cinema project. The interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings was initially 5.00% per annum, and increases by 50 basis points annually to the cap of 8.00% per annum. Consequently, the Company recognizes interest expense on the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings using the effective interest method, which results in the use of a constant interest rate over the life of the debt. The effective interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings is approximately 6.95% per annum. The cumulative difference between the interest computed using the stated interest rates (8.00% at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016) and the effective interest rate of 6.95% is $1,152,993 and $1,330,377 at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and is recorded in accrued interest - long-term in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate on Tranche 3 borrowings is fixed at 10.50% per annum.

The Company is not obligated to repay the outstanding principal on all three tranches until September 2020, except in years of excess cash flows, as determined in accordance with the loan agreement, over and above $5,000,000 of any budgeted improvements and new construction. Such excess shall be placed in a separate lender-controlled bank account. The funds from this account can only be used for purposes permitted by the loan agreement, including the repayment of principal on the loan. As of June 30, 2017, the Company did not have excess cash flows.

The security for the loan is a first mortgage lien and first priority security interest in the collateral, which is all assets of the Company.

Short-Term Financing: The Company periodically enters into short-term financing arrangements to finance the costs of its property and casualty insurance premiums. The loans are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, generally paid over a period of less than one year. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal at 3.63% per annum. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company’s obligation under premium financing arrangements was $165,825 and $1,326,599, respectively, and is included in accrued insurance in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

Interest: The majority of the interest expense is paid or payable to related parties.

F-39

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 6 — MEMBERS’ EQUITY

iPic-Gold Class is governed by the LLC Agreement. As a limited liability company, the members are not liable for the debts or obligations of iPic-Gold Class. Under the LLC Agreement, iPic-Gold Class will continue until it is dissolved by agreement of the members or upon the sale or liquidation of its assets. Upon the dissolution and after payment of the obligations of iPic-Gold Class, the remaining assets will be distributed among the members as set forth in the LLC Agreement. The LLC Agreement calls for the membership interests and profits to be allocated as follows.

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

IPic Holdings, LLC

 

37.3525

%

 

40.0000

%

Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

 

28.0143

%

 

30.0000

%

TRSA

 

18.7696

%

 

20.1000

%

ERSA

 

9.2447

%

 

9.9000

%

Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC.

 

6.6189

%

 

%

 

 

100.0000

%

 

100.0000

%

At the inception of iPic-Gold Class, the initial members agreed upon a total equity value of $30,000,000, based upon the relative contributions by the parties whereby iPic Holdings, LLC acquired 40% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, and the RSA acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Holdings, LLC contributed $1,000,000 in cash as well as an operating cinema in Glendale, Wisconsin and one site under development in Scottsdale, Arizona. Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. contributed $8,000,000 in cash, as well as six operating cinemas in Illinois, Washington, California and Texas. The RSA acquired its ownership in iPic-Gold Class by exchanging $15,000,000 of existing debt it carried with the previous owners for equity.

In April 2017, the Company admitted Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC. as a new member. In exchange for a 6.6189% membership interest in the Company, the new member contributed cash in the amount of $8,624,746.

Under the LLC Agreement, RSA has approval rights while they hold any interest in the Company acquired under the LLC Agreement over various actions of the Company, including approval of any indebtedness over $100,000 in the aggregate or in any single transaction other than refinancing of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility in full; entering into any transaction with the other members or affiliates; dissolving, liquidating or terminating the Company or any subsidiary; filing of proceedings of bankruptcy; making additional capital calls from members; entering into transactions with third parties with fees over $100,000 except for transactions in the ordinary course of business; paying directly or indirectly certain distributions; issuing any additional interest or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for interests in the Company or permitting a member to withdraw from the Company prior to termination; setting compensation in excess of $500,000 annually for any member of management; and selling, leasing, transferring or otherwise disposing of any of the Company’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business.

The LLC Agreement states that the Company will not make any distributions of available assets or Company assets until the Non-Revolving Credit Facility has been paid in full, except for specified allowable distributions and certain distributions requiring RSA’s approval.

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases: At June 30, 2017, future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows.

2017 – 2018

 

$

13,844,660

2018 – 2019

 

 

17,044,296

2019 – 2020

 

 

20,725,408

2020 – 2021

 

 

21,524,280

2021 – 2022

 

 

22,133,176

Thereafter

 

 

272,212,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

367,484,021

F-40

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

Certain operating leases require contingent rental payments based on a percentage of sales in excess of stipulated amounts. Rent expense during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was as follows.

 

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

 

June 30,
2016

Minimum rentals

 

$

7,129,524

 

 

$

5,713,092

Contingent rentals

 

 

(43,787

)

 

 

51,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,085,737

 

 

$

5,764,815

Rent for the operating locations is included in occupancy expense in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Rent for the corporate office is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statement of operations.

Litigation: The Company is exposed to litigation in the normal course of business. The Company believes, based upon the advice of inside legal counsel, that there are no proceedings, either threatened or pending, which could result in a material adverse effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

American with Disabilities Act: Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the “ADA”) to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” and/or “commercial facilities” as defined by the ADA. Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, awards of damages to private litigants and additional capital expenditures to remedy such non-compliance. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all current applicable regulations relating to accommodations for the disabled. The Company intends to comply with future regulations in this regard and except as set forth above, does not currently anticipate that compliance will require the Company to expend substantial funds.

NOTE 8 — INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

For the six months ended,

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

June 30,
2016

Current – state and local

 

$

43,400

 

$

30,491

Deferred – state and local

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

43,400

 

$

30,491

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

For the six months ended,

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

 

June 30,
2016

 

 

Statutory rate

 

35.00

%

 

 

35.00

%

 

State and local income taxes

 

(0.23

%

)

 

(0.22

%

)

LLC flow-through structure

 

(35.00

%

)

 

(35.00

%

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

(0.23

%

)

 

(0.22

%

)

F-41

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 8 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

$

44,825

 

 

$

41,604

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

2,040

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

29,258

 

 

 

25,812

 

Net operating loss – states

 

 

259,093

 

 

 

232,693

 

Tenant improvement allowance

 

 

132,017

 

 

 

131,886

 

Other assets

 

 

1,290

 

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

468,523

 

 

 

435,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(153,410

)

 

 

(160,722

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(1,957

)

 

 

(5,693

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(155,367

)

 

 

(166,415

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

 

 

313,156

 

 

 

268,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(313,156

)

 

 

(268,979

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

 

 

$

 

We file U.S federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. As of June 30, 2017, the 2014 through 2016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. The use of net operating losses generated in tax years prior to 2013 may also subject returns for those years to examination. The Company currently does not have any income tax audits in process.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $13.8 million and $12.9 million, respectively, expiring through the year 2029.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets was less than their tax basis by $15,685,927 and $10,527,944 respectively.

NOTE 9 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS

The Company incurred a net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2017 of $22,425,005. In addition, the Company had a members’ deficit of $106,559,519 and a working capital deficit of $11,326,187 at June 30, 2017.

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $3,895,338 at June 30, 2017 and used approximately $13,300,000 in cash flows from operations for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

The Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, which is subject to achieving its operating plans, and the continued availability of funding sources. The main source of funding in 2017 is expected to be the RSA non-revolving credit facility funding expansion into new locations and the funding from members.

Management considers the continued availability of the non-revolving credit facility to be a significant condition to meeting its payment obligations related to construction at new locations. As discussed in Note 5, the loan agreement requires the Company to match 20% of the amount requested, either through excess cash flows or contributions from iPic Holdings, LLC, Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc., to draw on the facility.

F-42

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 9 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS (cont.)

To date, the Company has not generated excess cash flows and thus, is unable to match funding requests under the non-revolving credit facility without contributions from iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. Management believes that growth into new locations is critical to the Company’s ability to fund current growth.

Consequently, due to the continued operating losses, negative working capital and lack of access to additional funding through debt or equity infusions, management has determined that these matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Part of management’s plan to mitigate the conditions that give rise to the going concern is to raise additional funds in the second half of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018 through debt and equity funding, however, these plans are not in management’s control. Management also has goals to increase same store sales but these increases have yet to materialize. Therefore, these plans are not sufficient to mitigate the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern. No assurance can be given that any future financing will be available or, if available, that it will be on terms that are satisfactory to the Company. Even if the Company is able to obtain additional financing, it may contain undue restrictions on operations, in the case of debt financing or cause substantial dilution for our members, in the case of equity financing.

NOTE 10 — 401(k) PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) Plan (“Plan”) to provide retirement and incidental benefits for its employees who are 21 years of age and with one or more years of service. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. They may also make after-tax Roth deferrals to the Plan. Matching contributions are allowed under the Plan. There were no matching contributions made in either period.

NOTE 11 — ACCRUED EXPENSES

Components of accrued expenses are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

Accrued merchant fees

 

$

235,616

 

$

333,323

Accrued film rental

 

 

128,686

 

 

357,505

Accrued utilities

 

 

235,000

 

 

302,975

Accrued cost of revenue

 

 

376,551

 

 

205,749

Accrued expenses – other

 

 

545,289

 

 

1,401,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,521,142

 

$

2,600,741

NOTE 12 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in anticipation of a proposed initial public offering of 2,165,000 shares of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s Class A common stock. Following the initial public offering, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be the sole manager of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, the Company. iPic Entertainment Inc., indirectly through Holdings, will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes in addition to certain state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of the Company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share: Unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to anticipated Class A common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock expected to be issued in the proposed initial public offering, as if such shares were issued and outstanding during the period. Unaudited pro forma diluted net loss per share is computed by adjusting the net loss

F-43

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 12 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION (cont.)

available to anticipated Class A common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares of anticipated Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B common stock expected to be issued in the anticipated initial public offering will not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the anticipated shares of Class B common stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net loss per share. Anticipated Class B stockholders will have the option to exchange their membership interests in the Company for Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio. Therefore, the equivalent number of Class A common shares could be issuable in exchange for the anticipated Class B stockholders’ membership interests of the Company. Such exchange is not expected to be dilutive and therefore, is excluded from the calculation of unaudited pro forma net loss per share.

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Tax Expense: Pro forma income tax expense provides for corporate income taxes at an estimated effective rate of (.19)%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes, net of a valuation allowance of 100%, and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

NOTE 13 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to June 30, 2017, the Company borrowed an additional $1,894,790 under Tranche 3 of the RSA non-revolving credit facility described in Note 5.

In November 2017, the Company admitted a new member that contributed cash in the amount of $4,000,000 in exchange for 220,629 membership units, or $18.13 per unit, which equated to a 2.1587% membership interest in the Company.

F-44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III OF FORM 1-A

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

[TO BE UPDATED]

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

1.1*

 

Form of Selling Agency Agreement.

2.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation (as currently in effect).

2.2*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective upon the closing of this Offering).

2.3

 

Bylaws (as currently in effect)

2.4*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective upon the closing of this Offering).

3.1*

 

Form of Selling Agents Warrant.

4.1*

 

Form of Subscription Agreement.

4.2*

 

Form of Subscription Agreement for BANQ subscribers.

6.1*

 

Second Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement with The Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama and The Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama.

6.2*

 

Form of Security/Pledge Agreement

6.3*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between iPic Entertainment Inc. and its directors and executive officers, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

6.4+

 

Form of iPic Entertainment Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

6.5+

 

Form of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

6.6+

 

Form of Nonqualified Option Agreement  under the iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

6.7*

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

6.8*

 

Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

6.9*

 

Form of Membership Unit Purchase Agreement

6.10*

 

Form of Expense Reimbursement Agreement

6.11

 

Office Lease, dated May 16, 2017, by and among Delray Beach 4th & 5th Avenue, LLC and iPic-Gold Class Entertainment LLC.

6.12

 

Subscription Agreement, dated April 21, 2017, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC.

6.13

 

Subscription Agreement, dated November 21, 2017, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and PVR Limited.

6.14+*

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2010, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and Hamid Hashemi.

6.15+*

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 5, 2016, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and Hamid Hashemi.

8.1*

 

Form of Closing Escrow Agreement with Wilmington Trust, N.A.

10.1*

  Power of attorney

11.1*

 

Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP (included in Exhibit 12.1)

11.2   Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP

11.3

 

Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP

11.4

 

Consent of Ajay Bijli, Director Nominee

11.5

 

Consent of Dana Messina, Director Nominee

12.1*

 

Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

13.1*

 

“Testing the waters” materials

13.2*

 

Additional “Testing the waters” materials

____________

*         To be filed by amendment.

+        Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

III-1

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Boca Raton, Florida, on December 22, 2017.

 

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Hamid Hashemi

 

 

 

 

Hamid Hashemi

 

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board

This offering statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hamid Hashemi

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

December 22, 2017

Hamid Hashemi

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Westra

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

December 22, 2017

Paul Westra

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

December 22, 2017

Robert Kirby

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

December 22, 2017

George M. Philip

 

 

 

 

 

* By: /s/ Paul Westra

Paul Westra

Attorney-in-fact

III-2

Exhibit 2.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation is iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, in the County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Vcorp Services, LLC.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).

 

FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one hundred (100) shares of common stock, having a par value of $0.01 per share.

 

FIFTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the bond of directors of the Corporation, and the directors need not be elected by ballot unless required by the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this provision shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

EIGHTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend and repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner from time to time prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware. All rights herein conferred are granted subject to this reservation.

 

NINTH: The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

  Name   Mailing Address
     
  Mark Konzelmann    Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
      One New York Plaza
      New York, New York 10004-1980

  

I, the undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware do make, file and record this Certificate of Incorporation, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 18th day of October , 2017.

 

  /s/ Mark Konzelmann
  Mark Konzelmann, Incorporator

 

 

Exhibit 2.3

 

BYLAWS OF

 
IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.

 
(A Delaware Corporation)

 

ARTICLE I

 

Offices

 

SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, in the County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address shall be Vcorp Services, LLC.

 

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have an office or offices other than said registered office at such place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Stockholders

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months of the last annual meeting of stockholders or, if no such meeting has been held, the date of incorporation.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.

 

SECTION 3. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place, if any, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the place, if any, date, and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

 

 

SECTION 4. Quorum. At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date, or time.

 

SECTION 5. Organization. Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the President of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

SECTION 6. Conduct of Business. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

SECTION 7. Proxies and Voting. At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

 

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

 

SECTION 8. Stock List. A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law.

 

The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

SECTION 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the DGCL.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Board of Directors

 

SECTION 1. Number and Term of Office. The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors shall be one (1). Thereafter, the number of directors may be fixed, from time to time, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors or by action of the stockholders of the Corporation, and the number of directors so fixed shall adjust upon the election of directors by such vote or action without the need for a specific resolution fixing the number. Any decrease in the number of directors shall be effective at the time of the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders unless there shall be vacancies in the Board of Directors, in which case such decrease may become effective at any time prior to the next succeeding annual meeting to the extent of the number of such vacancies. Directors need not be stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or these Bylaws, the directors (other than members of the initial Board of Directors) shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall have resigned, or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these Bylaws.

 

SECTION 2. Removal. Any director may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

SECTION 3. Resignation. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

SECTION 4. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal (with or without cause), an increase in the number of directors or any other cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting thereof or at a special meeting thereof. Each director so elected shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

SECTION 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

SECTION 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the President and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile or electronic transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

SECTION 7. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

SECTION 8. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone. Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

SECTION 9. Conduct of Business. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation of Directors. Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Committees

 

SECTION 1. Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may from time to time designate committees of the Board of Directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

SECTION 2. Conduct of Business. Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third (1/3) of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Officers

 

SECTION 1. Generally. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 2. President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

SECTION 3. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation. He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 4. Secretary. The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 5. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

SECTION 6. Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Stock

 

SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock. Each holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

 

SECTION 2. Transfers of Stock. Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article VI of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate, if one has been issued, for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate, if any, is issued therefor.

 

SECTION 3. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, (including by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission as permitted by law), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the DGCL, the record date shall be the first date on which a consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Article II, Section 9 hereof. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the DGCL with respect to the proposed action by consent of the stockholders without a meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

  - 8 -  

 

 

SECTION 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

 

SECTION 5. Regulations. The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish. 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Notices

 

SECTION 1. Notices. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 

SECTION 2. Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

 

  - 9 -  

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 1. Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

SECTION 2. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

SECTION 3. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 5. Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

SECTION 1. Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this ARTICLE IX with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

  - 10 -  

 

 

SECTION 2. Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this ARTICLE IX, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise.

 

SECTION 3. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this ARTICLE IX is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this ARTICLE IX or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

  - 11 -  

 

 

SECTION 4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

SECTION 5. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

SECTION 6. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 7. Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this ARTICLE IX shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE IX that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Amendments

 

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting.

 

 

- 12 -

 

Exhibit 6.4

 

IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), effective as of the grant date (the “Date of Grant”) set forth on Appendix A hereto, is between iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors, the “Company”), and the individual whose name is set forth on Appendix A hereto (the “Grantee”).

 

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the Grantee a number of restricted stock units (the “RSUs”) equal to the quotient of (i) the amount set forth on Appendix A hereto less any applicable social security and Medicare taxes (the “Aggregate Grant Amount”) divided by (ii) the IPO Price (such equation, the “RSU Grant Formula”). The Company is authorized to supply the number of RSUs set forth on Appendix A hereto following the Date of Grant based on the RSU Grant Formula. Each RSU shall represent the right of the Grantee to receive one Share in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement. The grant shall be effective upon the execution of this Agreement by both parties hereto.

 

2. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

2.1 Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company or the compensation committee thereof.

 

2.2 “Change in Capitalization” means any increase or reduction in the number of Shares, any change (including, but not limited to, in the case of a spin-off, dividend or other distribution in respect of Shares, a change in value) in the Shares or any exchange of Shares for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or another corporation, by reason of a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, spin-off, split-up, issuance of warrants, rights or debentures, stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, cash dividend, property dividend, combination or exchange of shares, repurchase of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar corporate event or transaction.

 

2.3 Fair Market Value” means, as of any date: (a) if the Shares are not listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the value of such Shares on that date, as determined by the Board in good faith; or (b) if the Shares are listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the closing price of the Shares as reported on the principal nationally recognized stock exchange on which the Shares are traded on such date, or if no Share prices are reported on such date, the closing price of the Shares on the next preceding date on which there were reported Share prices.

 

2.4 Initial Public Offering” the consummation of the Company’s first public offering of Shares pursuant to (a) a registration statement (other than a Form S-8 or successor forms) filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC or (b) an offering statement filed with, and qualified by, the SEC.

 

 

 

 

2.5 IPO Price” means the “Price to Public” or “Public Offering Price” shown on the front cover page of the prospectus or the offering circular relating to the Initial Public Offering.

 

2.6 SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2.7 Settlement Date” means [].

 

2.8 Shares” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01, of the Company and any other securities into which such shares are changed or for which such shares are exchanged.

 

2.9 Termination”, “Terminated” or “Terminates” shall mean the Grantee ceasing to be employed by the Company and its subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever (including by reason of death, disability or adjudicated incompetency).

 

3. Administration. The Board shall have the power and duty to construe and interpret this Agreement and to determine all questions arising under it. The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Agreement in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement. The Board’s interpretations and determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

4. Settlement. Upon the Settlement Date, each RSU granted hereunder will be settled by the delivery to the Grantee of one Share, subject to Section 8.8 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Grantee shall remain entitled to have his or her RSUs settled in full on the Settlement Date, notwithstanding any earlier Termination.

 

5. Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event of a Change in Capitalization, the Board shall conclusively determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to the number and class of Shares or other stock or securities (of the Company or any other corporation or entity), cash or other property which are subject to the RSUs in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights intended hereunder. If, by reason of a Change in Capitalization, the Grantee shall be entitled to RSUs with respect to, new, additional or different shares of stock or securities of the Company or any other corporation, such new, additional or different shares shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions which were applicable to the Shares with respect to the RSUs prior to such Change in Capitalization.

 

6. Shareholder Rights. The Grantee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Shares unless and until the Grantee’s RSUs are settled in Shares.

 

7. Non-transferability of Award. The Grantee understands, acknowledges and agrees that, the RSUs may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise directly or indirectly encumbered or disposed of except other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

8. Miscellaneous.

 

8.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws (excluding conflict of laws rules and principles) of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, including all matters of construction, validity and performance.

 

8.2 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any litigation against any party to this Agreement arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement shall be brought in any federal or state court located in the State of New York in New York County and each of the parties hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for the purpose of any such litigation; provided, that a final judgment in any such litigation shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally agrees not to assert (a) any objection which it may ever have to the laying of venue of any such litigation in any federal or state court located in the State of New York in New York County, (b) any claim that any such litigation brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum and (c) any claim that such court does not have jurisdiction with respect to such litigation. To the extent that service of process by mail is permitted by applicable law, each party irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such litigation in such courts by the mailing of such process by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at its address for notices provided for herein. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to a trial by jury and agrees that either of them may file a copy of this paragraph with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained-for agreement among the parties irrevocably to waive its right to trial by jury in any litigation.

 

8.3 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law and if the rights or obligations of any party hereto under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

 

8.4 Binding Effect; Assignment; Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and any of their respective successors, personal representatives and permitted assigns who agree in writing to be bound by the terms hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned by the Grantee without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

8.5 Amendments and Waivers. Subject to applicable law, this Agreement and any of the provisions hereof may be amended, modified, or supplemented, in whole or in part, only in a writing signed by all parties hereto. The waiver by a party hereto of a breach by another party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach by such other party or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach by such other party, except as otherwise explicitly provided for in the writing evidencing such waiver. The waiver by a party hereto of a breach by any party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of such breach by any other party hereto except as otherwise explicitly provided for in the writing evidencing such waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

8.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by .pdf or facsimile signatures and in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

8.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral and written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

8.8 Withholding. The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amounts deliverable hereunder to the Grantee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such amount as shall be sufficient to satisfy all applicable federal, state and local withholding tax requirements relating thereto.

 

8.9 No Right to Continued Employment or Business Relationship. This Agreement shall not confer upon the Grantee any right with respect to continued employment or a continued business relationship with the Company or any affiliate thereof, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any affiliate thereof to Terminate the Grantee at any time.

 

8.10 General Interpretive Principles. Whenever used in this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, any noun or pronoun shall be deemed to include the plural as well as the singular and to cover all genders. The headings of the sections, paragraphs, subparagraphs, clauses and subclauses of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions hereof. Unless otherwise specified, the terms “hereof,” “herein” and similar terms refer to this Agreement as a whole (including the exhibits, schedules and disclosure statements hereto), and references herein to Sections refer to Sections of this Agreement. Words of inclusion shall not be construed as terms of limitation herein, so that references to “include,” “includes” and “including” shall not be limiting and shall be regarded as references to non-exclusive and non-characterizing illustrations.

 

[signature page follows]

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, effective as of the Date of Grant.

 

  IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.   
   
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:

 

Agreed and acknowledged as  
of the Date of Grant:  
   
   
Name: [GRANTEE NAME]  

 

 

 

 

Appendix A

 

Grantee’s Name: [GRANTEE NAME]
   
Date of Grant: [●]
   
Aggregate Grant Amount: $[_________________]
   
Number of RSUs: [●]

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.5

 

iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

 2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted as of December 21, 2017)

 

1. Purpose.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to assist the Company with attracting, retaining, incentivizing and motivating officers and employees, consultants to, and non-employee directors providing services to, the Company and its Subsidiaries and to promote the success of the Company’s business by providing such participating individuals with a proprietary interest in the performance of the Company. The Company believes that this incentive program will cause participating officers, employees, consultants and non-employee directors to increase their interest in the welfare of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to align those interests with those of the unitholders of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

2. Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan:

 

2.1. “Adjustment Event” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 13.1.

 

2.2. “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant of an Option, Restricted Unit, a Phantom Unit, a Unit Appreciation Right, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalent Right, a Unit Award or any or all of them.

 

2.3. “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the grant of an Award and setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

 

2.4. “Base Price” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.4.

 

2.5. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.6. “Cause” shall mean (a) if a Participant is a party to an employment or a severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Cause” is defined, the occurrence of any circumstances defined as “Cause” in such employment or severance agreement, or (b) if a Participant is not a party to an employment or severance agreement with the Company or one of the Subsidiaries in which “Cause” is defined, (i) the Participant’s indictment for, or conviction or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to (A) any felony or (B) any crime (whether or not a felony) involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, breach of trust or other similar acts, whether under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any similar foreign law to which the Participant may be subject, (ii) the Participant’s being or having been engaged in conduct constituting breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct or gross negligence relating to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or the performance of the Participant’s duties, (iii) the Participant’s willful failure to (A) follow a reasonable and lawful directive of the Company or of the Subsidiary at which he or she is employed or provides services, or the Board or (B) comply with any written rules, regulations, policies or procedures of the Company or a Subsidiary at which he or she is employed which, if not complied with, would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect (other than a de minimis adverse effect) on the business or financial condition of the Company, (iv) the Participant’s violation of his or her employment, separation or similar agreement with the Company or any non-disclosure, non-solicitation or non-competition covenant in any other agreement to which the Participant is subject, (v) the Participant’s deliberate and continued failure to perform his or her material duties to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (vi) the Participant’s violation of the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics or similar policy, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

 

 

 

2.7. “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(a) An acquisition (other than directly from the Company) of any voting securities of the Company (the “Voting Securities”) by any Person, immediately after which such Person first acquires “Beneficial Ownership” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding Voting Securities; provided, however, that in determining whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to this Section 2.7(a), the acquisition of Voting Securities in a Non-Control Acquisition (as hereinafter defined) shall not constitute a Change in Control. A “Non-Control Acquisition” shall mean an acquisition by (i) an employee benefit plan (or a trust forming a part thereof) maintained by (A) the Company or (B) any corporation or other Person the majority of the voting power, voting equity securities or equity interest of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company (for purposes of this definition, a “Related Entity”), (ii) the Company or any Related Entity or (iii) any Person in connection with a Non-Control Transaction (as hereinafter defined);

 

(b) The individuals who, as of the Effective Date are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the election, or nomination for election by the Company’s common unitholders, of any new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Board, such new director shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; provided further, however, that no individual shall be considered a member of the Incumbent Board if such individual initially assumed office as a result of either an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board (a “Proxy Contest”) including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Proxy Contest;

 

(c) The consummation of:

 

(i) A merger, consolidation or reorganization (x) with or into the Company or (y) in which securities of the Company are issued (a “Merger”), unless such Merger is a Non-Control Transaction. A “Non-Control Transaction” shall mean a Merger in which:

 

(A) the unitholders of the Company immediately before such Merger own directly or indirectly immediately following such Merger at least a majority of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (1) the corporation resulting from such Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”), if fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Surviving Corporation is not Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by another Person (a “Parent Corporation”), or (2) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation;

 

  2  

 

 

(B) the individuals who were members of the Board immediately prior to the execution of the agreement providing for such Merger constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of (1) the Surviving Corporation, if there is no Parent Corporation, or (2) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation; and

 

(C) no Person other than (1) the Company or another corporation that is a party to the agreement of Merger, (2) any Related Entity, (3) any employee benefit plan (or any trust forming a part thereof) that, immediately prior to the Merger, was maintained by the Company or any Related Entity or (4) any Person who, immediately prior to the Merger, had Beneficial Ownership of Voting Securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding Voting Securities, has Beneficial Ownership, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of (x) the Surviving Corporation, if there is no Parent Corporation, or (y) if there is one or more than one Parent Corporation, the ultimate Parent Corporation;

 

(ii) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(iii) The sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person (other than (x) a transfer to a Related Entity or (y) the distribution to the Company’s unitholders of the units of a Related Entity or any other assets).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person (the “Subject Person”) acquired Beneficial Ownership of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company which, by reducing the number of Voting Securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of units Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person; provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of Voting Securities by the Company and, after such acquisition by the Company, the Subject Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional Voting Securities and such Beneficial Ownership increases the percentage of the then outstanding Voting Securities Beneficially Owned by the Subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.

 

2.8. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  3  

 

 

2.9. “Committee” means the Committee which administers the Plan as provided in Section 4.

 

2.10. “Company” means iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or any successor thereto.

 

2.11. “Company Reorganization” means the conversion, reorganization or restructuring of the Company such that following such conversion, reorganization or restructuring, the Company (or any successor thereto) that becomes the issuer of Awards under the Plan is a “parent corporation,” “subsidiary corporation” or “employer corporation” within the respective meanings set forth in meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

 

2.12. “Consultant” means any consultant or advisor, other than an Employee or Director, who is a natural person and who renders services to the Company or a Subsidiary that (a) are not in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s securities in a capital raising transaction and (b) do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

2.13. “Corporate Transaction” means (a) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other transaction or event having a similar effect on the Company’s units or (b) a Change in Control.

 

2.14. “Covered Employee” means, for any Performance Cycle:

 

(a) an Employee who:

 

(i) as of the beginning of the Performance Cycle is an officer subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and

 

(ii) prior to determining Performance Objectives for the Performance Cycle pursuant to Section 10, the Committee designates as a Covered Employee for that Performance Cycle; provided that, if the Committee does not make the designation in clause (ii) for a Performance Cycle, all Employees described in clause (i) shall be deemed to be Covered Employees for purposes of this Plan, and

 

(b) any other Employee that the Committee designates as a Covered Employee for that Performance Cycle.

 

2.15. “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

2.16. “Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, a permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3). A determination of Disability may be made by a physician selected or approved by the Committee and, in this respect, the Participant shall submit to any reasonable examination(s) required by such physician upon request. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.16, in the event any Award is considered to be “deferred compensation” as that term is defined under Section 409A and the terms of the Award are such that the definition of “disability” is required to comply with the requirements of Section 409A then, in lieu of the foregoing definition, the definition of “Disability” for purposes of such Award shall mean, with respect to a Participant, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

 

  4  

 

 

2.17. “Division” means any of the operating units or divisions of the Company designated as a Division by the Committee.

 

2.18. “Dividend Equivalent Right” means a right to receive cash or Units based on the value of dividends that are paid with respect to Units.

 

2.19. “Effective Date” means the date of the Plan’s approval by the Board, subject to the approval of the Company’s unitholders.

 

2.20. “Eligible Individual” means any Employee, Director or Consultant.

 

2.21. “Employee” means any individual performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary and designated as an employee of the Company or the Subsidiary on its payroll records. An Employee shall not include any individual during any period he or she is classified or treated by the Company or Subsidiary as an independent contractor, a consultant or an employee of an employment, consulting or temporary agency or any other entity other than the Company or Subsidiary, without regard to whether such individual is subsequently determined to have been, or is subsequently retroactively reclassified, as a common-law employee of the Company or Subsidiary during such period. An individual shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or any Subsidiary, or between the Company and any Subsidiaries.

 

2.22. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.23. “Fair Market Value” on any date means:

 

(a) if the Units are listed for trading on a national securities exchange, the closing price at the close of the primary trading session of the Units on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Unit is listed or admitted to trading as officially quoted in the consolidated tape of transactions on such exchange or such other source as the Committee deems reliable for the applicable date, or if there has been no such closing price of the Units on such date, on the next preceding date on which there was such a closing price;

 

(b) if the Units are not listed for trading on a national securities exchange, the fair market value of the Units as determined in good faith by the Committee, and, if applicable, in accordance with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

 

2.24.  “Incentive Option” means an Option satisfying the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and designated by the Committee as an Incentive Option.

 

  5  

 

 

2.25.  “Nonemployee Director” means a Director of the Board who is a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

2.26. “Nonqualified Option” means an Option which is not an Incentive Option.

 

2.27. “Option” means a Nonqualified Option or an Incentive Option.

 

2.28. “Option Price” means the price at which a Unit may be purchased pursuant to an Option.

 

2.29.  “Parent” means any corporation which is a “parent corporation” (within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code) with respect to the Company.

 

2.30. “Participant” means an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan.

 

2.31. “Performance Awards” means Performance Phantom Units, Performance Units, Performance-Based Restricted Units or any or all of them.

 

2.32.  “Performance-Based Restricted Units” means Units issued or transferred to an Eligible Individual under Section 10.2.

 

2.33. “Performance Cycle” means the time period specified by the Committee at the time Performance Awards are granted during which the performance of the Company, a Subsidiary or a Division will be measured.

 

2.34. “Performance Objectives” means the objectives set forth in Section 10.3 for the purpose of determining, either alone or together with other conditions, the degree of payout and/or vesting of Performance Awards.

 

2.35. “Performance Phantom Units” means Performance Phantom Units granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 10.1(b).

 

2.36. “Performance Units” means Performance Units granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 10.1(a).

 

2.37. “Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.38. “Phantom Units” means rights granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 9.2 representing a number of hypothetical Units.

 

2.39. “Plan” means this iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

2.40. “Plan Termination Date” means the date that is ten (10) years after the Effective Date, unless the Plan is earlier terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 16 hereof.

 

  6  

 

 

2.41.  “Restricted Units” means Units issued or transferred to an Eligible Individual pursuant to Section 9.1.

 

2.42.  “Section 409A” means Section 409A of Code, and all regulations, guidance, and other interpretative authority issued thereunder.

 

2.43. “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.44.  “Subsidiary” means (a) except as provided in subsection (b) below, any corporation which is a subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code with respect to the Company and (b) in relation to the eligibility to receive Awards other than Incentive Options and continued employment or the provision of services for purposes of Awards (unless the Committee determines otherwise), any entity, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company directly or indirectly owns at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding equity or other ownership interests.

 

2.45. “Ten-Percent Holder” means an Eligible Individual who, at the time an Incentive Option is to be granted to him or her, owns (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) securities possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

2.46. “Termination”, “Terminated” or “Terminates” shall mean (a) with respect to a Participant who is an Employee, the date such Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, for any reason whatsoever (including by reason of death, Disability or adjudicated incompetency) (b) with respect to a Participant who is a Consultant, the date such Participant ceases to provide services to the Company and its Subsidiaries or (c) with respect to a Participant who is a Director, the date such Participant ceases to be a Director, in each case, for any reason whatsoever (including by reason of death, Disability or adjudicated incompetency). Unless otherwise set forth in an Award Agreement, (a) if a Participant is both an Employee and a Director and terminates as an Employee but remains as a Director, the Participant will be deemed to have continued in employment without interruption and shall be deemed to have Terminated.

 

2.47. “UAR Payment Amount” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 7.4.

 

2.48. “Units” shall mean the Membership Units of the Company, and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever of the Company which may be issued after the date hereof in respect of, or in exchange for, such units of the Company pursuant to a merger, consolidation, unit split, unit dividend or recapitalization of the Company or otherwise.

 

2.49. “Unit Appreciation Right” means a right to receive all or some portion of the increase, if any, in the value of the Units as provided in Section 7 hereof.

 

2.50. “Unit Award” means an Award of Units granted pursuant to Section 11.

 

  7  

 

 

3. Interpretive Principle.

 

Prior to a Company Conversion, any references herein to dividends shall be deemed to refer to distributions from the Company. Following a Company Reorganization, all references to “Units” herein shall refer to shares of the entity that is the issuer of Awards under the Plan.

 

4. Administration.

 

4.1. Committee. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee appointed by the Board. The Committee shall consist of at least two Directors of the Board and may consist of the entire Board; provided, however, that if the Committee consists of less than the entire Board, then, with respect to any Award granted to an Eligible Individual who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Nonemployee Directors. For purposes of the preceding sentence, if one or more members of the Committee is not a Nonemployee Director but recuses himself or herself or abstains from voting with respect to a particular action taken by the Committee, then the Committee, with respect to that action, shall be deemed to consist only of the members of the Committee who have not recused themselves or abstained from voting. The acts of a majority of the total membership of the Committee at any meeting, or the acts approved in writing by all of its members, shall be the acts of the Committee. All decisions and determinations by the Committee in the exercise of its powers hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company, its Subsidiaries, the Participants and all other Persons having any interest therein.

 

4.2. Board Reservation and Delegation.

 

(a) The Board may, in its discretion, reserve to itself or exercise any or all of the authority and responsibility of the Committee hereunder. To the extent the Board has reserved to itself or exercises the authority and responsibility of the Committee, the Board shall be deemed to be acting as the Committee for purposes of the Plan and references to the Committee in the Plan shall be to the Board.

 

  8  

 

 

(b) Subject to applicable law, the Board may delegate, in whole or in part, any of the authority of the Committee hereunder (subject to such limits as may be determined by the Board) to any individual or committee of individuals (who need not be Directors), including without limitation the authority to make Awards to Eligible Individuals who are not officers or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and who are not subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. To the extent that the Board delegates any such authority to make Awards as provided by this Section 4.2(b), all references in the Plan to the Committee’s authority to make Awards and determinations with respect thereto shall be deemed to include the Board’s delegate.

 

4.3. Committee Powers. Subject to the express terms and conditions set forth herein, the Committee shall have all of the powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties under the Plan, including, without limitation, the power from time to time to:

 

(a) determine those Eligible Individuals to whom Awards shall be granted under the Plan and determine the number of Units or amount of cash in respect of which each Award is granted, prescribe the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of each such Award, including, (i) in the case of Options, the Option Price and the duration of the Option and (ii) in the case of Unit Appreciation Rights, the Base Price per Unit and the duration of the Unit Appreciation Right, and make any amendment or modification to any Agreement consistent with the terms of the Plan;

 

(b) construe and interpret the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder, establish, amend and revoke rules, regulations and guidelines as it deems are necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect, supplying any omission or reconciling any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or advisable, including so that the Plan and the operation of the Plan comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, the Code to the extent applicable and other applicable law, and otherwise make the Plan fully effective;

 

(c) determine the duration and purposes for leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant on an individual basis without constituting a Termination for purposes of the Plan;

 

(d) cancel, with the consent of the Participant, outstanding Awards or as otherwise permitted under the terms of the Plan;

 

(e) exercise its discretion with respect to the powers and rights granted to it as set forth in the Plan; and

 

(f) generally, exercise such powers and perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan.

 

4.4. Non-Uniform Determinations. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among Persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such Persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to the Eligible Individuals to receive Awards under the Plan and the terms and provision of Awards under the Plan.

 

4.5. Non-U.S. Employees. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to Participants working outside the United States, the Committee may establish subplans, determine the terms and conditions of Awards, and make such adjustments to the terms thereof as are necessary or advisable to fulfill the purposes of the Plan taking into account matters of local law or practice, including tax and securities laws of jurisdictions outside the United States.

 

4.6. Indemnification. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, failure to act, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any transaction hereunder. The Company hereby agrees to indemnify each member of the Committee for all costs and expenses and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any liability incurred in connection with defending against, responding to, negotiating for the settlement of or otherwise dealing with any claim, cause of action or dispute of any kind arising in connection with any actions in administering the Plan or in authorizing or denying authorization to any transaction hereunder.

 

  9  

 

 

4.7. No Repricing of Options or Unit Appreciation Rights. The Committee shall have no authority to (i) make any adjustment (other than in connection with an Adjustment Event, a Corporate Transaction or other transaction where an adjustment is permitted or required under the terms of the Plan) or amendment, and no such adjustment or amendment shall be made, that reduces or would have the effect of reducing the Option Price of an Option or Base Price of a Unit Appreciation Right previously granted under the Plan, whether through amendment, cancellation or replacement grants or other means, or (ii) cancel for cash or other consideration any Option whose Option Price is greater than the then Fair Market Value of a Unit or Unit Appreciation Right whose Base Price is greater than the then Fair Market Value of a Unit unless, in either case the Company’s unitholders shall have approved such adjustment, amendment or cancellation.

 

5. Units Subject to the Plan; Grant Limitations.

 

5.1. Aggregate Number of Units Authorized for Issuance. Subject to any adjustment as provided in the Plan, the maximum number of Units that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan shall not exceed 1,600,000 Units (subject to the automatic increases as set forth in Section 5.2), all of which may granted as Incentive Options (subject to the limitations set forth herein). The Units to be issued under the Plan may be, in whole or in part, authorized but unissued Units.

 

5.2. Automatic Unit Reserve Increase. The number of Units available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2019 fiscal year, by a number of Units equal to three percent (3%) of the outstanding Units on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

 

5.3. Director Awards. With respect to Awards granted to a Director, the aggregate number of Units that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in any calendar year to an individual Director may not exceed that number of Units representing a Fair Market Value equal to the positive difference, if any, between $300,000 and the aggregate value of any annual cash retainer paid to the Director (excluding the value any chairperson retainer or fee and meeting fees received by a Director in respect of such calendar year).

 

5.4. Calculating Units Available. If an Award or any portion thereof that is granted under the Plan (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Units covered by such Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Units), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of Units that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any Units issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited and returned back to or reacquired by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such Units in the Participant, then the Units that are forfeited or reacquired will again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any Units tendered or withheld (i) to pay the Option Price of an Option or (ii) to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with an Award granted under this Plan shall not become available again for issuance under this Plan.

 

  10  

 

 

6. Options.

 

6.1. Authority of Committee. The Committee may grant Options to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of the grant of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. Incentive Options may be granted only to Eligible Individuals who are employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the date the Incentive Option is granted. Notwithstanding anything herein, no Incentive Options shall be issued under the Plan until following a Company Reorganization. Options shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

6.2. Option Price. The Option Price or the manner in which the Option Price is to be determined shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the Option Price shall not be less than the greater of (i) the par value of a Unit and (ii) 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a Ten-Percent Holder).

 

6.3. Maximum Duration. Options granted hereunder shall be for such term as the Committee shall determine; provided that an Incentive Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted (five (5) years in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a Ten-Percent Holder) and a Nonqualified Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted; provided, further, however, that unless the Committee provides otherwise, (i) an Option (other than an Incentive Option) may, upon the death of the Participant prior to the expiration of the Option, be exercised for up to one (1) year following the date of the Participant’s death (but in no event beyond the date on which the Option otherwise would expire by its terms), and (ii) if, at the time an Option (other than an Incentive Option) would otherwise expire at the end of its term, the exercise of the Option is prohibited by applicable law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term shall be extended until thirty (30) days after the prohibition no longer applies. The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Option, extend the period within which the Option may be exercised (including following a Participant’s Termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Option could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Option, except as otherwise provided herein in this Section 6.3.

 

6.4. Vesting. The Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which an Option shall become vested and exercisable. To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Option expires. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof at any time.

 

  11  

 

 

6.5. Limitations on Incentive Options. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of the grant) of Units with respect to which Incentive Options granted under the Plan and “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) granted under all other plans of the Company or its Subsidiaries (in either case determined without regard to this Section 6.5) are exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Options. In applying the limitation in the preceding sentence in the case of multiple Option grants, unless otherwise required by applicable law, Options which were intended to be Incentive Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Options according to the order in which they were granted such that the most recently granted Options are first treated as Nonqualified Options.

 

6.6. Method of Exercise. The exercise of an Option shall be made only by giving notice in the form and to the Person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Units to be exercised and, to the extent applicable, accompanied by payment therefor and otherwise in accordance with the Award Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted. The Option Price for any Units purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in any of, or any combination of, the following forms: (a) cash or its equivalent (e.g., a check), (b) if permitted by the Committee, the transfer, either actually or by attestation, to the Company of Units that have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months (or such lesser period as may be permitted by the Committee) prior to the exercise of the Option, such transfer to be upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee, (c) through a registered broker-dealer pursuant to such cashless exercise procedures that are, from time to time, deemed acceptable by the Committee or (d) in the form of other property as determined by the Committee. No fractional Units (or cash in lieu thereof) shall be issued upon exercise of an Option and the number of Units that may be purchased upon exercise shall be rounded down to the nearest number of whole Units.

 

6.7. Rights of Participants. No Participant shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Units subject to any Option unless and until (a) the Option shall have been exercised with respect to such Units pursuant to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, (b) the Company shall have issued and delivered Units (whether or not certificated) to the Participant, a securities broker acting on behalf of the Participant or such other nominee of the Participant and (c) the Participant’s name, or the name of his or her broker or other nominee, shall have been entered as a unitholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Participant shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Units, subject to such terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

6.8. Effect of Change in Control. Any specific terms applicable to an Option in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

7. Unit Appreciation Rights.

 

7.1. Grant. The Committee may grant Unit Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. A Unit Appreciation Right may be granted (a) at any time if unrelated to an Option or (b) if related to an Option, either at the time of grant or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option. Awards of Unit Appreciation Rights shall be subject to the following terms and provisions.

 

  12  

 

 

7.2. Terms; Duration. Unit Appreciation Rights shall contain such terms and conditions as to exercisability, vesting and duration as the Committee shall determine, but in no event shall they have a term of greater than ten (10) years; provided, however, that unless the Committee provides otherwise, (i) a Unit Appreciation Right may, upon the death of the Participant prior to the expiration of the Award, be exercised for up to one (1) year following the date of the Participant’s death (but in no event beyond the date on which the Unit Appreciation Right otherwise would expire by its terms) and (ii) if, at the time a Unit Appreciation Right would otherwise expire at the end of its term, the exercise of the Unit Appreciation Right is prohibited by applicable law or the Company’s insider trading policy, the term shall be extended until thirty (30) days after the prohibition no longer applies. The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Unit Appreciation Right, extend the period within which the Unit Appreciation Right may be exercised (including following a Participant’s Termination), but in no event shall the period be extended to a date that is later than the earlier of the latest date on which the Unit Appreciation Right could have been exercised and the 10th anniversary of the date of grant of the Unit Appreciation Right, except as otherwise provided herein in this Section 7.2.

 

7.3. Vesting. The Committee shall determine and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement the time or times at which a Unit Appreciation Right shall become vested and exercisable. To the extent not exercised, vested installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date the Unit Appreciation Right expires. The Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Unit Appreciation Right or portion thereof at any time.

 

7.4. Amount Payable. Upon exercise of a Unit Appreciation Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such Unit Appreciation Right over the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date the Unit Appreciation Right was granted (the “Base Price”) by (ii) the number of Units as to which the Unit Appreciation Right is being exercised (the “UAR Payment Amount”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may limit in any manner the amount payable with respect to any Unit Appreciation Right by including such a limit in the Award Agreement evidencing the Unit Appreciation Right at the time it is granted.

 

7.5. Method of Exercise. Unit Appreciation Rights shall be exercised by a Participant only by giving notice in the form and to the Person designated by the Company, specifying the number of Units with respect to which the Unit Appreciation Right is being exercised.

 

7.6. Form of Payment. Payment of the UAR Payment Amount may be made in the discretion of the Committee solely in whole Units having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the UAR Payment Amount, solely in cash or in a combination of cash and Units. If the Committee decides to make full payment in Units and the amount payable results in a fractional Unit, payment shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Unit.

 

  13  

 

 

7.7. Effect of Change in Control. Any specific terms applicable to a Unit Appreciation Right in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

8. Dividend Equivalent Rights.

 

The Committee may grant Dividend Equivalent Rights, either in tandem with an Award or as a separate Award, to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan. The terms and conditions applicable to each Dividend Equivalent Right shall be specified in the Award Agreement evidencing the Award. Amounts payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be payable currently or may be deferred until the lapsing of restrictions on such Dividend Equivalent Rights or until the vesting, exercise, payment, settlement or other lapse of restrictions on the Award to which the Dividend Equivalent Rights relate. In the event that the amount payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights is to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such amount is to be held in cash or reinvested in Units or deemed (notionally) to be reinvested in Units. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Units or a combination thereof, in a single installment or multiple installments, as determined by the Committee.

 

9. Restricted Units; Phantom Units.

 

9.1. Restricted Units. The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. Each Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine and (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) such Award Agreements may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Unit certificates. With respect to Units in a book entry account in a Participant’s name, the Committee may cause appropriate stop transfer instructions to be delivered to the account custodian, administrator or the Company’s corporate secretary as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Awards of Restricted Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

(a) Rights of Participant. Restricted Units granted pursuant to an Award hereunder shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted provided that the Participant has executed an Award Agreement evidencing the Award and any other documents which the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such Units. At the discretion of the Committee, Units issued in connection with an Award of Restricted Units may be held in escrow by an agent (which may be the Company) designated by the Committee. Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the Award Agreement, upon the issuance of the Units, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a unitholder with respect to such Units, including the right to vote the Units and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Units.

 

  14  

 

 

(b) Terms and Conditions. Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Restricted Units to which it relates, the conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Restricted Units to vest and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

 

(c) Delivery of Units. Upon the lapse of the restrictions on Restricted Units, the Committee shall cause a unit certificate or evidence of book entry Units to be delivered to the Participant with respect to such Units of Restricted Units, free of all restrictions hereunder.

 

(d) Treatment of Dividends. At the time an Award of Restricted Units is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on such Units by the Company shall be paid currently or instead shall be (i) deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Units and (ii) held by the Company for the account of the Participant until such time; provided, however, that a dividend payable in respect of Restricted Units that vests based on the achievement of performance goals shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Restricted Units with respect to which such dividends are payable. In the event that dividends are to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such dividends are to be reinvested in Units (which shall be held as additional Restricted Units) or held in cash. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Restricted Units (whether held in cash or as additional Restricted Units), shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Units in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Restricted Units shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Units.

 

(e) Effect of Change in Control. Any specific terms applicable to Restricted Units in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

9.2. Phantom Units. The Committee may grant Awards of Phantom Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. Each such Award Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine. Awards of Phantom Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

(a) Payment of Awards. Each Phantom Unit shall represent the right of the Participant to receive one Unit upon vesting of the Phantom Unit or on any later date specified by the Committee; provided, however, that the Committee may provide for the settlement of Phantom Units in cash equal to the Fair Market Value of the Units that would otherwise be delivered to the Participant (determined as of the date the Units would have been delivered), or a combination of cash and Units. The Committee may, at the time a Phantom Unit is granted, provide a limitation on the amount payable in respect of each Phantom Unit.

 

(b) Effect of Change in Control. Any specific terms applicable to Phantom Units in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

  15  

 

 

10. Performance Awards.

 

10.1. Performance Units and Performance Phantom Units. The Committee may grant Awards of Performance Units and/or Performance Phantom Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. Awards of Performance Units and Performance Phantom Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

(a) Performance Units. Performance Units shall be denominated in a specified dollar amount and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within the Performance Cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable Performance Cycle), represent the right to receive payment as provided in Sections 10.1(c) and (d) of the specified dollar amount or a percentage or multiple of the specified dollar amount depending on the level of Performance Objective attained. The Committee may at the time a Performance Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Unit.

 

(b) Performance Phantom Units. Performance Phantom Units shall be denominated in Units and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within the Performance Cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Committee, (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable Performance Cycle), represent the right to receive payment as provided in Sections 10.1(c) and (d) of the Fair Market Value of a Unit on the date the Performance Phantom Unit became vested or any other date specified by the Committee. The Committee may at the time a Performance Phantom Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Phantom Unit.

 

(c) Terms and Conditions; Vesting and Forfeiture. Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Performance Units or Performance Phantom Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Units or Performance Phantom Units to vest and the Performance Cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

 

(d) Payment of Awards. Subject to Section 10.3(c), payment to Participants in respect of vested Performance Units and Performance Phantom Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the last day of the Performance Cycle to which such Award relates or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine that the Award has become vested. Such payments may be made entirely in Units valued at their Fair Market Value, entirely in cash or in such combination of Units and cash as the Committee in its discretion shall determine at any time prior to such payment.

 

  16  

 

 

10.2. Performance-Based Restricted Units. The Committee, may grant Awards of Performance-Based Restricted Units to Eligible Individuals in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Award Agreement. Each Award Agreement may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Unit certificates. With respect to Units in a book entry account in a Participant’s name, the Committee may cause appropriate stop transfer instructions to be delivered to the account custodian, administrator or the Company’s corporate secretary as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Awards of Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

 

(a) Rights of Participant. Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be issued in the name of the Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine; provided, however, that no Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be issued until the Participant has executed an Award Agreement evidencing the Award, and any other documents which the Committee may require as a condition to the issuance of such Performance-Based Restricted Units. At the discretion of the Committee, Units issued in connection with an Award of Performance-Based Restricted Units may be held in escrow by an agent (which may be the Company) designated by the Committee. Unless the Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the Award Agreement, upon issuance of the Units, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a unitholder with respect to such Units, including the right to vote the Units and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Units.

 

(b) Terms and Conditions. Each Award Agreement shall specify the number of Units of Performance-Based Restricted Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance-Based Restricted Units to vest, the Performance Cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

 

(c) Treatment of Dividends. At the time the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Units is granted, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on Units represented by such Award which have been issued by the Company to the Participant shall be (i) deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Performance-Based Restricted Units and (ii) held by the Company for the account of the Participant until such time; provided, however, that a dividend payable in respect of Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be subject to restrictions and risk of forfeiture to the same extent as the Performance-Based Restricted Units with respect to which such dividends are payable. In the event that dividends are to be deferred, the Committee shall determine whether such dividends are to be reinvested in Units (which shall be held as additional Units of Performance-Based Restricted Units) or held in cash. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Units of Performance-Based Restricted Units (whether held in cash or in additional Units of Performance-Based Restricted Units) shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Performance-Based Restricted Units in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Performance-Based Restricted Units.

 

  17  

 

 

(d) Delivery of Units. Upon the lapse of the restrictions on Performance-Based Restricted Units awarded hereunder, the Committee shall cause a unit certificate or evidence of book entry Units to be delivered to the Participant with respect to such Units, free of all restrictions hereunder.

 

10.3. Performance Objectives.

 

(a) Establishment. With respect to any Performance Awards, Performance Objectives for Performance Awards may be expressed in terms of: (i) net earnings; (ii) earnings per unit; (iii) net debt; (iv) revenue or sales growth; (v) net or operating income; (vi) net operating profit; (vii) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity or sales); (viii) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, distributable cash flow and free cash flow); (ix) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, amortization and/or rent; (x) unit price (including, but not limited to growth measures and total unitholder return); (xi) expense control or loss management; (xii) customer satisfaction; (xiii) market share; (xiv) economic value added; (xv) working capital; (xvi) the formation of joint ventures or the completion of other corporate transactions; (xvii) gross or net profit margins; (xviii) revenue mix; (xix) operating efficiency; (xx) product diversification; (xxi) market penetration; (xxii) measurable achievement in quality, operation or compliance initiatives; (xxiii) quarterly dividends or distributions; (xxiv) employee retention or turnover; (xxv) any combination of or a specified increase in any of the foregoing; or (xxvi) any other performance criteria as may be established by the Committee. Performance Objectives may be in respect of the performance of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its Divisions or any combination thereof. Performance Objectives may be absolute or relative (to prior performance of the Company or to the performance of one or more other entities or external indices) and may be expressed in terms of a progression within a specified range.

 

(b) Effect of Certain Events. The Committee may, at the time the Performance Objectives in respect of a Performance Award are established, provide for the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Objectives to reflect the impact of specified events, including any one or more of the following with respect to the Performance Period (i) the gain, loss, income or expense resulting from changes in accounting principles or tax laws that become effective during the Performance Period; (ii) the gain, loss, income or expense reported publicly by the Company with respect to the Performance Period that are extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence; (iii) the gains or losses resulting from and the direct expenses incurred in connection with, the disposition of a business, or the sale of investments or non-core assets; (iv) the gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and all or certain insurance recoveries relating to claims or litigation; or (v) the impact of investments or acquisitions made during the year or, to the extent provided by the Committee, any prior year. The events may relate to the Company as a whole or to any part of the Company’s business or operations, as determined by the Committee at the time the Performance Objectives are established. Any adjustments based on the effect of certain events are to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards, unless another objective method of measurement is designated by the Committee.

 

  18  

 

 

(c) Determination of Performance. Prior to the vesting, payment, settlement or lapsing of any restrictions with respect to any Performance Award, the Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable Performance Objectives have been satisfied. In respect of a Performance Award, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) reduce the amount of cash paid or number of Units to be issued or that have been issued and that become vested or on which restrictions lapse, and/or (ii) establish rules and procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any Participant to an amount that is less than the amount that otherwise would be payable under an Award granted under this Section 10. The Committee may exercise such discretion in a non-uniform manner among Participants. .

 

(d) Effect of Change in Control. Any specific terms applicable to a Performance Award in the event of a Change in Control and not otherwise provided in the Plan shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

11. Unit Awards.

 

The Committee may grant a Unit Award to any Eligible Individual on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion. Unit Awards may be made as additional compensation for services rendered by the Eligible Individual or may be in lieu of cash or other compensation to which the Eligible Individual is entitled from the Company.

 

12. Effect of Termination of Employment; Transferability.

 

12.1. Termination. The Award Agreement evidencing the grant of each Award shall set forth the terms and conditions applicable to such Award upon Termination, which shall be as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine at the time the Award is granted or at anytime thereafter.

 

12.2. Transferability of Awards and Units.

 

(a) Non-Transferability of Awards. Except as set forth in Section 12.2(c) or (d) or as otherwise permitted by the Committee and as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, either at the time of grant or at anytime thereafter, no Award (other than Restricted Units or Performance-Based Restricted Units with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed) shall be (i) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, (ii) pledged or otherwise hypothecated or (iii) subject to attachment, execution or levy of any kind; and any purported transfer, pledge, hypothecation, attachment, execution or levy in violation of this Section 12.2 shall be null and void.

 

(b) Restrictions on Units. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Units acquired by a Participant under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, minimum holding period requirements, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, restrictions under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Units are then listed or traded and restrictions under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Units.

 

  19  

 

 

(c) Transfers By Will or by Laws of Descent or Distribution. Any Award may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; provided, however, that (i) any transferred Award will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions as provided in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement; and (ii) the Participant’s estate or beneficiary appointed in accordance with this Section 12.2(c) will remain liable for any withholding tax that may be imposed by any federal, state or local tax authority.

 

(d) Beneficiary Designation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may from time to time permit each Participant to name one or more individuals (each, a “Beneficiary”) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or who may exercise any rights of the Participant under any Award granted under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit or exercises such Award. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such designation or if any such designation is not effective under applicable law as determined by the Committee, benefits under Awards remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death and rights to be exercised following the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercised by the Participant’s estate.

 

13. Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization.

 

13.1. In the event that (a) the outstanding Units are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of Units or other units or securities or other equity interests of the Company or another corporation or entity, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, unit dividend, unit split, reverse unit split, substitution or other similar corporate event or transaction or (b) there is an extraordinary dividend or distribution by the Company in respect of its Units or other capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock in cash, securities or other property (any event described in (a) or (b), an “Adjustment Event”), the Committee shall determine the appropriate adjustments to (i) the maximum number and kind of units or other securities or other equity interests as to which Awards may be granted under the Plan, (ii) the maximum number and class of Units or other stock or securities that may be issued upon exercise of Incentive Options, (iii) the number and kind of Units or other securities covered by any or all outstanding Awards that have been granted under the Plan, (iv) the Option Price of outstanding Options and the Base Price of outstanding Unit Appreciation Rights, and (v) the Performance Objectives applicable to outstanding Performance Awards.

 

13.2. Any such adjustment in the Units or other stock or securities (a) subject to outstanding Incentive Options (including any adjustments in the exercise price) shall be made in a manner intended not to constitute a modification as defined by Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Sections 422 and 424 of the Code and (b) with respect to any Award that is not subject to Section 409A, in a manner intended not to subject the Award to Section 409A and, with respect to any Award that is subject to Section 409A, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

 

  20  

 

 

13.3. If, by reason of an Adjustment Event, pursuant to an Award, a Participant shall be entitled to, or shall be entitled to exercise an Award with respect to, new, additional or different units or securities of the Company or any other corporation, such new, additional or different units shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Units subject to the Award prior to such Adjustment Event, as may be adjusted in connection with such Adjustment Event in accordance with this Section 13.

 

14. Effect of Certain Transactions.

 

14.1. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in connection a Corporate Transaction, either:

 

(a) outstanding Awards shall, unless otherwise provided in connection with the Corporate Transaction, continue following the Corporate Transaction and shall be adjusted if and as provided for in the agreement or plan (in the case of a liquidation or dissolution) entered into or adopted in connection with the Corporate Transaction (the “Transaction Agreement”), which may include, in the sole discretion of the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, the assumption or continuation of such Awards by, or the substitution for such Awards of new awards of, the surviving, successor or resulting entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with such adjustments as to the number and kind of units or other securities or property subject to such new awards, exercise prices and other terms of such new awards as the Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction shall agree, or

 

(b) outstanding Awards shall terminate upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that vested Awards shall not be terminated without:

 

(i) in the case of vested Options and Unit Appreciation Rights (including those Options and Unit Appreciation Rights that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction), (1) providing the holders of affected Options and Unit Appreciation Rights a period of at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options and Unit Appreciation Rights, or (2) providing the holders of affected Options and Unit Appreciation Rights payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Unit covered by the Option or Unit Appreciation Rights being cancelled an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per Unit consideration to be paid or distributed to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration, if not otherwise distributed to the Participant, to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the Option Price of the Option or the Base Price of the Unit Appreciation Rights, or

 

  21  

 

 

(ii) in the case of vested Awards other than Options or Unit Appreciation Rights (including those Awards that would become vested upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction), providing the holders of affected Awards payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Unit covered by the Award being cancelled of the per Unit consideration to be paid or distributed to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction, in each case with the value of any non-cash consideration, if not otherwise distributed to the Participant, to be determined by the Committee in good faith.

 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to clause (b)(i)(2) above is zero or less, the affected Option or Unit Appreciation Rights may be terminated without any payment therefor.

 

14.2. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or being construed as requiring any such action, in connection with any such Corporate Transaction the Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, cause any of the following actions to be taken effective upon or at any time prior to any Corporate Transaction (and any such action may be made contingent upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction):

 

(a) cause any or all unvested Options and Unit Appreciation Rights to become fully vested and immediately exercisable (as applicable) and/or provide the holders of such Options and Unit Appreciation Rights a reasonable period of time prior to the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction to exercise the Options and Unit Appreciation Rights;

 

(b) with respect to unvested Options and Unit Appreciation Rights that are terminated in connection with the Corporate Transaction, provide to the holders thereof a payment (in cash and/or other consideration) in respect of each Unit covered by the Option or Unit Appreciation Right being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the excess, if any, of the per Unit consideration to be paid or distributed to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration, if not otherwise distributed to the Participant, to be determined by the Committee in good faith) over the exercise price of the Option or the Base Price of the Unit Appreciation Right, which may, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the Award as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine;

 

(c) with respect to unvested Awards (other than Options or Unit Appreciation Rights) that are terminated in connection with the Corporate Transaction, provide to the holders thereof a payment (in cash and/or other consideration) in respect of each Unit covered by the Award being terminated in an amount equal to all or a portion of the per Unit consideration to be paid or distributed to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction (the value of any non-cash consideration, if not otherwise distributed to the Participant, to be determined by the Committee in good faith), which may, to the extent permitted by Section 409A, be paid in accordance with the vesting schedule of the Award as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, upon the consummation of the Corporate Transaction or at such other time or times as the Committee may determine.

 

  22  

 

 

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, if the amount determined pursuant to clause (b) above is zero or less, the affected Option or Unit Appreciation Rights may be terminated without any payment therefor.

 

14.3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan or any Agreement,

 

(a) the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in the Transaction Agreement or otherwise for different treatment for different Awards or Awards held by different Participants and, where alternative treatment is available for a Participant’s Awards, may allow the Participant to choose which treatment shall apply to such Participant's Awards;

 

(b) any action permitted under this Section 14 may be taken without the need for the consent of any Participant. To the extent a Corporate Transaction also constitutes an Adjustment Event and action is taken pursuant to this Section 14 with respect to an outstanding Award, such action shall conclusively determine the treatment of such Award in connection with such Corporate Transaction notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary (including Section 13).

 

(c) to the extent the Committee chooses to make payments to affected Participants pursuant to Section 14.1(b)(i)(2) or (ii) or Section 14.2(b) or (c) above, any Participant who has not returned any letter of transmittal or similar acknowledgment that the Committee requires be signed in connection with such payment within the time period established by the Committee for returning any such letter or similar acknowledgement shall forfeit his or her right to any payment and his or her associated Awards may be cancelled without any payment therefor.

 

15. Interpretation.

 

15.1. Section 16 Compliance. The Plan is intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (to the extent applicable) and the Committee shall interpret and administer the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement in a manner consistent therewith. Any provisions inconsistent with such Rule shall be inoperative and shall not affect the validity of the Plan.

 

15.2. Compliance with Section 409A. All Awards granted under the Plan are intended either not to be subject to Section 409A or, if subject to Section 409A, to be administered, operated and construed in compliance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding this or any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award granted hereunder in any manner or take any other action that it determines, in its sole discretion, is necessary, appropriate or advisable (including replacing any Award) to cause the Plan or any Award granted hereunder to comply with Section 409A and all regulations and other guidance issued thereunder or to not be subject to Section 409A. Any such action, once taken, shall be deemed to be effective from the earliest date necessary to avoid a violation of Section 409A and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all Eligible Individuals and other individuals having or claiming any right or interest under the Plan.Term; Plan Termination and Amendment of the Plan; Modification of Awards.

 

  23  

 

 

15.3. Term. The Plan shall terminate on the Plan Termination Date and no Award shall be granted after that date. The applicable terms of the Plan and any terms and conditions applicable to Awards granted prior to the Plan Termination Date shall survive the termination of the Plan and continue to apply to such Awards.

 

15.4. Plan Amendment or Plan Termination. The Board may earlier terminate the Plan and the Board may at any time and from time to time amend, modify or suspend the Plan; provided, however, that:

 

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 15.2, no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall materially and adversely alter any Awards theretofore granted under the Plan, except with the consent of the Participant, nor shall any amendment, modification, suspension or termination deprive any Participant of any Units which he or she may have acquired through or as a result of the Plan; and

 

(b) to the extent necessary under any applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement or as provided in Section 4.7, no other amendment shall be effective unless approved by the unitholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law, regulation or exchange requirement.

 

15.5. Modification of Awards. No modification of an Award shall materially and adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under the Award without the consent of the Participant.

 

16. Non-Exclusivity of the Plan.

 

The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

17. Limitation of Liability.

 

As illustrative of the limitations of liability of the Company, but not intended to be exhaustive thereof, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

 

(a) give any person any right to be granted an Award other than at the sole discretion of the Committee;

 

(b) limit in any way the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate the employment of or the provision of services by any person at any time;

 

  24  

 

 

(c) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will pay any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time; or

 

(d) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will employ any person at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time.

 

18. Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law.

 

18.1. Governing Law. Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

18.2. Compliance with Law.

 

(a) The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Units with respect to Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

 

(b) The Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority or to obtain for Eligible Individuals granted Incentive Options the tax benefits under the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(c) Each grant of an Award and the issuance of Units or other settlement of the Award is subject to compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign law. Further, if at any time the Committee determines, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Units issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any federal, state or foreign law, or that the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Award or the issuance of Units, no Awards shall be or shall be deemed to be granted or payment made or Units issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Committee. Any person exercising an Option or receiving Units in connection with any other Award shall make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Board or Committee may request to assure compliance with the foregoing or any other applicable legal requirements.

 

18.3. Transfers of Plan Acquired Units. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the disposition of Units acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Units shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act and Rule 144 or other regulations promulgated thereunder. The Committee may require any individual receiving Units pursuant to an Award granted under the Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Units, to represent and warrant to the Company in writing that the Units acquired by such individual are acquired without a view to any distribution thereof and will not be sold or transferred other than pursuant to an effective registration thereof under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption applicable under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The certificates evidencing any of such Units shall be appropriately amended or have an appropriate legend placed thereon to reflect their status as restricted securities as aforesaid.

 

  25  

 

 

19. Miscellaneous.

 

19.1. Award Agreements. Each Award Agreement shall either be (a) in writing in a form approved by the Committee and executed on behalf of the Company by an officer duly authorized to act on its behalf, or (b) an electronic notice in a form approved by the Committee and recorded by the Company (or its designee) in an electronic recordkeeping system used for the purpose of tracking Awards as the Committee may provide. If required by the Committee, an Award Agreement shall be executed or otherwise electronically accepted by the recipient of the Award in such form and manner as the Committee may require. The Committee may authorize any officer of the Company to execute any or all Award Agreements on behalf of the Company.

 

19.2. Forfeiture Events; Clawback. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Award under the Plan shall be subject to the terms of any clawback policy maintained by the Company or as required by law, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

19.3. Multiple Agreements. The terms of each Award may differ from other Awards granted under the Plan at the same time or at some other time. The Committee may also grant more than one Award to a given Eligible Individual during the term of the Plan, either in addition to or, subject to Section 4.7, in substitution for one or more Awards previously granted to that Eligible Individual.

 

  26  

 

 

19.4. Withholding of Taxes. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may withhold from any payment of cash or Units to a Participant or other Person under the Plan an amount sufficient to cover any withholding taxes which may become required with respect to such payment or take any other action it deems necessary to satisfy any income or other tax withholding requirements as a result of the grant, exercise, vesting or settlement of any Award under the Plan. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes or to withhold from wages or other amounts otherwise payable to a Participant or other Person, and require that the Participant or other Person furnish all information deemed necessary by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to meet any tax reporting obligation as a condition to exercise or before making any payment or the issuance or release of any Units pursuant to an Award. If the Participant or other Person shall fail to make such tax payments as are required, the Company or its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant or other Person or to take such other action as may be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligations. If specified in an Award Agreement at the time of grant or otherwise approved by the Committee in its sole discretion, a Participant may, in satisfaction of his or her obligation to pay withholding taxes in connection with the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Award, elect to (i) make a cash payment to the Company, (ii) have withheld a portion of the Units then issuable to him or her or the cash otherwise payable to him or her pursuant to an Award or (iii) deliver Units owned by the Participant prior to the exercise, vesting or other settlement of an Award, in each case having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding taxes. To the extent that Units are used to satisfy withholding obligations of a Participant pursuant to this Section 20.4 (whether previously-owned Units or Units withheld from an Award), they may only be used to satisfy the minimum tax withholding required by law (or such other amount as will not have any adverse accounting impact as determined by the Committee).

 

19.5. Disposition of ISO Units. The provisions of this Section 20.5 shall apply only following a Company Reorganization. If a Participant makes a disposition, within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, of any Unit or Units issued to such Participant pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Option within the two-year period commencing on the day after the date of the grant or within the one-year period commencing on the day after the date of transfer of such Unit or Units to the Participant pursuant to such exercise, the Participant shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition, notify the Company thereof, by delivery of written notice to the Company at its principal executive office.

 

19.6. Plan Unfunded. The Plan shall be unfunded. Except for reserving a sufficient number of authorized Units to the extent required by law to meet the requirements of the Plan, the Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure payment of any Award granted under the Plan.

 

  27  

Exhibit 6.6

 

iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

NONQUALIFIED OPTION – Notice of Grant

 

iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (the “Company”), a Delaware limited liability company, hereby grants to the Optionee set forth below (the “Optionee”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Membership Units of the Company (“Units”) set forth below at the Option Price set forth below, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Grant (the “Notice”), the Nonqualified Option Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Award Agreement”), and the iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

Date of Grant: [●] (the “Date of Grant”)
   
Name of Optionee: [●]
   
Number of Units  
Subject to Option: [●] Units
   
Option Price  
(Price per Unit): $[●] per Unit
   
Expiration Date: 10-year anniversary of the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”)
   
Vesting: The Option shall vest pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3 of the Award Agreement

 

The Option shall be subject to the execution and return of this Notice by the Optionee to the Company within 30 days of the Date of Grant (including by utilizing an electronic signature and/or web-based approval and notice process or any other process as may be authorized by the Company). The Option is a non-qualified option and is not intended by the parties hereto to be, and shall not be treated as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such terms in the Award Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise. By executing this Notice, the Optionee acknowledges that his or her agreement to the covenants set forth in Section 7 of the Award Agreement is a material inducement to the Company in granting the Option to the Optionee.

 

This Notice may be executed by facsimile or electronic means (including, without limitation, PDF) and in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become binding when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other party hereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Notice of Grant as of the Date of Grant set forth above.

 

  iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
   
  By:                  
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  OPTIONEE              
   
   
  Name:  

 

[Signature Page to Notice of Grant for the iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan]

 

  2  

 

 

Exhibit A

 

iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

NONQUALIFIED OPTION

AWARD AGREEMENT

 

THIS NONQUALIFIED OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Award Agreement”) is entered into by and between iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (the “Company”) and the individual set forth on the signature page to that certain Notice of Grant (the “Notice”) to which this Award Agreement is attached. The terms and conditions of the Option granted hereby, to the extent not controlled by the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, shall be as set forth in the Notice and this Award Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such terms in the Notice or, if not defined therein, in the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise.

 

1. No Right to Continued Employee Status

 

Nothing contained in this Award Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee the right to the continuation of his or her Employee status or to interfere with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other affiliates to Terminate the Optionee.

 

2. Term of Option

 

As a general matter, the Option will expire on the Expiration Date and be deemed to have been forfeited by the Optionee. As provided below, the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option may expire prior to the Expiration Date if the Optionee Terminates, including in the event of the Optionee’s Disability or death. This Award Agreement shall remain in effect until the Option has fully vested and been exercised or any unexercised portion thereof has been forfeited by the Optionee as provided in this Award Agreement. No portion of the Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date, or such earlier date as may be applicable, except as provided herein.

 

3. Vesting of Option

 

(a) Subject to the remainder of this Section 3 and the Optionee’s continued employment through the [applicable] vesting date, the Option will become vested as follows:

 

[Option #1

 

  Date   Vested Percentage  
  [Vesting Commencement Date]     0%  
  First anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     20%  
  Second anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     40%  
  Third anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     60%  
  Fourth anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     80%  
  Fifth anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     100%]  

 

  3  

 

 

[Option #2

 

  Date   Vested Percentage  
  [Vesting Commencement Date]     0%
  First anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     25%
  Second anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     50%
  Third anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     75%
  Fourth anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     100%]

 

[Option #3

 

  Date   Vested Percentage  
  [Vesting Commencement Date]     0%
  Fifth anniversary of the [Vesting Commencement Date]     100%]

 

(b) If the Optionee Terminates for any reason, the portion of the Option that has not vested as of such date shall terminate upon such Termination and be deemed to have been forfeited by the Optionee without consideration.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the Optionee’s continued employment with the Company through the date of a Change in Control, the Option shall become fully vested in connection with such Change in Control.

 

4. Exercise

 

Prior to the Expiration Date and at any time prior to the Optionee’s Termination, the Optionee may exercise all or a portion of the Option, to the extent vested, by giving notice in the form, to the person, and using the administrative method and the exercise procedures established by the Committee from time to time (including any procedures utilizing an electronic signature and/or web-based approval and notice process), specifying the number of Units to be acquired. The Optionee’s right to exercise the vested portion of the Option following the date of the Optionee’s Termination will depend on the reason for such Termination, as set forth in Sections 5 and 6 below.

 

The Optionee must pay to the Company at the time of exercise the amount of the Option Price for the number of Units covered by the notice to exercise (the “Aggregate Option Price”). The Aggregate Option Price for any Units purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in any or any combination of the following forms: (w) cash or its equivalent (e.g., a check); (x) by making arrangements through a registered broker-dealer pursuant to cashless exercise procedures established by the Committee from time to time; (y) if permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion, the transfer, either actually or by attestation, to the Company of Units that have been held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months (or such lesser period as may be permitted by the Committee) prior to the exercise of the Option, such transfer to be upon such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee; or (z) in the form of other property as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Any Units transferred to the Company as payment of the exercise price under an Option shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such Option. In addition, at the discretion of the Committee in its sole discretion at the time of exercise, the Optionee may provide for the payment of the Aggregate Option Price through Unit withholding as a result of which the number of Units issued upon exercise of an Option would be reduced by a number of Units having a Fair Market Value equal to the Aggregate Option Price. If requested by the Committee, the Optionee shall deliver this Award Agreement to the Company, which shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Award Agreement to the Optionee. No fractional Units (or cash in lieu thereof) shall be issued upon exercise of an Option and the number of Units that may be purchased upon exercise shall be rounded down to the nearest number of whole Units.

 

  4  

 

 

5. Termination of Service

 

If the Optionee incurs a Termination for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, without Cause, other than as a result of the Optionee’s death or Disability, then the portion of the Option that has previously vested but has not been exercised shall remain exercisable until, and shall terminate upon, the first to occur of (a) the end of the day that is ninety (90) days following the date of the Optionee’s Termination and (b) the Expiration Date. If the Optionee incurs a Termination for Cause, then the Option (including the vested portion of the Option) and all rights attached hereto shall be forfeited and terminate immediately upon the effective date of such Termination for Cause.

 

6. Death or Disability of the Optionee

 

Upon the Optionee’s Termination by reason of death or Disability, the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until, and shall terminate upon the first to occur of, (a) the end of the day that is one (1) year after the date of the Optionee’s Termination for death or Disability, as applicable and (b) the Expiration Date. Until such termination of the Option, the vested portion of the Option may, to the extent that the Option has not previously been exercised by the Optionee, be exercised by the Optionee in the case of his or her Disability or, in the case of death, by the Optionee’s personal representative or the person entitled to the Optionee’s rights under this Award Agreement.

  

7. Prohibited Activities

 

(a) No Sale or Transfer. Unless otherwise required by law, the Option shall not be (i) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, (ii) pledged or otherwise hypothecated or (iii) subject to attachment, execution or levy of any kind, other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution; provided, however, that any transferred Option will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions as provided in the Plan and this Award Agreement and the Optionee’s estate or beneficiary appointed in accordance with the Plan will remain liable for any withholding tax that may be imposed by any federal, state or local tax authority.

 

  5  

 

 

(b) Right to Terminate Option and Recovery. The Optionee understands and agrees that the Company has granted the Option to the Optionee to reward the Optionee for the Optionee’s future efforts and loyalty to the Company and its affiliates by giving the Optionee the opportunity to participate in the potential future appreciation of the Company. Accordingly, if (a) the Optionee materially violates the Optionee’s obligations relating to the non-disclosure or non-use of confidential or proprietary information under any Restrictive Agreement (as defined below) to which the Optionee is a party, or (b) the Optionee materially breaches or violates the Optionee’s obligations relating to non-disparagement under any Restrictive Agreement to which the Optionee is a party, or (c) the Optionee engages in any activity prohibited by this Section 7, or (d) the Optionee materially breaches or violates any non-solicitation obligations under any Restrictive Agreement to which the Optionee is a party, or (e) the Optionee breaches or violates any non-competition obligations under any Restrictive Agreement to which the Optionee is a party, or (f) the Optionee is convicted of a felony against the Company or any of its affiliates, then, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled, at its option, exercisable by written notice, to terminate the Option (including any vested portion of the Option), or any unexercised portion thereof, which shall be of no further force and effect. “Restrictive Agreement” shall mean any agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Optionee (including any prior option agreement) that contains non-competition, non-solicitation, non-hire, non-disparagement or confidentiality restrictions applicable to the Optionee.

 

(c) Other Remedies. The Optionee specifically acknowledges and agrees that its remedies under this Section 7 shall not prevent the Company or any Subsidiary from seeking injunctive or other equitable relief in connection with the Optionee’s breach of any Restrictive Agreement. In the event that the provisions of this Section 7 should ever be deemed to exceed the limitation provided by applicable law, then the Optionee and the Company agree that such provisions shall be reformed to set forth the maximum limitations permitted.

 

8. No Rights as Unitholder

 

The Optionee shall have no rights as a unitholder with respect to the Units covered by any exercise of the Option until the effective date of issuance of the Units and the entry of the Optionee’s name as a unitholder of record on the books of the Company following exercise of the Option.

 

  6  

 

 

It shall be a condition to the issuance of any Units pursuant to this Award Agreement that the Optionee (i) be a party to the Company’s limited liability company agreement dated as of April 21, 2017, as amended from time to time (the “Operating Agreement”) or, if applicable, become a party thereto by delivering a fully executed Operating Agreement (which may be effected through the execution of a joinder agreement thereto, as determined by the Committee) and (ii) if so requested by the Company, deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect the Optionee shall hold any Units acquired pursuant to exercise of the Option for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and containing such additional representations as the Company may request.

 

9. Taxation Upon Exercise of Option; Tax Withholding; Parachute Tax Provisions

 

The Optionee understands that, upon exercise of the Option, the Optionee will recognize income, for Federal, state and local income tax purposes, as applicable, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the Units, determined as of the date of exercise, exceeds the Option Price. The acceptance of the Units by the Optionee shall constitute an agreement by the Optionee to report such income in accordance with then applicable law and to cooperate with Company and its subsidiaries in establishing the amount of such income and corresponding deduction to the Company and/or its subsidiaries for its income tax purposes.

 

The Optionee is responsible for all tax obligations that arise as a result of the exercise of the Option. The Company may withhold from any amount payable to the Optionee an amount sufficient to cover any Federal, state or local withholding taxes which may become required with respect to such exercise or take any other action it deems necessary to satisfy any income or other tax withholding requirements as a result of the exercise of the Option. The Company shall have the right to require the payment of any such taxes and require that the Optionee, or the Optionee’s beneficiary, to furnish information deemed necessary by the Company to meet any tax reporting obligation as a condition to exercise or before the issuance of any Units pursuant to the Option. The Optionee may pay his or her withholding tax obligation in connection with the exercise of the Option, by making (w) a cash payment to the Company or (x) arrangements through a registered broker-dealer pursuant to cashless exercise procedures established by the Committee from time to time. In addition, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may allow the Optionee to pay his or her withholding tax obligation in connection with the exercise of the Option by (y) having withheld a portion of the Units then issuable to him or her upon exercise of the Option or (z) surrendering Units that have been held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months (or such lesser period as may be permitted by the Committee) prior to the exercise of the Option, in each case having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the withholding taxes.

 

In connection with the grant of this Option, the parties wish to memorialize their agreement regarding the treatment of any potential golden parachute payments as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

  7  

 

 

10. Securities Laws; Tolling of Exercise Period Expiration

 

(a) Upon the acquisition of any Units pursuant to the exercise of the Option, the Optionee will make such written representations, warranties, and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with securities laws or with this Award Agreement. The Optionee hereby agrees not to offer, sell or otherwise attempt to dispose of any Units issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option in any way which would: (x) require the Company to file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any similar filing under state law or the laws of any other county) or to amend or supplement any such filing or (y) violate or cause the Company to violate the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any other Federal, state or local law, or the laws of any other country. The Company reserves the right to place restrictions on any Units the Optionee may receive as a result of the exercise of the Option.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Award Agreement or the Plan to the contrary,

 

(i) if, following the Optionee’s Termination, all or a portion of the exercise period applicable to the Option occurs during a time when the Optionee cannot exercise the Option without violating (w) an applicable Federal, state or local law, (x) the rules related to a blackout period declared by the Company, (y) any agreed to lock-up arrangement or (z) any other similar prohibition or restriction, in each case, the exercise period applicable to the Option will be tolled for the number of days that such prohibitions or restrictions apply, such that the exercise period will be extended by the same number of days as were subject to the prohibitions or restrictions; provided, however, that the exercise period may not be extended due to such tolling past the Expiration Date; and

 

(ii) if the Expiration Date is set to occur during a time that the Optionee cannot exercise the Option without violating an applicable Federal, state or local law (and the Option has not previously been exercised or otherwise terminated), the exercise period will be tolled until such time as the violation would no longer apply; provided, however, that the exercise period applicable to the Option in this event will be fifteen (15) days from the date such potential violation is longer applicable.

 

11. Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options

 

This Award Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated and no provision hereof may be waived in whole or in part except by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Optionee and no modification shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter to the Optionee’s material detriment or materially impair any rights of the Optionee under this Award Agreement except to the extent permitted under the Plan.

 

  8  

 

 

12. Notices

 

Unless otherwise provided herein, any notices or other communication given or made pursuant to the Notice, this Award Agreement or the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) as of the date delivered, if personally delivered (including receipted courier service) or overnight delivery service, with confirmation of receipt; (ii) on the date the delivering party receives confirmation, if delivered by facsimile to the number indicated or by email to the address indicated or through an electronic administrative system designated by the Company; (iii) one (1) business day after being sent by reputable commercial overnight delivery service courier, with confirmation of receipt; or (iv) three (3) business days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

(a) If to the Company at the address below:

 

iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

3300 Airport Road, Suite 203

Boca Raton, Florida 33431

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 561-393-3269

Email: paul.safran@ipic.com

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attention: Jeffrey Ross

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

Email: jeffrey.ross@friedfrank.com

 

(b) If to the Optionee, at the most recent address, facsimile number or email address contained in the Company’s records.

 

13. Award Agreement Subject to Plan and Applicable Law

 

The Option is made pursuant to the Plan and shall be interpreted to comply therewith. A copy of the Plan is attached hereto. Any provision of the Option inconsistent with the Plan shall be considered void and replaced with the applicable provision of the Plan. The Plan shall control in the event there shall be any conflict between the Plan, the Notice, and this Award Agreement, and it shall control as to any matters not contained in this Award Agreement. The Committee shall have authority to make constructions of this Award Agreement, and to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Award Agreement, and to prescribe rules and regulations relating to the administration of this Award and other Awards granted under the Plan.

 

The Option shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof, and subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts therein. The Optionee hereby consents to personal jurisdiction in any action brought in any court, federal or state, within the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction in the matter.

 

  9  

 

 

14. Headings

 

Headings are for convenience only and are not deemed to be part of this Award Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, any reference to a Section herein is a reference to a Section of this Award Agreement.

 

15. Severability and Reformation

 

If any provision of this Award Agreement shall be determined by a court of law of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable for any reason, such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of any of the remaining provisions hereof; and this Award Agreement, to the fullest extent lawful, shall be reformed and construed as if such unenforceable provision, or part thereof, had never been contained herein, and such provision or part thereof shall be reformed or construed so that it would be enforceable to the maximum extent legally possible.

 

16. Binding Effect

 

This Award Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, together with their personal executors, administrator, successors, personal representatives, heirs and permitted assigns.

 

17. Entire Agreement

 

This Award Agreement, together with the Plan, supersedes all prior written and oral agreements and understandings among the parties as to its subject matter and constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. If there is any conflict between the Notice, this Award Agreement and the Plan, then the applicable terms of the Plan shall govern.

 

18. Waiver

 

Waiver by any party of any breach of this Award Agreement or failure to exercise any right hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach or right whether or not of the same or a similar nature. The failure of any party to take action by reason of such breach or to exercise any such right shall not deprive the party of the right to take action at any time while or after such breach or condition giving rise to such rights continues.

 

  10  

 

 

Exhibit A

 

PARACHUTE TAX PROVISIONS

 

This Exhibit A sets forth the terms and provisions applicable to the Optionee pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 of the Award Agreement. This Exhibit A shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement.

 

(a) To the extent that the Optionee, would otherwise be eligible to receive a payment or benefit pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement, any employment or other agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, the Optionee’s employment with the Company or a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or of a substantial portion of its assets (any such payment or benefit, a “Parachute Payment”), that a nationally recognized United States public accounting firm selected by the Company (the “Accountants”) determines, but for this sentence would be subject to excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), subject to clause (c) below, then the Company shall pay to the Optionee whichever of the following two alternative forms of payment would result in the Optionee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Parachute Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Parachute Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax: (1) payment in full of the entire amount of the Parachute Payment (a “Full Payment”), or (2) payment of only a part of the Parachute Payment so that the Optionee receives the largest payment possible without the imposition of the Excise Tax (a “Reduced Payment”).

 

(b) If a reduction in the Parachute Payment is necessary pursuant to clause (a), then the reduction shall occur in the following order: (1) cancellation of acceleration of vesting on any equity awards for which the exercise price exceeds the then fair market value of the underlying equity; (2) reduction of cash payments (with such reduction being applied to the payments in the reverse order in which they would otherwise be made, that is, later payments shall be reduced before earlier payments); and (3) cancellation of acceleration of vesting of equity awards not covered under (1) above; provided, however, that in the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be cancelled, acceleration of vesting of full value awards shall be cancelled before acceleration of options and stock appreciation rights and within each class such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of such equity awards, that is, later equity awards shall be canceled before earlier equity awards; and provided, further, that to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A and Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, if a different reduction procedure would be permitted without violating Code Section 409A or losing the benefit of the reduction under Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code, the Optionee may designate a different order of reduction.

 

(c) For purposes of determining whether any of the Parachute Payments (collectively the “Total Payments”) will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (i) the Total Payments shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “parachute payments” in excess of the “base amount” (as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless and except to the extent that, in the opinion of the Accountants, such Total Payments (in whole or in part): (1) do not constitute “parachute payments,” including giving effect to the recalculation of stock options in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.280G-1, Q&A 33, (2) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess of the “base amount” or (3) are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, and (ii) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Accountants in accordance with the principles of Section 280G of the Code.

 

  11  

 

 

(d) All determinations hereunder shall be made by the Accountants, which determinations shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Optionee.

 

(e) The federal tax returns filed by the Optionee (and any filing made by a consolidated tax group which includes the Company) shall be prepared and filed on a basis consistent with the determination of the Accountants with respect to the Excise Tax payable by the Optionee. The Optionee shall make proper payment of the amount of any Excise Tax, and at the request of the Company, provide to the Company true and correct copies (with any amendments) of his or her federal income tax return as filed with the Internal Revenue Service, and such other documents reasonably requested by the Company, evidencing such payment (provided that the Optionee may delete information unrelated to the Parachute Payment or Excise Tax and provided, further that the Company at all times shall treat such returns as confidential and use such return only for purpose contemplated by this paragraph).

 

(f) In the event of any controversy with the Internal Revenue Service (or other taxing authority) with regard to the Excise Tax, the Optionee shall permit the Company to control issues related to the Excise Tax (at its expense), provided that such issues do not potentially materially adversely affect the Optionee but the Optionee shall control any other issues. In the event that the issues are interrelated, the Optionee and the Company shall in good faith cooperate so as not to jeopardize resolution of either issue. In the event of any conference with any taxing authority as to the Excise Tax or associated income taxes, the Optionee shall permit the representative of the Company to accompany the Optionee, and the Optionee and his representative shall cooperate with the Company and its representative.

 

(g) The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountants.

 

(h) The Company and the Optionee shall promptly deliver to each other copies of any written communications, and summaries of any verbal communications, with any taxing authority regarding the Excise Tax covered by this Exhibit A.

 

(i) Nothing in this Exhibit A is intended to violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and to the extent that any advance or repayment obligation hereunder would do so, such obligation shall be modified so as to make the advance a nonrefundable payment to the Optionee and the repayment obligation null and void.

 

(j) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or reimbursement made pursuant to this Exhibit A shall be paid to the Optionee promptly and in no event later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the related tax is paid by the Optionee or where no taxes are required to be remitted, the end of the Optionee’s calendar year following the Optionee’s calendar year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and nonappealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation.

 

(k) The provisions of this Exhibit A shall survive the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company for any reason and the termination of the Award Agreement.

 

  12  

Exhibit 6.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

OFFICE LEASE

 

BETWEEN

 
DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th AVENUE, LLC,

 
a Delaware limited liability company,

 
AS LANDLORD,

 
AND

 
IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC,

 
a Florida limited liability company,

 
AS TENANT,

 
FOR

 

Federal Highway and 4th Street

DELRAY BEACH, FL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

This Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Lease Summary”) is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Office Lease (Net) (this Lease Summary and the Office Lease (Net) to be known collectively as the “Lease”). In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Lease Summary and the Office Lease (Net), the terms of the Office Lease (Net) shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Office Lease (Net).

 

1.

Date: May 16, 2017.
     
2. Landlord: DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th AVENUE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
     
3. Address of Landlord: c/o Samuels & Associates Management LLC
    136 Brookline Avenue, Boston, MA 02215
    Attention: General Counsel
    Tel: 617-247-3434
     
    With a copy to:
     
    Prior to June 6, 2017:
     
    c/o American Realty Advisors
    801 North Brand Blvd., Suite 800
    Glendale, California 91203
    Attention: Stanley Iezman
     
    From and after June 6, 2017:
     
    c/o American Realty Advisors
    515 South Flower Street, 49th Floor
    Los Angeles, California 90071
    Attn: Stanley L. Iezman
     
4. Tenant: IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
     
5. Address of Tenant: 433 Plaza Real, Suite 335
    Boca Raton, FL 33432
    Attn: Hamid Hashemi, CEO
     
    With a copy to:
     
    433 Plaza Real, Suite 335
    Boca Raton, FL 33432
    Attn: Paul Safran, General Counsel
     
    (Prior to Commencement Date)
     
    and
     
    The Premises
    Attention: Hamid Hashemi, CEO

 

 

 

      With a copy to:
       
      The Premises
      Attn: Paul Safran, General Counsel
       
      (After Commencement Date)
       
6. Intentionally Deleted  
       
7. Premises: Certain space on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building, which the parties agree contains 20,000 rentable square feet of office space. The Premises are outlined on the plan attached to the Lease as Exhibit A. The parties hereby stipulate that the Premises contain the number of rentable square feet set forth above and the Premises will not be subject to remeasurement during the Lease Term, as the same may be extended pursuant to the Extension Option(s).
       
8. Building: The building of which the Premises are a part is located in Delray Beach, Florida, as shown on Exhibit B (the “Building”) and is located on the real property described on Exhibit C (the “Property”). The Project is initially known as “4th and 5th Delray.”
       
9. Term.  
       
  (a) Lease Term: Ten (10) Lease Years.
       
  (b) Commencement Date: The earliest of (a) the date on which Tenant occupies any portion of the Premises and begins conducting business therein; or (b) one hundred fifty days (150) after the Possession Date (or the date the Possession Date would have occurred but for any Tenant Delays). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless Tenant elects to occupy the Premises and begin conducting business therein, the Commencement Date shall not occur until Landlord has substantially completed the Post Possession Date Work (as defined in Exhibit E), except for minor details of construction or repairs, the completion of which will not prohibit Tenant from occupying the Premises and conducting business therein.
       
      The anticipated Possession Date is June 1, 2018.
       
  (c) Expiration Date: The date immediately preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date, unless the Commencement Date is not the first day of the month, in which case the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the month in which the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, subject to extension as provided in Addendum 2.
       
  (d) Extension Option(s): Two (2) option(s) of five (5) year(s) each (see Addendum 2)
       
  (e) Intentionally Deleted  

 

  -2-  

 

10. Base Rent:

 

Lease Year   Annual Base Rent   Monthly Installment of Base Rent
1   $820,000.00   $68,333.33
         
2-10  

Prior year’s Annual Base

Rent increased by 3% annually

  Prior year’s Monthly Installment of Base Rent increased by 3% annually
         
First Option 11-15  

Prior year’s Annual Base

Rent increased by 3% annually

  Prior year’s Monthly Installment of Base Rent increased by 3% annually
         
Second Option 16-20  

Prior year’s Annual Base

Rent increased by 3% annually

  Prior year’s Monthly Installment of Base Rent increased by 3%  annually

 

* In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the applicable Florida state sales tax including but not limited to Florida Statutes Section 212.031 and any amendments or replacements thereof on the Rent payable hereunder at the times set forth in this Lease or as otherwise required by applicable Law. Those amounts shall be deemed Additional Rent.

 

11. Additional Rent.    
         
  (a) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Project Operating Costs:   To be calculated as set forth in Section 2.43.
         
  (b)

Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Project Real Estate Taxes:

  To be calculated as set forth in Section 2.43.
         
  (c) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Office Operating Costs:   To be calculated as set forth in Section 2.43.

 

12.   Construction:    
         
  (a) Allowance:   $2,000,000.00
         
  (b) Landlord Supervision Fee:   None for initial Landlord Work and Tenant Improvements. 
         
13. Initial Payments:    
         
  (a) Security Deposit:   None.
         
  (b) Prepaid Rent:   None.

 

  -3-  

14.
 
Permitted Use:
 
 
 
General and executive office use and ancillary uses such as conference rooms, kitchen and break areas for Tenant’s employees, a test kitchen and computer support facilities such as server rooms, and any other lawful office use, all consistent with the character of a Class “A” office building.
       
15. Parking:   Reserved Parking Spaces: 5
      Non-reserved Parking Spaces: 30
       
      Parking Charge: Free for initial Lease Term
       
16. Brokers:    
         
  (a) Tenant’s Broker:   None.
         
  (b) Landlord’s Broker:   None.
         
17. Addenda and Exhibits:   The addenda and exhibits listed below are incorporated by reference in this Lease.

 

  Exhibit A Floor Plan of Premises
  Exhibit A-1 Premises Approved Space Plan
  Exhibit B Site Plan of Project
  Exhibit B-1 Garage Floor Plans
  Exhibit C Legal Description
  Exhibit D Term Certification
  Exhibit E Construction
  Exhibit E-1 Tenant Improvement Work
  Exhibit E-2 Construction Rules and Regulations
  Exhibit F Building Services
  Exhibit G Rules and Regulations
  Exhibit H Parking Agreement

 

  -4-  

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to the foregoing terms of this Lease Summary.

 

LANDLORD:   DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th AVENUE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
             
Witness:   By: DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th AVENUE HOLDINGS LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member
             
Witness:     By: DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th AVENUE DEVELOPER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member
             
        By:

S&A DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th

AVENUE LLC, a Delaware limited

liability company, its manager

             
          By S&A GP LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, its manager
             
          By:  
            Name:
            Title: Manager
             
        By:

IPIC-DELRAY INVESTMENT, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, its manager

             
          By:
            Name: Hamid Hashemi
            Its: CEO

 

TENANT:  

IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

       
Witness:   By:                                            
    Name: Jane Baughman
    Title: President

 

Witness:   Date:  
       
    Taxpayer ID No.:  

  

  -5-  

 

OFFICE LEASE (NET)

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE (NET) (the “Lease”) is made effective as of May 16, 2017 by and between DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th AVENUE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“Landlord”), and IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts and circumstances:

 

A. Landlord is the owner of the Project, as defined herein.

 

B. The Premises covered by this Lease are defined on the Lease Summary and are located in the Building, as defined on the Lease Summary.

 

C. The parties desire to enter into this Lease, all on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing facts and circumstances, the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and after good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged by each of the parties, the parties do hereby agree to the following:

 

ARTICLE 1

LEASE OF PREMISES

 

In consideration of the Rent and the provisions of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises. In addition, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right (unless otherwise provided herein) in common with Landlord, other tenants, subtenants, and invitees to use the Common Areas.

 

ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS

 

Except as otherwise defined in this Lease, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth on the Lease Summary. As used in this Lease, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

 

2.1 Additional Rent. All amounts, costs and expenses that Tenant assumes, agrees or is otherwise obligated to pay to Landlord under this Lease other than Base Rent.

 

2.2 Affiliate. An entity that is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with a party. “Control” shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in any entity.

 

2.3 Bankruptcy Code. Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time.

 

2.4 Base Rent. As set forth on the Lease Summary.

 

2.5 Building Services. As set forth in Exhibit F.

 

2.6 Building Systems. Any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment and facilities, and any systems designed to supply heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities (other than any supplemental HVAC system exclusively serving any tenant’s premises), or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life safety systems or equipment, any Telecommunications System serving the Building generally (and excluding the Telecommunications Systems of the tenants of the Building) and any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment that serves the Building in whole or in part.

 

 

 

2.7 Business Days. Days other than Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays. If any item must be accomplished or delivered hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, it shall be timely to accomplish or deliver the same on the next following Business Day.

 

2.8 Business Hours. As set forth in Exhibit F.

 

2.9 Claims. Actions, causes of action, charges, claims, contribution costs, damages, demands, expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and fees and costs of consultants and other professionals), fines, liabilities, liens, losses, obligations, penalties, proceedings, response costs, or suits. All references in this Lease to Landlord’s “attorneys’ fees” shall mean and refer to all of Landlord’s fees and costs for attorneys, including in-house attorneys.

 

2.10 Commencement Date. As set forth on the Lease Summary.

 

2.11 Common Areas. The building lobbies, common corridors, restrooms, passageways, elevators, stairways, unrestricted parking areas and other common areas of the Parking Garage, entrances, exits, driveways and walkways, loading facilities, freight elevators, terraces and landscaped areas in and around the Building, and other public or common areas in the Project designated as such by Landlord.

 

2.12 Environmental Laws. All Laws regulating or controlling Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation,

 

2.13 Expiration Date. As set forth on the Lease Summary, unless otherwise sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

2.14 Force Majeure. Strikes, labor disputes, lockouts, inability to obtain labor, materials, equipment, or reasonable substitutes therefor, acts of God, governmental restrictions, regulations, or controls, judicial orders, enemy or hostile government actions, civil commotion, war, terrorism (foreign or domestic), fire, accident, explosion, falling objects or other casualty, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform hereunder.

 

2.15 Guarantor(s). The parties set forth on the Lease Summary, if any, and any other party liable for or required by Landlord to guaranty Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.

 

2.16 Hazardous Materials. Any hazardous waste or hazardous substance as defined in any Laws applicable to the Project, including, without limitation, the Environmental Laws. “Hazardous Materials” shall also include asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, radon gas, petroleum or petroleum fractions, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls greater than 50 parts per million, medical waste, biological materials (including without limitation blood and blood products), electromagnetic fields, mold and chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, whether or not defined as a hazardous waste or hazardous substance in any statute, ordinance, rule or regulation.

 

2.17 Holidays. All federally observed holidays, including New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

 

2.18 Insurance. All costs incurred by Landlord for insurance with respect to the Project, including but not limited to the insurance required under Section 18.1 below.

 

2.19 Interest Rate. The average prime loan rate published by the board of governors of the Federal eserve System of the United States, as the same may change from time to time, plus two percent (2%) per annum, but not in excess of the maximum rate, if any, allowed by Law for the transaction on which interest is being calculated Landlord Related Parties. Landlord, Landlord’s Affiliates and the members, principals, beneficiaries, partners, trustees, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, mortgagees, managers (including investment managers and property managers), representatives, brokers, contractors, attorneys, and agents of Landlord and Landlord’s Affiliates, and the successors of such parties.

 

2.20 Landlord Work. The work to be performed by Landlord, if any, set forth in Exhibit E.

 

  -2-  

 

2.21 Law or Laws. All laws, statutes, codes, acts, ordinances, judgments, decrees, authorizations, directions and requirements of, and agreements with, all governmental departments, commissions, boards, courts, authorities, agencies, officials and officers, which now or at any time hereafter may be applicable to the Premises, the Project, or any part(s) thereof, including, without limitation, the PFA (as defined below), the Tri-Party Agreement (as defined below), the PCSA (as defined below), the additional site specific agreements listed on Addendum #1 attached hereto (the “Site Specific Agreements”), the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) and federal, state, and local governmental interpretations of any of the above.

 

2.21.1 Parking Garage Easement: the term “PFA” shall mean that certain Parking Facility Easement Agreement and Project Covenant dated March 3, 2017 between Landlord and the City of Delray Beach, a Florida municipal corporation (the “City”), to be recorded in the Public Records of Palm Beach County, Florida.

 

2.21.2 Tri-Party Agreement: the term “Tri-Party Agreement” shall mean that certain Tri-Party Agreement by and among Landlord, the City and the Delray Beach Community Redevelopment Agency, a Florida body corporate and politic created pursuant to Florida Statutes Section 163.356 (the “CRA”) dated March 3, 2017.

 

2.21.3 Parking Cost Sharing Agreement: the term “PCSA” shall mean that certain Parking Cost Sharing Agreement made as of the 14th day of March, 2017 by and between Landlord and the CRA.

 

2.22 Lease Year. Each twelve (12) month period or portion thereof during the Term, commencing with the Commencement Date, without regard to calendar years; provided, however, if the Commencement Date is not the first day of the month, then the first (1st) Lease Year shall commence on the first day of the first calendar month after the Commencement Date and be deemed to include the partial month at the beginning of the Term.

 

2.23 Mortgagee. The lessor under any present and future ground or underlying lease of the Property and the holder of any mortgage, deed to secure debt or trust deed now or hereafter in force against the Property or the Building.

 

2.24 Operating Costs. All costs incurred by Landlord or its agents in the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, replacement, improvement, alteration and operation of the Building and Project, which may include, without limitation, any or all of the following: (a) utilities; (b) supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Building or the Project; (c) landscaping; (d) parking area repair, restoration, and maintenance, including, but not limited to, resurfacing, repainting, re-striping, and cleaning; (e) after the expiration of the fifth (5th) Lease Year, reasonable reserves for operation, maintenance and repair of the Project and for covering uninsured damage and liability claims relating to the Project, including, without limitation, commercially reasonable deductible amounts (provided that if Landlord incurs an expense for which a reserve is held, Landlord shall apply the applicable reserves to the expense prior to including the balance of the expense in Operating Costs); (f) fees, charges and other costs, including, without limitation, reasonable consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors engaged by Landlord or otherwise reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Building or the Project; (g) compensation (including, without limitation, employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform duties in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair, or overhaul of the Building or the Project, and equipment, improvements, and facilities located within the Project; (h) operation and maintenance of a room for delivery and distribution of mail to tenants of the Building or the Project as required by the U. S. Postal Service; (i) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, underlying or ground lease (excluding rent), or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building or the Project; (j) operation, repair, maintenance and, subject to Section 2.24.3, replacement of the Building’s structure and all Building Systems, including, without limitation, the cost to replace or retrofit as required by Laws, which cost, in the case of any replacement or retrofitting which would otherwise be a capital improvement, shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) as set forth in subsection (v) below; (k) janitorial service, alarm and security service, window cleaning, trash removal; (l) repair and replacement of building standard surfaces, including but not limited to wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles, window coverings and fixtures; (m) maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways; (n) repair to and, subject to Section 2.24.3, replacement of the roof (membrane but not the roof structure), which cost, in the case of any replacement which would otherwise be a capital improvement, shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) as set forth in subsection (v) below; (o) Building signage and directories; (p) management of the Building or the Project (not to exceed six percent (6%) of gross revenues of the Project), whether by Landlord or an independent contractor (including, without limitation, an amount equal to the fair market value of any manager’s office; provided, that if such manager’s office is located off-site, the fair market value of such office shall be equitably allocated among all buildings managed by such office); (q) rental expenses for (or a reasonable depreciation allowance on) personal property used in maintenance, operation or repair of the Building or the Project; (r) licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting the validity or applicability of any governmental enactments that may affect Operating Costs; (s) the cost of monitoring, investigating, testing and remediation of Hazardous Materials not caused by Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors and not caused by any tenant or such tenant’s agents, employees or contractors; (t) the costs incurred in connection with the implementation and operation of any transportation system management program or similar program; (u) any costs, expenditures, or charges (whether capitalized or not) required subsequent to the Delivery Date by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority; and (v) amortization of capital expenses (including, without limitation, financing costs) (A) that are intended as a labor saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Building or the Project, or any portion thereof which, in Landlord’s good faith determination, are intended as a labor-saving device or to effect other economies in the operation or maintenance of the Building or Project that are anticipated to result in savings (over the useful life of the capital improvement in question) that justify (in Landlord’s good faith determination) the amount of the expenditure, (B) that are required under any Law first applicable to the Building or the Project after the Commencement Date, or (C) that are in Landlord’s opinion necessary to maintain the Building or the Project, or any portion thereof, in good condition and repair, provided the same are of a type reasonably and customarily made by institutional landlords in the normal course of the upkeep and repair of a building or project similar to the Building and Project; provided that such cost shall be amortized (including interest on the unamortized cost) over its useful life or any other appropriate amortization period, as Landlord shall reasonably determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, “Operating Costs” shall not include: 

 

2.24.1 Costs (including permit, license and inspection costs) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or redecorating rentable space for other tenants or vacant rentable space;

 

  -3-  

 

2.24.2 Utilities or services sold to Tenant or others for which Landlord is entitled to and actually receives reimbursement (other than through any operating cost reimbursement provision similar to the provisions set forth in this Lease);

 

2.24.3 Except as otherwise specifically provided in subsection (v) of this Section, alterations to the Building that are considered capital improvements or replacements of such capital improvements under sound real estate management principles;

 

2.24.4 Depreciation and amortization, except on materials, small tools and supplies purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation and amortization would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party services, all as determined in accordance with sound real estate management principles;

 

2.24.5 Services or other benefits that are not available to Tenant, but which are provided to other tenants of the Building;

 

2.24.6 Overhead or any profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for services in or in connection with the Building to the extent the same exceeds the cost of such services that could be obtained from equally qualified third parties on a competitive basis or at market rates;

 

2.24.7 Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Section, interest on debt or amortization on any mortgages, other charges, costs and expenses payable under any mortgage, if any, and costs for financing and refinancing the Project;

 

2.24.8 Ground rents;

 

  -4-  

 

2.24.9 commercial concession operated by Landlord, except the Building parking facility;

 

2.24.10 Rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing equipment, the cost of which would otherwise be excluded capital expenses hereunder, except equipment used (a) in performing repairs and replacements and/or in providing janitorial or similar services and which is not affixed to the Building, or (b) in case of emergency;

 

2.24.11 Electrical power for which Tenant or any other tenant directly contracts with and pays an electrical service company;

 

2.24.12 Marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenditures incurred in connection with disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building unless related to the operation or maintenance of the Common Areas;

 

2.24.13 Costs covered by insurance, to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord;

 

2.24.14 Costs covered by warranties, to the extent of the amount actually paid under the warranty;

 

2.24.15 Any service provided directly to and paid directly by any tenant; and

 

2.24.16 Wages and benefits of any employee (above the level of Project Manager) who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Building unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Building vis-à-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Building.

 

2.25 Parking Garage. The six (6) level parking garage to be constructed by Landlord in the Project containing not less than 326 parking spaces.

 

2.26 Permitted Use. As set forth on the Lease Summary.

 

2.27 Permitted Transfer. Any of the following (i) the day-to-day sale and exchange of ownership interests in a publicly traded entity on a recognized, domestic, national securities exchange or over the counter in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to (1) an Affiliate of Tenant, (2) any corporation or other business entity that succeeds to the business of Tenant as a result of a merger, consolidation or other business reorganization, or (3) any corporation or other business entity which acquires all or substantially all of the assets or ownership interests of Tenant or a majority of Tenant’s locations in the State of Florida, where (with respect to any party set forth in subsections (1) through (3)), (a) the transferee assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; (b) Tenant remains fully liable under this Lease; (c) the use of the Premises remains unchanged; (d) after such transaction is effected, the tangible net worth of the tenant hereunder is equal to or greater than the tangible net worth of Tenant as of the date of this Lease; (e) Landlord shall have received an executed copy of all documentation effecting such transfer on or before its effective date; and (f) the same is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease.

 

2.28 Permitted Transferee. The Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

 

2.29 Possession Date. The date on which Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Landlord Work Substantially Completed; provided that in the event of any Tenant Delays, the Possession Date shall be accelerated to the date Substantial Completion of the Landlord Work would have occurred absent such Tenant Delays.

 

  -5-  

 

2.30 Project. The Property, the Building and any other improvements on the Property.

 

2.31 Project Operating Costs. Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance. Landlord may elect to equitably separate the Project Operating Costs into cost pools in order to equitably allocate certain elements of Project Operating Costs amongst those tenants to whom such Project Operating Costs relate (e.g., Landlord may have a separate cost pool for the office and retail tenants of the Project). The cost pool for Project Operating Costs applicable to the office portions of the Project may be referred to herein as the “Office Operating Costs.” In the event Landlord establishes cost pools, Tenant will pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Office Operating Costs based upon the ratio of the rentable square footage of the Premises as it relates to the rentable square footage of the office areas of the Project.

 

2.32 Rent. Base Rent and Additional Rent.

 

2.33 Rentable Area.

 

2.33.1 The parties stipulate to the rentable area set forth in this Lease for the Premises. The Rentable Area for the rest of the Project shall be the measurement of rentable area or rentable square feet as calculated by Landlord from time to time using the then current BOMA Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings as a guideline.

 

2.33.2 Except as provided expressly to the contrary herein, Landlord reserves the right to alter the Project, and in such event, the Rentable Area of the Project could likewise be revised. In addition, the Rentable Area of the Project may from time to time be subject to recalculation, as determined by Landlord.

 

2.34 Rules and Regulations. As set forth in Exhibit G.

 

2.35 State. The state in which the Project is located.

 

2.36 Substantial Completion or Substantially Completed. As defined in Exhibit E.

 

2.37 Taxes. All taxes and assessments (whether special or general, ad valorem or non-ad valorem, voluntary or non-voluntary, and regardless of whether the same are deductible for Landlord’s income tax purposes), water and sewer charges, and other similar government charges levied on or attributable to the Building or Project or their operation, including, without limitation (a) real property taxes or assessments levied on or attributable to the Building or Project; (b) assessments or charges levied or assessed against the Building or Project by any redevelopment agency, municipality or governmental or quasi-governmental agency, including but not limited to any assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies or any assessments pursuant to the PFA, PCSA or the Tri-Party Agreement; (c) any tax, assessment, levy, license fee or charge measured by or based, in whole or in part, by Rent received from the leasing of the Premises, the Building, or the Project, or any portions thereof; (d) general or special, ad valorem, non-ad valorem or specific, excise, capital levy, or other tax, assessment, levy, or charge directly on the Rent received under this Lease or on the rent received under any other leases of space in the Building or Project; (e) any transfer, transaction, or similar tax, assessment, levy, or charge based directly or indirectly upon the transaction represented by this Lease or other leases in the Project; (f) any franchise or margin tax imposed by any governmental entity; (g) any possessory interest, occupancy, use, per capita, or other tax, assessment, levy, or charge based directly or indirectly upon the use or occupancy of the Premises or other premises within the Building or the Project; (h) interest on installments as charged by the taxing authority; and (i) the reasonable costs and expenses of any contest or protest of Taxes prosecuted by Landlord, including, without limitation, any appraisal fees and attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. Taxes shall not include (i) any net income, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes imposed by the State or Federal Government or their agencies, branches, or departments; (ii) tax penalties, interest or late charges incurred as a result of Landlord’s failure to make timely payment of Taxes; and (iii) special assessments incurred to fund development of the Project, subsequent expansion or renovation of the Project or off-site improvements that exclusively serve the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the Term, the present method of taxation or assessment shall be so changed that the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges now levied, assessed or imposed on the Project shall be discontinued or reduced and as a substitute therefor, or in lieu of or in addition thereto, taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges shall be levied, assessed or imposed, wholly or partially, as a capital levy or otherwise (a “Substitute Tax”), then such Substitute Tax shall be included within the definition of Taxes. Taxes will be calculated as if paid over the maximum number of installments permitted by law and shall be based on the maximum discount for early payment permitted by Florida Law). Tenant hereby waives, and assigns, transfers and conveys to Landlord, any and all rights to contest or protest any Taxes At Landlord’s option, Landlord shall pay assessments in installments over the longest period of time permitted by the applicable jurisdiction.

 

  -6-  

 

2.38 Telecommunications Systems. All telecommunications systems including but not limited to voice, video, data, and any other telecommunications services provided over wire, fiber optic, microwave, wireless, satellite and any other transmission systems, for part or all of any telecommunications within the Building or from the Building to any other location.

 

2.39 Tenant Delays. As defined in Exhibit E.

 

2.40 Tenant Related Parties. Tenant, its Affiliates, agents, contractors, subcontractors, employees, invitees, subtenants, transferees, and any other party claiming by, through or under Tenant.

 

2.41 Tenant’s Cost Allocation. The sum of the following: (a) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs for the year in question (which shall include Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Project Operating Costs and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Office Operating Costs); (b) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes for the year in question; and (c) Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Insurance for the year in question. If at any time during the Term Operating Costs (to the extent they vary with occupancy) are not based on a completed and fully assessed Project (or the applicable portion thereof with respect to any cost pool) having at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the Rentable Area occupied, then such Operating Costs which vary with occupancy shall be adjusted by Landlord in order reasonably to approximate the variable components of Operating Costs for such year or applicable portion thereof, employing sound accounting and management principles, that would have been payable if the Project (or the applicable portion thereof with respect to any cost pool) were completed, fully assessed and at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied.

 

2.42 Tenant’s Property. All movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, communications equipment, and office equipment located in the Premises and acquired by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to or reimbursement by Landlord, that can be removed without damage to the Building, and all furniture, furnishings, records, files and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Premises; however, in no event shall Tenant’s Property include any equipment or other property that Landlord reasonably determines is a leasehold improvement (e.g., rooftop or supplemental air conditioning units).

 

2.43 Tenant’s Proportionate Share. A fraction, the numerator of which is the Rentable Area of the Premises (as set forth on the Lease Summary), and the denominator of which shall be the Rentable Area of the Project as to Project Operating Costs and the office portions of the Project, as to Office Operating Costs, it being acknowledged and agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, for purposes of determining Tenant’s Cost Allocation, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion in accordance with sound accounting and management practices consistently applied, equitably calculate all or any portion of Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance for the Building separately from the Project, in which event Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Building with respect to such items. Tenant’s Proportionate Share is subject to recalculation in accordance with physical changes in the Rentable Area of the Premises, the Building, the Project or the applicable portions thereof. Landlord reserves the right, in the exercise of Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to create pools of similarly situated tenants for the purpose of equitably allocating certain Operating Costs that benefit only the tenants in such pool (“Specialized Operating Costs”). For the purpose of allocating Specialized Operating Costs for any pool of which Tenant is a member, Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Rentable Area of the Premises (as set forth on the Lease Summary), and the denominator of which shall be the Rentable Area of the premises of all tenants in such pool.

 

2.44 Term. As set forth on the Lease Summary, as the same may be extended from time to time; however, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of the full execution and delivery of this Lease except for the provisions of this Lease relating to the payment of Rent.

 

  -7-  

 

2.45 Transfer. An assignment, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, lien or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder, a transfer by operation of law, a sublease or license of the Premises or any part thereof, or the use of the Premises by any party other than Tenant and its employees (including any assignment, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, lien or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder or a sublease of the Premises or any part thereof by Tenant’s heirs and/or executors). “Transfer” shall also include (a) if Tenant is a partnership, limited liability company or any other non-corporate entity, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, members or owners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership, membership or ownership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership or company without immediate reconstitution thereof, (b) if Tenant is a corporation, the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period; and (c) the sale of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12) month period.

 

2.46 Transferee. Any person or entity to whom or which any Transfer is made.

 

ARTICLE 3

PREMISES AND DELIVERY OF POSSESSION

 

3.1 Delivery of Possession. Except as otherwise provided herein, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of Premises on or before the anticipated Possession Date, if any, set forth on the Lease Summary. If for any reason, Landlord is delayed in delivering possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for such failure, and the validity of this Lease shall not be impaired. Upon Landlord’s delivery of possession to Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to Landlord’s reasonable security requirements, Force Majeure, repairs and other de minimus interruptions, have access to the Premises for the conduct of the Permitted Use therein twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week.

 

3.2 Commencement Date. If the Commencement Date is not fixed on the Lease Summary, once the Commencement Date is fixed, within ten (10) days following request by Landlord, Tenant will execute and deliver to Landlord a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof, indicating thereon any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time. Failure of Tenant to execute and deliver such certificate within ten (10) days following its request by Landlord shall constitute binding and conclusive acceptance of the Premises and acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in Exhibit D, as prepared by Landlord, are true and correct.

 

ARTICLE 4
RENT

 

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord all Rent payable hereunder, without set-off or deduction (unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease), in lawful money of the United States of America. Tenant shall pay the Rent as follows:

 

4.1 Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent without notice, demand or offset, in installments due and payable in advance on the first (1st) day of each calendar month during the Term. Along with and in addition to each monthly Base Rent payment under the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any sales or privilege tax required under applicable Law, including but not limited to Florida Statutes Section 212.031 and any amendments or replacements thereof. In the event of any fractional calendar month, Tenant shall pay for each day in such partial month a rental equal to 1/30 of the Base Rent.

 

4.2 Tenant’s Cost Allocation. In addition to the Base Rent and all other payments due under this Lease, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Cost Allocation, as follows:

 

4.2.1 Estimated Payments. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Tenant’s Cost Allocation for each calendar year of the Term (the “Estimated Payment”) in advance, in monthly installments, commencing on the first (1st) day of the month following the month in which Landlord notifies Tenant of the amount it is to pay hereunder and continuing until the first (1st) day of the month following the month in which Landlord notifies Tenant of any revised Estimated Payment. Landlord shall estimate from time to time the amount of Tenant’s Cost Allocation for each calendar year of the Term, make an adjustment to the Estimated Payment due for such calendar year and notify Tenant of the revised Estimated Payment in writing. Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of such adjustment and the revised Estimated Payment, Tenant shall pay Landlord a fraction of such revised Estimated Payment for such calendar year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 4.2.1). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such calendar year to the date of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. All subsequent payments by Tenant for such calendar year shall be based upon such adjustment and the revised Estimated Payment. In the event of any fractional calendar month, Tenant shall pay for each day in such partial month a rental equal to 1/30 of the Estimated Payment.

 

  -8-  

 

4.2.2 Reconciliation. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a reasonably detailed statement (the “Statement”) setting forth the total actual Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance Costs and Tenant’s Cost Allocation for such year. If Tenant’s Cost Allocation for such year exceeds the total of the Estimated Payment made by Tenant for such year, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of the deficiency within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the Statement and any amount payable by Tenant that would not otherwise be due until after the termination of this Lease, shall, if the exact amount is uncertain at the time that this Lease terminates, be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon such termination in an amount to be estimated by Landlord with an adjustment to be made once the exact amount is known. If the Estimated Payment made by Tenant exceeds Tenant’s Cost Allocation for such year, then Landlord shall credit against Tenant’s next ensuing Estimated Payment(s) an amount equal to the difference until the credit is exhausted. If a credit is due from Landlord after the Expiration Date, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of the credit after deducting therefrom any amounts then owed by Tenant to Landlord. The obligations of Tenant and Landlord to make payments required under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and Landlord’s failure to deliver the Statement shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to make the adjustments set forth herein.

 

4.3 Landlord’s Records. Landlord shall maintain records respecting Project Operating Costs, Taxes and Insurance Costs and determine the same in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, consistently applied. Provided Tenant is not in Default, Tenant or its representative experienced in auditing such records (which may not be an accountant or other consultant compensated on a contingency basis) shall have the right to examine such records (which shall in no event include any other tenants’ leases or Landlord’s tax returns or financial statements) upon reasonable prior notice (except that no such examination may occur during the months of December or April or during Landlord’s fiscal year end, if other than December 31) specifying which records Tenant desires to examine, during normal business hours at a time mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant and at the place or places within the United States where such records are normally kept, by sending such notice no later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the furnishing of the Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have the right to review Landlord’s records one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period and may audit Landlord’s records with respect to any given calendar year only once. Tenant may take exception to matters included in Project Operating Costs or Landlord’s computation of Tenant’s Proportionate Share by sending notice specifying such exception and the reasons therefor to Landlord (including any reports prepared by Tenant’s representative and any accompanying data) no later than sixty (60) days after Landlord makes such records available for examination. If Tenant takes exception to any matter contained in the Statement as provided herein, Landlord shall refer the matter to an independent (i.e., an accountant not previously employed by Landlord) certified public accountant of Landlord’s choice, subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval, whose certification as to the proper amount shall be final and conclusive as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall promptly pay the cost of such certification, including, without limitation, any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, unless such certification determines that Project Operating Costs were overstated by more than five percent (5%) in the aggregate for the applicable year, in which event Landlord shall pay the cost of such certification. Pending resolution of any such exceptions in the foregoing manner, Tenant shall continue paying Tenant’s Cost Allocation in the amounts determined by Landlord, subject to adjustment after any such exceptions are so resolved. Tenant acknowledges that any information gathered through an audit is strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial and legal consultants or as required by Law. The Statement shall be considered final, except as to matters to which exception is taken in the manner and within the times specified herein.

 

  -9-  

 

4.4 Other Taxes Payable by Tenant. In addition to the Base Rent and any other charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall, as an element of Rent, reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) that are not otherwise reimbursable under this Lease, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties, where such taxes are upon, measured by, or reasonably attributable to (a) the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property located at the Premises, or the cost or value of any leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to such improvements is held by Tenant or Landlord; or (b) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises, including but not limited to any sales tax on the Rent paid hereunder. If it becomes unlawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any taxes or other charges as required under this Lease, the Base Rent shall be revised to net Landlord the same net Rent after imposition of any tax or other charge upon Landlord as would have been payable to Landlord but for the reimbursement being unlawful.

 

4.5 Place of Payment. All Rent shall be paid at the address Landlord may from time to time designate in writing and in no event shall Landlord’s acceptance of Rent from any party other than the Tenant named in the Lease Summary create a tenancy between Landlord and such party.

 

4.6 Interest and Late Charges. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent within five (5) days from when due, the unpaid amounts shall bear interest at the Interest Rate. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment of any Rent will cause Landlord to incur costs and expenses not contemplated under this Lease, including, without limitation, administrative and collection costs and processing and accounting expenses, the exact amount of which is extremely difficult to ascertain. Therefore, in addition to interest, if any such payment is not received by Landlord within five (5) days from when due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to three percent (3%) of such payment. Landlord and Tenant agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair compensation to Landlord for loss resulting from Tenant’s nonpayment; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to written notice of non-payment prior to the commencement of the foregoing five (5) day grace period and the application of such late charge, on the second (2nd) occasion in any twelve (12) month period on which Rent is not timely paid. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages for any default of Tenant or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition, any check returned by the bank for any reason will be considered late and will be subject to all late charges, plus a Fifty Dollar ($50.00) fee. After two (2) returned checks in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord will have the right to receive payment by a cashier’s check or money order. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as to compel Landlord to accept any payment of Rent in arrears or late charges should Landlord elect to apply its rights and remedies available under this Lease or at law or in equity in the event of a Default.

 

ARTICLE 5

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 6
USE

 

6.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use as shown on the Lease Summary, and for no other purpose without Landlord’s consent (which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion). Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions, applicable Laws, and the provisions of all ground or underlying leases, now or hereafter affecting the Project, so long as any such future ground leases, covenants, conditions or restrictions do not materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or materially decrease Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Additionally, Tenant shall perform all obligations, satisfy all conditions and comply with all covenants of “Owner,” “Developer” or other applicable term for the developer of the Project under all Site Specific Agreements related to performance by Tenant specifically as opposed to developer and/or construction requirements (and without limiting any other provision of the Lease, Tenant specifically agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, cost or damage incurred by Landlord including governmental fines and penalties arising out of or resulting from any violation of the foregoing).Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall comply with all obligations under Article V of the PFA, including, without limitation, the obligation to relocate its corporate headquarters to the Project within one-hundred eighty (180) days after the final certificate of occupancy is issued for the office portion of the Project, and thereafter maintain its headquarters in at least 20,000 square feet of space for five (5) years from the date of first occupancy of its headquarters in the Project. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company and/or Mortgagee requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises of which Tenant has been notified in writing, so long as the same do not materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or materially decrease Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that would in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project or violate any restrictions or exclusive uses set forth in any other tenants’ leases; however, general office use and the operation of a test kitchen and computer support facilities shall not be deemed a violation of such covenant; (b) injure, annoy or interfere with the business of any other tenants or occupants of the Project or any of their invitees; (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance arising out of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or (d) commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant acknowledges that the Building and/or Project has, or in the future may seek, a USGBC or other “green agency” rating and, as a result, the Building and/or Project will be operated pursuant to Landlord’s sustainable practices (as the same may be modified by Landlord from time to time) and, in connection therewith, Tenant (i) shall comply with such practices, and (ii) shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that would in any way jeopardize any such rating; provided that compliance does not result in a material cost to Tenant.

 

  -10-  

 

6.2 Compliance with Law. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, except as may otherwise be specifically provided in this Lease, Landlord has made no representation or warranty as to whether the Premises, the Building or the Project conforms to the requirements of Law; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Landlord Work will be completed in compliance with applicable Laws. After completion of the Landlord Work, Tenant shall be responsible for compliance of the Premises with applicable Law and shall bear all costs necessary to maintain the interior, non-structural portions of the Premises in compliance with Law and any related inspections. In the event any compliance requires structural work, Landlord will perform such structural work to the extent required under applicable Law at Landlord’s cost, subject to inclusion in Operating Costs (to the extent permitted in Section 2.24), unless such structural work is required as a result of any Alterations or Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to general office use), in which case Landlord may charge the cost of such work back to Tenant as Additional Rent. Tenant shall also be responsible for the cost of any alterations to other portions of the Building or the Project necessitated by any Alterations or any change in use of the Premises after completion of the Landlord Work. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of any Law or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Project and shall, upon notice from Landlord, immediately discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of Law or the certificate of occupancy. A final judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission by Tenant in any action or proceeding against Tenant that Tenant has violated any such Laws in the use of the Premises shall be deemed to be a conclusive determination of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Should any obligation be imposed by Law, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such obligations to the extent the same relate to the Premises or Tenant’s particular use of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Effect on Landlord’s Insurance. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any property coverage, or other insurance policy covering the Building, the Project or any property located therein. Tenant shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section.

 

6.3 Test Kitchen. Tenant may, as an initial Improvement or as an Alteration hereunder, construct or modify a portion of the Premises to be used as a test kitchen. Landlord will provide electricity and natural gas to the core of the Building, but Tenant will be responsible for distribution and capacity for the test kitchen to the extent desired by Tenant. Tenant will be responsible for installation and maintenance, at Tenant’s cost, of any supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning system which Tenant elects to install as part of the test kitchen (provided that any Supplemental HVAC will be subject to Landlord’s review and approval as provided herein). The construction of a test kitchen shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all applicable governmental permits and approvals and Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed to all plans and specifications. The construction and all plans therefor will be subject to the terms and conditions of Exhibit E or Article 11, as applicable. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall be solely responsible for any required venting, plumbing, and additional utilities for such modifications which may include, without limitation, installation of a grease trap. Such test kitchen shall not cause any objectionable odors within the Project. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all equipment located in the test kitchen and all vents, grease traps, overstandard utility connections and similar specialized improvements which would not be consistent with general office use, and will repair any damage caused by such removal (including patching of walls and properly removing or capping any utility lines and sealing any penetrations caused by such removal, and will otherwise surrender the Premises in good condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty with respect to the probability of Tenant’s obtaining required governmental permits and approvals for such test kitchen and in the event Tenant does not receive the necessary permits and approvals, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under this Lease shall not be affected.

 

  -11-  

 

6.4 Use of Common Areas. Use of all Common Areas by any Tenant Related Parties shall at all times be subject to the Rules and Regulations and the exclusive control and management of Landlord.

 

6.5 Continuous Operations. Tenant shall continuously use, operate and actually occupy the entire Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the Lease Summary from the date Tenant commences to conduct business in the Premises until the fifth (5th) anniversary of the such date of initial occupancy and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Section V of the PFA unless prevented from doing so because of Force Majeure (subject to the notification requirements and duration limitations set forth in this Lease), condemnation, or due to Tenant’s remodeling as provided below. Tenant agrees that it will conduct its business in the Premises on all days and during all hours reasonably established by Landlord for the Building. Tenant agrees that it will conduct business on such days and during such hours in good faith, maintaining at all times a full staff of employees.

 

6.6 Employment Requirements. Reference is made to the PCSA by and between Landlord and the CRA. Reference is made to Section 4 of the PCSA, which provides that Landlord and Tenant shall use good faith efforts to offer local employment opportunities. During the initial hiring of staff, Tenant shall seek to have at least twenty percent (20%) of permanent hires reside within US Postal Zip Codes 33444, 33445 and 33483 within the incorporated city limits of the City of Delray Beach except to the extent, if any, that this requirement is modified or waived by the City or CRA. Tenant further agrees to:

 

a) provide written notification to the CRA of the process and timing of job openings and the available staff positions;
b) conduct at least two (2) job placement fairs at a reasonable place to be determined by the CRA and community partners prior to completion of the Project;
c) maintain records on local persons who applied for jobs and those who were hired; and
d) document its participation, if any, in local employment training programs; and
e) otherwise comply with the provisions of Section 4 of the CRA (and without limiting any other provision of the Lease, Tenant specifically agrees to indemnify Landlord from and against any and all loss, cost or damage incurred by Landlord including governmental fines and penalties arising out of or resulting from any violation of the foregoing).
f) Provide any reports evidencing compliance to CRA as required.

 

6.7 Communications Equipment. Subject to all Laws and any weight and/or load restrictions of the roof of the Building, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain up to two (2) satellite dishes (not to exceed eighteen (18) inches in diameter), together with all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment (collectively, “Communication Equipment”), for the purpose of receiving radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals to and from the Premises in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises, at a location on the roof of the Building designated by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant. Such use of the roof for Communication Equipment shall be at no additional charge to Tenant during the Term and any extensions thereof. Tenant shall ensure that any Communication Equipment installed by Tenant does not interfere with any equipment installed on the roof of the Building prior to Tenant’s installation of its Communication Equipment. Tenant shall retain Landlord’s designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord’s roof warranty and shall comply with all applicable provisions of Article 11 when installing the Communication Equipment (and if there is an inconsistency between this Section 6.7 and the provisions of Article 11, the provisions of this Section 6.7 shall control). Tenant’s installation and operation of the Communication Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

 

6.7.1 Tenant’s right to install, replace, repair, remove, operate and maintain the Communication Equipment shall be subject to all Laws and Landlord makes no representation that such Laws permit such installation and operation. Further, Tenant’s Communication Equipment shall not cause the Building rooftop to violate any Laws and Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that its use does not cause such a violation.

 

  -12-  

 

6.7.2 Landlord’s reasonable approval and shall include any screening reasonably requested by Landlord.

 

6.7.3 All costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the Communication Equipment and any necessary related equipment (including, without limitation, costs of obtaining any necessary permits and connections to the Building’s electrical system) shall be borne by Tenant. Landlord agrees to cooperate (at no expense to Landlord) with Tenant in obtaining such permits and connections.

 

6.7.4 It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Building for any purpose whatsoever provided that Landlord shall not unduly interfere with Tenant’s use of the Communication Equipment.

 

6.7.5 Tenant shall use the Communication Equipment so as not to cause any interference or danger to other tenants in the Building or with any other tenant’s or licensee’s communication equipment installed on the roof prior to Tenant’s installation of its Communication Equipment, and not to damage the Building or interfere with the normal operation of the Building.

 

6.7.6 Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Communication Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that the Communication Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance (whether or not by reason of the installation or use of similar equipment by others on the roof of the Building) and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor.

 

6.7.7 Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Communication Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any Laws in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Communication Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) be responsible for any necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Communication Equipment.

 

6.7.8 The Communication Equipment shall remain the sole property of Tenant. Tenant shall remove the Communication Equipment and related equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the imposition of any governmental law or regulation which may require removal, and shall repair the Building upon such removal to the extent required by such work of removal. If Tenant fails to remove the Communication Equipment and repair the Building within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. The provisions of this Section 6.7.8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

6.7.9 The Communication Equipment shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Premises for purposes of Articles 17 and 18 of this Lease.

 

6.7.10 Tenant shall be entitled, at no additional charge, to use its pro rata share of the existing risers of the Building to install its Communication Equipment; provided that Landlord makes no representation regarding the capacity of such risers. In the event additional capacity is needed, Tenant shall have the right to provide such additional capacity, subject to Landlord’s prior written approval of the methods and manner of providing such additional capacity, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

 

6.7.11 Tenant hereby agrees to comply with all Laws applicable to the use of its Communication Equipment, including, without limitation, FCC and OSHA regulations relating to radio frequency (“RF”) emissions. Further, Tenant represents and warrants that the operation of the Communication Equipment will not cause the Building rooftop to violate the maximum permissible exposure rules established by OSHA. At Landlord’s option, Tenant shall (i) pay the cost of a study of the Building rooftop to ensure that Tenant’s use pursuant to this Section 6.7 will not cause the rooftop to be in violation of any RF emissions requirements, which study shall be performed by a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, and (ii) take any steps required by any applicable Laws to cause the use of the Communication Equipment to comply with such Laws, including implementation of an RF safety program which complies with all OSHA and FCC regulations.

 

  -13-  

 

ARTICLE 7

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

7.1 Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless all Landlord Related Parties from and against all Claims directly or indirectly arising out of the existence, use generation, migration, storage, transportation, release, threatened release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, the Permitted Materials (hereinafter defined)) in, on, or under the Premises, the Building or the Project or in the groundwater under the Project and the migration or transportation of Hazardous Materials to or from the Premises, the Building or the Project or the groundwater underlying the Project, to the extent that any of the foregoing is caused, or alleged to be caused, by any Tenant Related Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant will be permitted to use de minimis quantities of general office supplies typically used in the ordinary course of business (e.g., copier toner, liquid paper, glue, ink, and cleaning products) in commercially reasonable amounts and in accordance with all applicable Laws. This indemnity extends to the costs incurred by any Landlord Related Party to investigate, remediate, monitor, treat, repair, clean-up, dispose of, or remove such Hazardous Materials in order to comply with the Environmental Laws; provided that if Tenant is not otherwise in Default, Landlord shall give Tenant not less than thirty (30) days’ advance notice of Landlord’s intention to incur such costs.

 

7.2 Restriction on Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall not permit any Tenant Related Parties to use, generate, manufacture, store, transport, release, threaten release, or dispose of Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or transport Hazardous Materials from the Premises, the Building or the Project unless Tenant shall have received Landlord’s prior consent therefor, which Landlord may revoke at any time, and shall not cause or permit the release or disposal of Hazardous Materials from the Premises, the Building or the Project except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws; provided, however, Tenant shall be permitted to use and store at the Premises de minimus amounts of customary office and cleaning supplies in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws (the “Permitted Materials”). Tenant shall promptly deliver notice to Landlord if Tenant obtains knowledge sufficient to infer that Hazardous Materials are located on the Premises, the Building or the Project that are not in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws or if any third party, including without limitation, any governmental agency, claims a significant disposal of Hazardous Materials occurred on the Premises, the Building or the Project or is being or has been released from the Premises, the Building or the Project.

 

7.3 Investigation of Contamination. Upon reasonable written request of Landlord, Tenant, through its appropriately qualified and licensed professional engineers, and at Tenant’s cost, shall thoroughly investigate suspected Hazardous Materials contamination of the Premises, the Building or the Project caused by Tenant, Tenant Related Parties or for which Tenant is responsible hereunder that would arguably come within the scope of Tenant’s indemnification and hold harmless obligations as set forth above. Tenant, using duly licensed and insured contractors approved by Landlord, shall promptly commence and diligently complete the removal, repair, clean-up, and detoxification of any Hazardous Materials from the Premises, the Building and the Project as may be required by applicable Environmental Laws that comes within the scope of Tenant’s indemnification and hold harmless obligations as set forth above. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 8

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 

8.1 Furnishing of Building Services. Landlord agrees to furnish the Building Services as set forth on Exhibit F. By executing this Lease, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain information regarding Tenant’s utility and energy usage at the Premises directly from the applicable utility providers and Tenant shall execute, within five (5) days of Landlord’s request, any additional documentation required by any applicable utility provider evidencing such authorization. Further, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s request (or such shorter time as may be required in order for Landlord to comply with applicable Laws), Tenant shall provide to Landlord all requested information regarding Tenant’s utility and energy usage at the Premises.

 

8.2 Interruption in Services. Except as set forth below, Landlord shall not be in default hereunder nor be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall the Rent be abated, for any interruption of or diminution in the quality or quantity of Building Services, including, without limitation, when the same is occasioned, in whole or in part, by (a) repairs, replacements, or improvements; (b) by inability to secure or limitation, curtailment, or rationing of, or restrictions on, use of electricity, gas, water, or other form of energy serving the Premises, the Building or the Project; (c) by any accident or casualty; (d) by act or Default by Tenant or other parties; or (e) by Force Majeure. No failure, delay or diminution in Building Services shall ever be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent or performing any of its obligations under this Lease (except as set forth below). Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure, delay or diminution of any Building Services.

 

  -14-  

 

Additionally, an “Abatement Event” shall be defined as an event that prevents Tenant from using the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of any failure to provide Building Services to the Premises, where (i) Tenant does not actually use the Premises or such portion thereof, and (ii) such event is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. Tenant shall give Landlord notice (“Abatement Notice”) of any such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues beyond the “Eligibility Period” (as that term is defined below), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Cost Allocation shall be abated entirely or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the Rentable Area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total Rentable Area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Cost Allocation for the entire Premises shall be abated entirely for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Cost Allocation allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the Rentable Area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total Rentable Area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord is diligently pursuing the restoration of such Building Services and Landlord provides substitute services reasonably suitable for Tenant’s purposes as reasonably determined by Landlord and Tenant, for example bringing in portable air conditioning or heating equipment, then there shall be no abatement of Base Rent or Tenant’s Cost Allocation. The term “Eligibility Period” shall mean a period of five (5) consecutive calendar days after Landlord’s receipt of the applicable Abatement Notice. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Cost Allocation shall be Tenant’s sole remedy for an Abatement Event. This paragraph shall not apply in case of damage to, or destruction of, the Premises or the Property, or any eminent domain proceedings which shall be governed by separate provisions of this Lease.

 

8.3 Extraordinary Demand. If Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s use of the Premises, Building and/or Project requires Landlord to provide increased levels of any Building Services (including security services), including but not limited to Tenant’s use of heat generating machines or equipment in the Premises that affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system, then upon not less than ten (10) Business Days (or such shorter period as is commercially reasonable given the circumstances) Landlord reserves the right to provide increased levels of such Building Services (including security services) as a result thereof, including the right to install supplementary air-conditioning units in the Premises; and the cost of any and all such increased Building Services (including, without limitation, the cost of installation, operation, and maintenance of any such supplementary air-conditioning units) shall be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord.

 

8.4 Customary Quantities. Tenant shall not consume water or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for the use of the Premises as general office space without first procuring the reasonable consent of Landlord, and in the event of consent, Landlord may install a water meter or electrical meter in the Premises to measure the amount of water or electric current consumed. Tenant shall bear the cost of any such meter and of its installation, maintenance, and repair, and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord promptly, upon demand, for all water and electric current consumed as shown by said meters at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility plus any additional reasonable expense incurred in keeping account of the water and electric current so consumed. If a separate meter is not installed, the excess cost for water and electric current shall be established by an estimate made by a utility company or electrical engineer hired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not use any apparatus or device in the Premises that uses in excess of 120 volts. Tenant shall not connect any apparatus with electric current except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises.

 

  -15-  

 

8.5 Separate Metering. Nothing in this Article shall restrict Landlord’s right to require at any time separate metering of utilities furnished to the Premises at Landlord’s sole cost; provided that the parties acknowledge that it is currently contemplated that the Premises will be separately metered by Landlord for electricity (other than electricity for the HVAC which is anticipated to be submetered).

 

8.6 Safety and Security Devices, Services, and Programs. The parties acknowledge that safety and security devices, services, and programs provided by Landlord, if any, while intended to deter crime and ensure safety, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts or ensure safety of persons or property. The risk that any safety or security device, service, or program may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s property and interests; and Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts and other losses. Tenant agrees to cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

 

8.7 Utility Deregulation. If permitted by applicable Law at any time in the future, Landlord shall have the right at any time and from time to time during the Term to either contract for electricity service from different companies providing electricity service (each such company shall hereinafter be referred to as an “Alternate Service Provider”), and the costs, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord to change such service shall be an Operating Cost hereunder (provided the cost of such electricity does not exceed the prevailing market rate charged by the municipal utility provider for such electricity). Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and any Alternate Service Provider at all times and, as reasonably necessary, to provide reasonable access to any electric facilities within the Premises. Tenant may not elect to use any electricity service provider other than the one designated by Landlord for the Building without the prior consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

8.8 Government Energy or Utility Controls. In the event of imposition of any government controls, rules, regulations, or restrictions on the use or consumption of energy or other utilities during the Term, both Landlord and Tenant shall be bound thereby, and the same shall not constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant. In the event of a difference in interpretation by Landlord and Tenant of any such controls, Landlord’s interpretation shall prevail, and Landlord shall have the right to enforce compliance therewith, including, without limitation, the right of entry into the Premises to effect compliance.

 

8.9 Telecommunications. Tenant and Tenant’s telecommunications companies, including but not limited to local exchange telecommunications companies and alternative access vendor services companies (“Telecommunications Companies”), shall have no right of access to or within the Project for the installation and operation of Tenant’s Telecommunications System without Landlord’s reasonable prior consent. All work with respect to Tenant’s Telecommunications System shall be subject to the terms of Article 11 of this Lease and such work shall be deemed to be an Alteration. Tenant will not use more than its proportionate share of the utility risers within the Building.

 

8.10 Generator. Subject to compliance with all recorded covenants, conditions, and restrictions, the provisions of all ground or underlying leases, now or hereafter affecting the Project and all applicable Laws and the provisions of this Section 2, Landlord shall permit Tenant to install and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a generator intended to supply back-up electricity to the Premises (the “Generator”). The Generator shall be used by Tenant only during (i) testing and regular maintenance (and all testing shall occur outside of business hours and upon a minimum of 48 hours advance notice to Landlord’s property manager so as not to disrupt other tenants of the Project), or (ii) any period of electrical power outage in the Premises. Tenant shall submit the specifications for design, operation, installation and maintenance of the Generator (and in no event shall the specifications include any below ground fuel storage tanks) for Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and may be conditioned on Tenant complying with such reasonable requirements imposed by Landlord, based on the advice of Landlord’s structural and mechanical engineers, so that the Building’s systems are not adversely affected, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s review and consent to such specifications. In addition, Tenant shall ensure that the Generator does not result in any Hazardous Materials being introduced to the Project. Further, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the Generator does not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Project or Building by other tenants. In the event another tenant of the Project or of a neighboring project complains in writing of problems caused by the Generator (including noise and/or exhaust complaints), Tenant shall take whatever steps are reasonably necessary to remedy the problem complained of, including removal of the Generator if another solution is not available. Tenant shall ensure that the design and installation of the Generator is performed in a manner so as to minimize or eliminate any noise or vibration caused by the Generator. Any repairs and maintenance of the Generator shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant and Landlord makes no representation or warranty with respect to the Generator. If Tenant is so notified by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove the Generator upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and repair all damage to the Project resulting from such removal. For purposes of the Lease, the Generator and the Generator Area shall be deemed part of the Premises, except for the casualty and condemnation provisions of this Lease and for determining Base Rent and Tenant’s Cost Allocation. Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay all costs of the Generator, including without limitation any costs arising from any Claims by and third party in connection with Tenant’s use of the Generator and the Generator Area. In connection with Tenant’s use of the Generator, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain and maintain (i) boiler and machinery insurance coverage, written on a cause of loss – special form (“all risks”) basis, for 100% of the replacement cost value new, without deduction for depreciation, of the Generator and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance, and (b) pollution legal liability insurance with a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate, and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Lease pertaining to insurance and the waiver of subrogation shall apply with respect to such insurance.

 

  -16-  

 

Tenant’s choice of contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) associated with the Generator shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Generator shall be installed and/or constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord and shall be performed and completed in compliance with all Laws, free of liens and without any claims for unpaid bills for material, labor or supplies. Landlord’s review of any plans and specifications as set forth in this Section shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, compliance with Law or other like matters (accordingly, notwithstanding that any plans and specifications are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance that may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in such plans and specifications). Tenant shall carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in a commercially reasonable amount covering the installation and/or construction of the Generator, it being understood and agreed that the Generator shall be insured by Tenant immediately upon completion thereof. Tenant’s contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) shall be licensed and carry worker’s compensation insurance covering all of their respective employees, and shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, including property damage, all with commercially reasonable limits in form and with companies as are reasonably approved by Landlord. Tenant’s contractor(s) and subcontractor(s) shall submit to Landlord a Certificate of Insurance naming Landlord, Landlord’s property management company and any other parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord executed permits, evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of final inspections of the Generator of all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Premises, and such invoices, certifications, affidavits, lien releases, and other documentation as Landlord may reasonably request, to be assured, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, that the Generator has been installed and/or constructed in compliance with Laws and in accordance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord and have been paid for by Tenant. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant may be performing the installation and/or construction of the Generator work during the Term, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent in connection with such work, nor shall any such work be deemed an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant. In the event Tenant elects to construct or install the Generator, Tenant shall prosecute such construction or installation continuously and diligently to completion as soon as reasonably possible. The rights granted under this Section are personal to the Named Tenant and shall not be applicable to any other Tenant, assignee, subtenant or other transferee or successor.

 

8.11 Tenant shall be entitled to install, as an initial Tenant Improvement or as an Alteration, dedicated heating, ventilation and air conditioning units (“Supplemental HVAC”) within or serving the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The plans and specifications for any Supplemental HVAC shall, as indicated in Article11 below and the Work Letter (as applicable), be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. If Tenant elects to install Supplemental HVAC within or serving the Premises, Tenant shall also install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, separate meters or at Landlord’s option, submeters, in order to measure the amount of electricity furnished to such units and Tenant shall be responsible for Landlord’s actual cost of supplying electricity to such units as reflected by such meters or submeters, which amounts shall be payable on a monthly basis as Additional Rent. Tenant shall be solely responsible for maintenance and repair of the Supplemental HVAC and such units shall, at Landlord’s option, be considered to be a fixture within the Premises and shall remain upon the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term or any applicable Extension Option.

 

  -17-  

 

ARTICLE 9

CONDITION OF THE PREMISES

 

Prior to the Possession Date, Landlord shall perform the Landlord Work, if any, as described in Exhibit E. Except as expressly provided in this Lease or in Exhibit E-1, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant is leasing the Premises on an “as is, where is” basis. Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be deemed conclusive evidence that, as of the date of taking possession, the Premises were in good order and satisfactory condition, except as expressly set forth herein and except for reasonable Punchlist Items delivered in accordance with Exhibit E. No promise of Landlord to alter, remodel, repair, or improve the Premises, the Building or the Project, and no representation, express or implied, respecting any matter or thing relating to the Premises, the Building, the Project or this Lease (including, without limitation, the condition thereof) have been made to Tenant by Landlord or its broker or sales agent, other than as may be expressly contained in this Lease. Promptly following the Possession Date, and Tenant’s receipt of the Permits (as defined in Exhibit E-1), Tenant shall construct the initial Tenant Improvements in the Premises as described in Exhibit E-1.

 

ARTICLE 10

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

 

10.1 Landlord’s Obligations. Landlord shall maintain in good order, condition, and repair the portions of the Building, the Project and the Premises that are not the obligation of Tenant or any other tenant in the Building. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any damage to or defective condition in any part or appurtenance of the Building Systems serving, located in, or passing through the Premises or any other damage that Landlord is obligated to repair. Tenant hereby waives and relinquishes any right Tenant may have under any applicable Law now or hereafter in effect to make any repairs at Landlord’s expense.

 

10.2 Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole expense, shall maintain, repair and replace the Premises as needed to keep all interior, non-structural portions of the Premises in good order, condition, and repair, including, without limitation, the following: (a) all plumbing and sewage facilities, including but not limited to all plumbing fixtures, pipes, fittings, or other parts of the plumbing system that exclusively serve the Premises; (b) all fixtures, interior walls, floors, carpets, draperies, window coverings, and ceilings; (c) all interior windows, doors, entrances, and plate glass; (d) all electrical wiring, facilities and equipment, including, without limitation, any nonstandard light fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, fans, vents, exhaust equipment, and systems that either (i) exclusively serve, or (ii) are located within and exclusively serve the Premises (it being agreed that anything inside of the walls of the Premises shall not be considered to be located within the Premises); and (e) any fire detection or extinguisher equipment that Landlord does not maintain.

 

10.3 Damage by Tenant. Except for ordinary wear and tear and subject to Section 18.7 below, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for any costs that Landlord may incur in making repairs and alterations in and to the Premises, the Building, Building Systems, the Project or facilities, systems or equipment of the Project (and in no event shall the provisions of Section 18.7 apply to such reimbursement obligation), where the need for such repairs or alterations is caused by any of the following: (a) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises in a fashion that contravenes any provision of this Lease; (b) the installation, removal, use, or operation of Tenant’s Property; (c) the moving of Tenant’s Property into or out of the Building; or (d) any misuse, tortious act, omission, or negligence of any Tenant Related Parties.

 

10.4 Load and Equipment Limits. Tenant shall not without Landlord’s consent place a load upon the Premises that exceeds the load per square foot, that the structural portions of the Premises were designed to carry, as determined by Landlord or Landlord’s structural engineer. Upon demand Tenant shall pay the cost of any such determination for items other than the equipment, library, files, and furniture originally approved by Landlord or by Landlord’s structural engineer.

 

  -18-  

 

ARTICLE 11

ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS

 

11.1 Tenant’s Alterations. Tenant shall not make any additions, alterations, or improvements (the “Alterations”) to the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord, which consent shall be requested by Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the commencement of any work and such request for consent shall include (A) Tenant’s proposed plans and specifications for the Alterations, (B) a detailed critical path construction schedule containing the major components of the Alterations and the time required for each, including the scheduled construction commencement date, milestone dates and the estimated completion date, (C) an itemized statement of estimated construction costs, including fees for permits and architectural and engineering fees, (D) evidence satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay the cost of the Alterations, (E) the names and addresses of Tenant’s contractors (and said contractors’ subcontractors) and materialmen to be engaged by Tenant for the Alterations (individually, a “Tenant Contractor,” and collectively, “Tenant’s Contractors”); however, Landlord may designate a list of approved contractors for any portions of the Alterations involving the Building’s structure or the Building Systems, from which Tenant must select its contractors for such portions of the Alterations (“Approved Contractors”), and (F) certificates of insurance, evidencing the insurance required under this Article 11. Landlord’s consent to the Alterations (and Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s plans and specifications therefor) shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and any changes or modifications to the Alterations or such plans or specifications thereafter shall require Landlord’s approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). Landlord’s review and approval of the plans and specifications for the Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with all Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right during the Term to make cosmetic Alterations as Tenant may reasonably deem desirable or necessary (the “Cosmetic Alterations”), without Landlord’s consent, provided that such Alterations (i) are not visible from outside of the Premises; (ii) do not affect the Building’s structure or any Building System; (iii) do not trigger any legal requirement which would require any alteration or improvements to the Building or Project; (iv) do not, in the aggregate, exceed $25,000 (for Alterations other than floor and wall covering) in any twelve (12) month period; and (v) do not require any license, permit or approval under applicable Law and do not result in the voiding of Landlord’s insurance, the increasing of Landlord’s insurance risk or the disallowance of sprinkler credits. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days prior written notice of such Cosmetic Alterations, which notice shall be accompanied by reasonably adequate evidence that such changes meet the foregoing criteria. Except as otherwise provided, the term “Alterations” shall include Cosmetic Alterations.

 

11.2 Construction Requirements. All Alterations shall be (a) performed under a valid permit when required, a copy of which shall be furnished to Landlord before commencement of construction, (b) performed in a good and workmanlike manner using only new, first class materials and Tenant shall obtain contractors’ warranties for a period of at least one (1) year against defects in materials and workmanship; (c) performed in compliance with all applicable Laws, all applicable standards of the American Insurance Association (formerly, the National Board of Fire Underwriters), the National Electrical Code, manufacturer’s specifications and Landlord’s construction rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit E-2 (the “Construction Rules”); (d) performed so as not to cause or create any jurisdictional or other labor disputes; (e) performed in such manner as not to obstruct access to the Project or the Common Areas or the conduct of business by Landlord or other tenants in the Project and coordinated with any other work in the Project by Landlord or its tenants in order to minimize interference with such work; (f) diligently prosecuted to completion; (g) if applicable, performed in a manner that will not adversely affect the Building’s and or Project’s “LEED” certification, Energy Star rating or other “green agency” rating; (h) performed (A) in compliance with USGBC indoor air quality standards and waste management specifications, and (B) if to the extent applicable, utilizing plumbing fixtures that comply with the EPA’s “Water Sense” program and Energy Star compliant equipment, and (i) performed by Tenant’s Contractors that are reasonably approved by Landlord and, at Landlord’s election, Landlord shall have the right to have at least one (1) additional contractor selected by Landlord (“Landlord’s Contractors”), submit a bid for the Alterations and Landlord shall notify Tenant of any Landlord’s Contractors it elects to have submit a bid for the Alterations at the time Landlord approves Tenant’s Contractors. If Landlord elects to have any Landlord’s Contractors submit a bid for the Alterations, then promptly after Tenant receives all bids, and based upon the bids submitted by Tenant’s Contractors and Landlord’s Contractor(s), Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its recommendation for the contractor to perform the Alterations.

 

  -19-  

 

Tenant agrees to (1) carry (or cause its general contractor to carry) Causes of Loss-Special Form Builder’s Risk or Installation Floater insurance with a limit of not less than the total cost of the Alterations, in such form and including such terms, conditions and deductibles as are acceptable to Landlord in its sole but reasonable discretion, covering the construction of such Alterations, and (2) cause all of Tenant’s Contractors to agree, in their construction contracts with Tenant, to meet all of the insurance requirements applicable to Tenant pursuant to Article 18 (including providing the certificates of insurance required thereunder). With respect to any Alterations performed after the completion of the initial Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a percentage of the cost of the Alterations (such percentage, which shall vary depending upon whether or not Tenant orders the work directly from Landlord, to be established by Landlord on a uniform basis for the Project but shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the cost of the work) sufficient to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s supervision of or involvement with the Alterations. Additionally, Tenant shall engage the services of an on-site project manager reasonably acceptable to Landlord, who shall perform daily supervision of the Alterations and who shall be familiar with Landlord’s construction procedures for the Project (including the Rules and Regulations and the Construction Rules). Landlord may require, at Landlord’s sole option, that Tenant provide to Landlord such security as reasonably determined by Landlord to protect Landlord against any liability in connection with any Alterations costing in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate, including but not limited to a lien and completion bond naming Landlord as a co-obligee. Promptly after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord “as-built” plans and specifications (including all working drawings) for the Alterations.

 

Landlord shall have the right to inspect the construction of the Alterations; however, Landlord’s failure to inspect any portion of the Alterations shall in no event constitute a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights under this Article 11, nor shall Landlord’s inspection of any portion of the Alterations constitute Landlord’s approval thereof. If, as a result of Landlord’s inspection, Landlord reasonably disapproves of any portion of the construction of the Alterations, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such disapproval and shall specify the items disapproved. In the event Landlord disapproves of any matter that might adversely affect any Building System, the structure or exterior appearance of the Building or any other tenant, Landlord may take such action as Landlord deems necessary, at Tenant’s expense and without incurring any liability on Landlord’s part, to correct any such matter, including, without limitation, causing the cessation of the applicable work.

 

11.3 Landlord’s Property; Removal. All fixtures, equipment, leasehold improvements (including the Tenant Improvements and any Alterations), and appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises at the commencement of or during the Term, whether or not by or at the expense of Tenant, other than Tenant’s Property, shall be and remain a part of the Premises, shall be the property of Landlord, and shall not be removed by Tenant, unless: (i) such removal is necessary to ensure that the Premises and Building comply with applicable code at the time of surrender, including but not limited to removal of wires located in risers and plenums without raceways or conduits; or (ii) Landlord notified Tenant in writing that removal would be required at least thirty (30) days prior to the Expiration Date (however, if this Lease terminates prior to the Expiration Date, such thirty (30) day period shall not apply). In each of the foregoing circumstances, Tenant shall perform such removal and repair any damage caused thereby at Tenant’s sole cost and expense prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant fails to perform such removal prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease Landlord may (but shall have no obligation) to perform such removal on Tenant’s behalf and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s costs incurred for such removal within ten (10) days of demand.

 

11.4 Lien Free Completion. Upon completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with full and final waivers of liens and contractors’ affidavits and statements, in such form as may be required by Landlord, Landlord’s title insurance company and any Mortgagee, from all parties performing labor or supplying materials or services in connection with the Alterations showing that all of said parties have been compensated in full. Additionally, if Tenant fails to make any payment relating to the Alterations, and Landlord reasonably determines that a lien could be filed based on such failure to pay, Landlord, at its option, may complete the Alterations and/or make such payment and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred therefor within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand.

 

  -20-  

 

11.5 Notices and Liens. Tenant agrees not to suffer or permit any lien of any mechanic or materialman to be placed or filed against the Premises, the Building or the Project. In case any such lien shall be filed, Tenant shall satisfy and release such lien of record within thirty (30) days (or such shorter period as may be required by any Mortgagee) after the earlier to occur of (a) receipt of notice thereof from Landlord; or (b) Tenant’s actual knowledge or notice of such lien filing. If Tenant shall fail to have such lien satisfied and released of record as provided herein, Landlord may, on behalf of Tenant, without being responsible for making any investigation as to the validity of such lien and without limiting or affecting any other remedies Landlord may have, pay the same and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for such amount together with any other reasonable costs of Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or Landlord shall have the right to deduct such costs from the Allowance (if any). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to contest any such lien claim diligently and in good faith, and during such contest shall not be obligated to pay such lien claim, provided that Tenant is not in breach of any of its obligations under this Lease and provided, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, bonds the lien, or transfers the lien from the Property to a bond pursuant to Section 713.76, Florida Statutes Notice is hereby given that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor, services, materials, supplies, skill, machinery, fixtures or equipment furnished to or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit and that no mechanic’s lien or any other lien for any such labor, services, materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures or equipment shall attach to or affect the estate or interest of Landlord in and to the Premises or the Project, or any portion thereof. In accordance with the Florida Construction Lien Law, including, without limitation, Section 713.10, Florida Statutes, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the interest of Landlord, whether real or personal, in and to the Premises, the Project or any part thereof shall not be subject to or chargeable with any liens for labor performed or material or services supplied in connection with any work or improvements performed or caused to be performed by or on behalf of Tenant or any Tenant Related Parties, and Tenant shall have no right, power or authority to create or allow to be created any such liens or liabilities regardless of whether Landlord has approved or consented to or required by the terms of the Lease, the undertaking of such work or other improvements; and this Lease hereby expressly prohibits any such liens or liability. All persons and entities contracting or otherwise dealing with Tenant relative to the Premises and the Project (“potential lienors”) are hereby placed on notice of the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, and Tenant shall give actual written notice to all such potential lienors, prior to the execution or publication of a notice of commencement relative to the Premises, time being strictly of the essence, that this Lease contains this provision prohibiting such liens and providing that the Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for any such liens, claims of lien, or notices of nonpayment. Each notice of commencement filed in connection with any such work or improvements performed or cause to be performed by or on behalf of Tenant or any Tenant Related Party, shall expressly provide that Tenant is the owner of a leasehold interest in the Premises, only, and that the Landlord’s fee interest in the Project shall not be subject to any lien in connection with such work or improvements; prior to the filing thereof, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a copy of each such notice of commencement, together with an express acknowledgment in writing, from the applicable contractor or other potential lienor, in form satisfactory to Landlord, that Landlord’s fee interest in the Project shall not be subject to any lien in connection with such work or improvements. The indemnity provisions of this Lease expressly extend to the consequences of Tenant’s failure to strictly abide by the requirements hereof. The property manager must be aware of the need to provide any contractor who makes a demand for it with a copy of the provision in the lease which copy has been verified as required. Before the actual commencement of any work for which a claim or lien may be filed, Tenant shall give Landlord notice of the intended commencement date at least ten (10) business days prior to commencing construction.

 

ARTICLE 12

CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD

 

Landlord reserves the following rights, exercisable without liability to Tenant for (a) damage or injury to property, person, or business; (b) causing an actual or constructive eviction from the Premises; or (c) disturbing Tenant’s use, possession, or beneficial and quiet enjoyment of the Premises:

 

12.1 Name. To change the name or street address of the Building or the Project without giving Tenant at least ninety (90) days’ prior notice, and Landlord shall not include the name of any tenant (other than Tenant) in the name of the Project.

 

12.2 Signage. To install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Building and the Project.

 

12.3 Keys. To have passkeys to the Premises and all doors within the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes.

 

12.4 Inspection and Entry. Landlord may enter the Premises on reasonable prior notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required) (a) to inspect the Premises; (b) to show the Premises to any prospective purchaser or Mortgagee of the Project, or to others having an interest in the Project or Landlord; (c) during the existence of a Default; (d) during the last six (6) months of the Term, to show the Premises to prospective tenants; (e) to make inspections, repairs, alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises or the Building (including, without limitation, checking, calibrating, adjusting, or balancing controls and other parts of the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning system); and (f) to take all steps as may be necessary or desirable for the safety, protection, maintenance, or preservation of the Premises or the Building or Landlord’s interest therein, or as may be necessary or desirable for the operation or improvement of the Building or in order to comply with Laws. During the exercise of Landlord’s rights pursuant to this Section 12.4, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and access to the Premises.

 

  -21-  

 

12.5 Renovations. Landlord may during the Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) the Building, the Premises, or the Project, including without limitation, Common Areas, Building Systems, roof, and structural portions of the Building. Renovations may include, without limitation, (a) modifying the Common Areas and tenant spaces to comply with applicable Laws, including, without limitation, regulations relating to the physically disabled, seismic conditions, and building safety and security; and (b) installing new carpeting, lighting, and wall coverings in the Common Areas. In connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Building or Project, including, without limitation, portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Building that may create noise, dust or leave debris. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or for any reason be liable to Tenant for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for inconvenience, annoyance or loss of the use of any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s Property resulting from the Renovations. During the exercise of Landlord’s rights pursuant to this Section 12.5, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use and access to the Premises

 

12.6 Common Areas. Landlord shall have the right to eliminate or change the size, location and arrangement of the Common Areas; to enter into, modify and terminate easements and other agreements pertaining to the use and maintenance of the Common Areas; to close all or any portion of the Common Areas as may be necessary to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any rights to any person or to the public therein; to close temporarily any or all portions of the Common Areas; and to do and perform such other acts in and to the Common Areas as Landlord shall determine to be advisable for the convenience and use thereof by owners, occupants, tenants and invitees of the Building.

 

12.7 Minimize Interference. In the exercise of the rights set forth in this Article 12, Landlord shall (except in an emergency) take reasonable steps to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business or access to the Premises or parking facility.

 

ARTICLE 13

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Tenant shall comply with (and cause all Tenant Related Parties to comply with) the Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible for any violation of the Rules and Regulations by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Project. All Rules and Regulations, whether now existing or hereafter adopted by Landlord, shall be nondiscriminatory in nature.

 

ARTICLE 14
TRANSFERS

 

Except as provided in this Article, Tenant shall not, without the prior reasonable consent of Landlord, make any Transfer.

 

14.1 Notice. Tenant shall notify Landlord of any proposed Transfer (a “Transfer Notice”). The date of the proposed Transfer must be not less than thirty (30) days or more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the Transfer Notice. The Transfer Notice shall include (a) the proposed effective date of the Transfer; (b) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”); (c) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including, without limitation, a calculation of the Transfer Premium (as defined below); (d) the name and address of the Transferee; (e) current financial statements of the Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof; (f) any other information reasonably requested that will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the Transferee and the nature of such Transferee’s business; and (g) the proposed use of the Subject Space. Landlord shall respond to any properly delivered Transfer Notice within thirty (30) days.

 

  -22-  

 

14.2 Fees. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay Landlord, concurrently with any request for consent a $1,000 administrative review and processing fee, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord for any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any request for consent.

 

14.3 Consent. Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Permitted Transfer. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any other proposed Transfer. It shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable Law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply, without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent:

 

14.3.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business that is not consistent with the quality of the Building.

 

14.3.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes that are not permitted under this Lease.

 

14.3.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof (unless such Transferee is already an occupant of the Building).

 

14.3.4 The Transfer will result in more than a reasonable and safe number of occupants per floor within the Subject Space.

 

14.3.5 The Transferee is not a party of acceptable financial worth or financial stability in light of the responsibilities involved under the Lease on the date consent is requested, as determined by Landlord.

 

14.3.6 The Transfer would cause a violation of another lease or any agreement to which Landlord is a party (including, without limitation, Section V of the PFA), or would give an occupant of the Building a right to cancel its lease.

 

14.3.7 Intentionally Omitted.

 

14.3.8 Either the Transferee or an Affiliate of the Transferee (a) occupies space in the Building at the time of the request for consent (and Landlord has available space in the Building); (b) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building at such time; or (c) has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6)-month period immediately preceding the Transfer Notice.

 

14.4 Completion of Transfer. If Landlord consents to any Transfer (and does not exercise any recapture rights Landlord may have under this Lease), Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, enter into the approved Transfer, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice. If there are any material changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (a) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer; or (b) that would cause the proposed Transfer to be materially (i.e., 5% or more based on the Net Effective Rent as defined below) more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article (including, without limitation, exercise any of recapture rights Landlord may have under this Lease). The term “Net Effective Rent” shall mean the rental rate, as adjusted to reflect the value of any free rent, tenant improvement allowance or similar monetary concessions.

 

  -23-  

 

14.5 Transfer Premium. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium received by Tenant. “Transfer Premium” shall mean (a) all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in excess of the Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease on a per rentable square foot basis; (b) all key money and bonus money paid by Transferee; and (c) any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee. The “Transfer Premium” shall (i) be reduced by all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with the Transfer, such as customary brokerage commissions and reasonable attorneys’ fees, Tenant improvement allowances, free rent, attorneys’ fees associated with such Transfer; and (ii) not include any compensation for the fair market value of Tenant’s Property nor reasonable compensation for the sale of Tenant’s business that is not attributable to the value of Tenant’s leasehold interest hereunder. Tenant shall pay the Transfer Premium to Landlord within five (5) days following actual receipt by Tenant. Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium. Within one (1) year following the date of the Transfer, Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer as necessary to confirm the calculation of the Transfer Premium. If the Transfer Premium shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate and Landlord’s costs of such audit. If the Transfer Premium has been understated by more than ten percent (10%), Landlord shall have the right to cancel this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant and Tenant shall indemnify Landlord from and against any and all Claims associated with such termination, including but not limited to any Claims by the Transferee.

 

14.6 Recapture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall have the option, by giving notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of any Transfer Notice, to recapture the Subject Space; provided that this right will not apply to any Permitted Transfer. Such recapture notice shall cancel and terminate this Lease with respect to the Subject Space as of the effective date of the proposed Transfer (or upon the demise of the Subject Space separate from the Premises (such work to be performed by Landlord) if the Subject Space being recaptured is less than the entire Premises). In the event of a recapture by Landlord, if this Lease shall be canceled with respect to less than the entire Premises, (i) the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis of the Rentable Area retained by Tenant in proportion to the Rentable Area of the Premises, and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect, and (ii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs incurred by Landlord to separately demise the Subject Space from the remainder of the Premises. Upon request of either party, the parties shall execute written confirmation of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to recapture the Subject Space, Tenant may, within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice thereof, deliver written notice to Landlord indicating that Tenant is rescinding its request for consent to the proposed Transfer, in which case such Transfer shall not be consummated and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises that was the subject of the Transfer. Tenant’s failure to so notify Landlord in writing within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s election to allow Landlord to recapture the Subject Space. The provisions of this Section 14.6 shall not apply to any Permitted Transfer.

 

14.7 Effect of Transfer. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (a) no terms or conditions of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived or modified; (b) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer; (c) no Transfer shall be valid, and no Transferee shall take possession of the Premises, until an executed counterpart of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer has been delivered to Landlord; and (d) no Transfer shall relieve Tenant or any Guarantor from primary liability under this Lease. The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any party shall not be deemed to be a waiver of Landlord of any provision hereof. In the event of Default by a Transferee in the performance of any of the terms hereof, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against such Transferee. Landlord may consent to subsequent assignments of the Lease or sublettings or amendments or modifications to the Lease by Transferees without notifying Tenant, and without obtaining its consent thereto, and any such actions shall not relieve Tenant of liability under this Lease and Tenant hereby consents to all or any of the foregoing. Any Transfer for which Landlord’s consent is required but not obtained pursuant hereto shall constitute a Default under this Lease and shall be void and, if such Transfer results in the insolvency of Tenant and/or Tenant is unable to pay its debts (including the Rent due hereunder) as such debts become due, then the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall be personal liabilities of the owners of the ownership interests in Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to look to such owners for the performance of all of the Tenant obligations under this Lease as if such owners had personally guaranteed this Lease.

 

  -24-  

 

14.8 Tenant Remedy for Landlord Refusal to Consent. Landlord and Tenant expressly agree that if the arbitrator (pursuant to the arbitration provision below) determines that Landlord unreasonably withheld consent to a proposed Transfer, Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedies therefor shall be (A) the consummation of such proposed Transfer (subject to the parties’ execution of a consent agreement in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties), or (B) if the arbitrator determines that Landlord withheld such consent in bad faith, seeking compensatory (but not consequential) monetary damages. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant hereby waives, relinquishes and releases any and all rights to damages of any kind (other than attorneys’ fees to which Tenant is entitled under Section 30.6 below), or the right to terminate this Lease under applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect.

 

If Tenant disputes the reasonableness of Landlord’s withholding of consent to any Transfer, then, Tenant may, as the sole method for resolving such dispute, submit such dispute to the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) for resolution in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules (Expedited Procedures) of the AAA (except that the terms of this Article shall supersede any conflicting or otherwise inconsistent rules) within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice of its withholding of consent to the Transfer in question. If Tenant does not submit such dispute to arbitration within such fifteen (15) day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s withholding of consent to the Transfer in question as reasonable. Provided the rules and regulations of the AAA so permit the following time periods shall apply (and if such rules and regulations do not so permit, the applicable time period set forth in such rules and regulations shall apply): (A) the AAA shall, within two (2) Business Days after such submission or application, select a single arbitrator having at least ten (10) years’ experience in leasing and management of commercial properties similar to the Building; (B) the arbitration shall commence two (2) Business Days thereafter and shall be limited to a total of seven (7) hours on the date of commencement until completion, with each party having no more than a total of two (2) hours to present its case and to cross-examine or interrogate persons supplying information or documentation on behalf of the other party; and (C) the arbitrator shall make a determination within three (3) Business Days after the conclusion of the presentation of Landlord’s and Tenant’s cases, which determination shall be limited solely to a decision as to whether or not Landlord acted reasonably in withholding its consent to the Transfer in question (and, if it is determined that Landlord acted unreasonably, a determination as to whether or not Landlord also acted in bad faith). The arbitrator’s determination shall be final and binding upon the parties, whether or not a judgment shall be entered in any court. All actions necessary to implement such decision shall be undertaken as soon as possible, but in no event later than ten (10) Business Days after the rendering of such decision. The arbitrator’s determination may be entered by either party in any court having jurisdiction thereof. All fees payable to the AAA for services rendered in connection with the resolution of the dispute shall be paid by the unsuccessful party. Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) arbitration under this paragraph shall apply only to the issue of whether or not Landlord reasonably withheld consent to a Transfer, and (ii) in no event shall any other issue or dispute under this Lease, including without limitation, a Default, be subject to resolution by arbitration pursuant to this paragraph.

 

14.9 Permitted Users. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14, Tenant shall be permitted to allow up to two (2) individual offices within the Premises to be used by other professionals or persons with whom Tenant has a business relationship, without the necessity of notifying Landlord of such use or obtaining Landlord’s consent thereto, and such use shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 (and Landlord’s rights under Sections 14.2, 14.3 14.4 and 14.5 shall not apply), provided that (a) Tenant does not enter into a formal space sharing agreement (including a sublease) with such user, in which case all of the provisions of this Article 14 shall apply; (b) Tenant shall not demolish or construct any demising walls in connection with such use; (c) such user’s use of the Premises shall not violate any Laws, including zoning ordinances, to which the Building is subject; and (d) such users shall operate in a manner consistent with the character of the Building as a first-class office project. The rights under this Section 14.9 shall be personal to Named Tenant and any Permitted Transferee thereof.

 

ARTICLE 15

DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE

 

15.1 Landlord Termination Rights. If the Premises or any portion of the Building or the Project is damaged by fire, earthquake, terrorism, act of war, act of God, the elements or other casualty, then Landlord may terminate this Lease upon notice given to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date of such casualty, effective as of the date of the casualty if (a) in Landlord’s opinion, repairs to the Premises cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days; (b) any other portion of the Building or the Project is damaged to the extent that, in Landlord’s opinion, repair thereof cannot be completed within ninety (90) days; (c) the Premises or any portion of the Building or the Project necessary for Tenant’s occupancy is damaged during the final twelve (12) months of the Term, unless Tenant shall exercise its next available extension option (if any) within ten (10) days following receipt of Landlord’s termination notice and Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to one of the other subsections herein within ten (10) days of such exercise; (d) the insurance proceeds available to Landlord are not sufficient to complete repair or restoration; (e) Landlord’s lender does not elect to make insurance proceeds available to Landlord for repair and restoration; or (f) Tenant has vacated the Premises or is in Default under this Lease.

 

  -25-  

 

15.2 Repairs. If this Lease is not terminated as provided above, it shall continue in full force and effect, and Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment, and subject to all other terms of this Article, restore the Premises, the Common Areas and the portions of the Project serving the Premises, but not any Tenant Improvements or Alterations. Further, if any Landlord Work included any above-Building standard improvements and the restoration of such above-Building standard improvements is not covered by the insurance proceeds received by Landlord, the cost of the restoration of such above-Building standard improvements shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s restoration thereof. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of such items as prior to the casualty, except for modifications (a) required by Law; (b) required by the holder of a mortgage on the Building, or the lessor of a ground or underlying lease with respect to the Property; or (c) to the Common Areas reasonably deemed desirable by Landlord, and which are consistent with the character of the Project. No such modifications shall materially impair access to the Premises and any Common Areas serving the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the repair, restoration, and replacement of the Tenant Improvements, any Alterations and Tenant’s Property as soon as reasonably possible following completely of Landlord’s repairs. Landlord shall not be liable for any loss of business, inconvenience, or annoyance arising from any casualty or any repair or restoration of any portion of the Premises, the Building, or the Project as a result of any damage from any casualty. All work by Tenant shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Article 11.

 

15.3 Tenant’s Termination Rights. Within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant (“Damage Repair Estimate”) of Landlord’s estimated assessment of the period of time in which the repairs will be completed, which assessment shall be based upon the written opinion of a contractor reasonably selected by Landlord and experienced in comparable repairs of first class office buildings which notice shall include a copy of the contractor’s written estimate. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and the Damage Repair Estimate indicates that repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced (the “Repair Period”), Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of the Damage Repair Estimate, to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord, effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after such notice. In addition, in the event that the Premises or the Building is destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after such casualty, in which event this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date of such notice. Tenant shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if Landlord does not complete repairs within the Repair Period by thirty (30) days’ notice to Landlord after the expiration of the Repair Period; provided however, if Landlord completes repair within such thirty (30) day period, such termination shall be nullified and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

15.4 Apportionment of Rent. Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to this Article, Tenant shall pay the Rent, properly apportioned up to such date of termination, and both parties hereto shall thereafter be freed and discharged of all further obligations hereunder, except as provided for in provisions of this Lease that by their terms survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

15.5 Abatement. The Rent shall abate on an equitable basis to the extent Tenant’s use of the Premises is impaired, commencing with the date of the casualty and continuing until one hundred twenty (120) days after completion of the repairs required of Landlord.

 

15.6 Express Agreement. This Lease shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage to or destruction of the Premises, the Building, or the Project by fire or other casualty; and any present or future Law that purports to govern the rights of Landlord and Tenant in such circumstances in the absence of express agreement is hereby waived by the parties and shall have no application.

 

  -26-  

 

ARTICLE 16

EMINENT DOMAIN

 

16.1 Entire Premises. If the whole of the Building or the Premises is lawfully taken by condemnation or in any other manner for any public or quasi-public purpose, this Lease shall terminate as of the earlier of the date of the date title vests or the date possession is given, and Rent shall be prorated to such date.

 

16.2 Partial Condemnation. If less than the whole of the Building or the Premises is so taken, this Lease shall be unaffected by such taking, except that (a) Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking if twenty percent (20%) or more of the Premises is taken and the remaining area of the Premises is not reasonably sufficient for Tenant to continue operation of its business; and (b) Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of such taking. If either Landlord or Tenant so elects to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall terminate on the thirtieth (30th) day after either such notice. Rent shall be prorated to the date of such termination. If this Lease continues in force upon such partial taking, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be equitably adjusted according to the remaining Rentable Area of the Premises and the Project.

 

16.3 Proceeds of Award. In the event of any taking, partial or whole, all of the proceeds of any award, judgment, or settlement payable by the condemning authority shall be the exclusive property of Landlord, whether awarded as compensation for the damages to Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Premises and whether or not awarded as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or to the fee of the Premises, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all of its right, title, and interest in any award, judgment, or settlement from the condemning authority. Tenant, however, shall have the right, to the extent that Landlord’s award is not reduced or prejudiced, to claim from the condemning authority (but not from Landlord) such compensation as may be recoverable by Tenant in its own right, including, without limitation, for relocation expenses, the unamortized cost of leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant and damage to Tenant’s Property and other separate award allowed by Law.

 

16.4 Repairs. In the event of a partial taking of the Premises that does not result in a termination of this Lease, Landlord shall restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to the condemnation or taking. Tenant shall be responsible at its sole cost and expense for the repair, restoration, and replacement of Tenant’s Property.

 

ARTICLE 17

INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER, RELEASE AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

17.1 Tenant’s Indemnity. Except for injury or damage (i) of a type that is covered by the waivers described in Section 18.7, or (ii) arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Related Party, Tenant will and does hereby indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Landlord Related Parties against and from any and all Claims that may be imposed upon, incurred by, or asserted against Landlord or any of the Landlord Related Parties and arising, directly or indirectly, out of or in connection with Tenant’s use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, except as set forth in Section 6.1 and Article 23, in no event shall Tenant be liable for indirect, consequential, or punitive damages, including, without limitation, any damages based on lost profits.

 

17.2 Assumption of Risk. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage or injury to any person or property in, on, or about the Premises from any cause other than the gross negligence, sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees. Tenant agrees that, unless expressly provided herein, no Landlord Related Parties will be liable for any loss, injury, death, or damage to persons or property resulting from any of the following, regardless of whether the same is due to the active or passive act of any Landlord Related Party: (a) theft; (b) Force Majeure; (c) any accident or occurrence in the Premises or any other portion of the Building or the Project caused by the Premises or any other portion of the Building or the Project being or becoming out of repair or by the obstruction, breakage or defect in or failure of equipment, pipes, sprinklers, wiring, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning or lighting fixtures of the Building or the Project or by broken glass or by the backing up of drains, or by gas, water, steam, electricity or oil leaking, escaping or flowing into or out of the Premises; (d) construction, repair or alteration of any other premises in the Building or the Premises, unless due solely to the gross negligence, sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord; (e) business interruption or loss of use of the Premises; (f) any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure erected on the Land or any land adjacent to the Project, even if Landlord is the adjacent land owner; (g) mold or indoor air quality; or (h) any acts or omissions of any other tenant, occupant or visitor of the Building or the Project. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable for indirect, consequential, or punitive damages, including, without limitation, any damages based on lost profits. None of the foregoing shall be considered a constructive eviction of Tenant, nor shall the same entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent.

 

  -27-  

 

17.3 Limitation of Landlord Liability. Neither Landlord nor any Landlord Related Party shall have any personal liability with respect to any of the provisions of the Lease, or the Premises. If Landlord is in breach or default with respect to Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, Tenant shall look solely to the interest of Landlord in the Project for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies or judgments. No other real, personal, or mixed property of any Landlord Related Parties, wherever situated, shall be subject to levy to satisfy such judgment. Upon any Transfer of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in the Project, the transferring Landlord shall have no liability or obligation for matters arising under this Lease from and after the date of such Transfer.

 

17.4 Landlord’s Indemnity. Except for injury or damage (i) of a type that is covered by the waivers described in Section 18.7, or (ii) arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Related Party, Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns from and against any Claims (but excluding claims for consequential damages or lost profits), to the extent (a) arising or resulting from any negligent act or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors acting within the scope of their employment, or (b) resulting from any occurrence in the Common Area.

 

ARTICLE 18
INSURANCE

 

18.1 Landlord Required Coverage. Landlord shall procure and maintain during the Term, (i) a policy or policies of commercial property insurance covering the Project for full replacement value (excluding portions of the Project Tenant is required to insure under Section 18.2.2), (ii) commercial general liability insurance with minimum limits of at least $2,000,000 combined single limit which names Tenant as an “additional insured lessee”, (iii) business income/rental value insurance, and (iv) any other insurance deemed appropriate by Landlord or its Mortgagee and customarily carried by owners of comparable properties in the vicinity of the Project. Landlord will provide thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the cancellation or modification of such commercial general liability insurance policy. Except as otherwise provided herein, such insurance shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such terms and conditions as Landlord or its Mortgagee may deem appropriate from time to time, so long as such amounts, terms and conditions shall be generally consistent with the amounts, terms and conditions carried by other institutional landlords of projects similar to the Project in the greater Delray Beach area. All insurance maintained by Landlord shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall cause its respective insurance policy(ies) to be endorsed, if necessary, to waive subrogation.

 

18.2 Tenant Required Coverage. Tenant shall procure and maintain in full force and effect throughout the term of the lease the following coverages in the following amounts.

 

18.2.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance covering Tenant against any claims or suits arising out of bodily injury, death, personal injury or property damage arising out of Tenant’s operations, assumed liabilities or use of the Premises, for a combined single limit of liability of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate for this location and including premises and operations liability, personal and advertising injury, products and completed operations and contractual liability (these limits may be achieved by a combination of a primary policy and a “follow form” excess or umbrella liability policy). Such insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord and additional obligations as required in Section 18.3 below.

 

  -28-  

 

18.2.2 Commercial Property Insurance covering (a) Tenant’s Property, and (b) any improvements and Alterations, including the Tenant Improvements, made by Tenant or at Tenant’s request. Such insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord and shall be written on a “Causes of Loss – Special Form” basis (or its equivalent), for the full replacement cost (as reasonably approved by Landlord) without deduction for depreciation, and shall include coverage for theft, vandalism, malicious mischief and sprinkler leakage. Such policy shall have a deductible not greater than Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($50,000.00). The proceeds of such insurance shall be used for the repair or replacement of the property so insured. Upon termination of this Lease following a casualty as set forth herein any proceeds under (a) shall be paid to Tenant and any proceeds under (b) in excess of Tenant’s unamortized cost associated therewith shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have the option at any time, upon three (3) months’ notice to Tenant, to procure property insurance covering leasehold improvements on all the premises throughout the Building, and Tenant shall thereafter pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the premium of such policy as an element of Project Operating Costs.

 

18.2.3 Business Income and Extra Expense insurance (or its equivalent) in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises or to the Building as a result of such perils, for a period of not less than twelve (12) months. Such insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation endorsement in favor of Landlord.

 

18.2.4 Statutory worker’s compensation as required by applicable Law. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of such endorsement concurrent with providing its evidence of insurance required under Section 18.4 below.

 

18.3 Form of Policies. The insurance required by Section 18.2.1 above shall (a) name Landlord, Landlord’s property management agent and at Landlord’s request, any Mortgagee, each as an additional insured by endorsement(s) reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (b) cover, to the extent insurable, Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease; (c) be issued by an insurance company having an A.M. Best rating of not less than A- VIII or that is otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord; (d) be primary, not contributing with, and not in excess of, coverage that Landlord may carry; and (e) contain a separation of insureds provision and no insured vs. insured exclusion or limitation. Tenant agrees that it shall (x) cause such policies to be endorsed to provide thirty (30) days’ prior written notice by the insurer(s) to Landlord in the event said insurance is cancelled (ten (10) days’ prior written notice in the event of cancellation for non-payment of premium), and (y) provide thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord in the event said insurance shall be canceled, non-renewed or coverage reduced.

 

18.4 Evidence of Insurance. Tenant shall deliver a copy of each paid-up policy or, at Landlord’s option, a certificate of insurance, together with additional insured and waiver of subrogation endorsements, all of which shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each insurance policy required hereunder on or before the Possession Date. Landlord may, at any time and from time to time, inspect or copy any insurance policies that this Lease requires Tenant to maintain. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with renewals, certificates, or “binders” at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration thereof. Tenant agrees that, if Tenant does not obtain and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) after five (5) Business Days’ notice to Tenant during which time Tenant does not supply Landlord evidence of the required insurance, at Landlord’s option, either (a) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and charge Tenant the premiums therefor, payable upon demand, or (b) charge Tenant a non-compliance fee equal to five percent (5%) of the then-current monthly Base Rent for each month, or portion thereof, that Tenant fails to provide such evidence of the required insurance. Tenant shall have the right to provide the insurance required hereunder pursuant to blanket policies obtained by Tenant, provided such blanket policies afford coverage as required by this Lease.

 

18.5 Additional Insurance Obligations. Landlord may require (a) that Tenant obtain additional types of insurance, including but not limited to earthquake, sprinkler leakage by earthquake, environmental and terrorism insurance to the extent such coverages are either (i) standard for similar properties in the same geographic area as the Property and are available at commercially reasonable rates, or (ii) are otherwise reasonably required by Landlord or the Mortgagee; and (b) from time to time, but not more frequently than every three (3) years during the Term, increases in the policy limits for all insurance to be carried by Tenant as set forth herein, in order to reflect standard limits for similar properties.

 

  -29-  

 

18.6 Independent Obligations. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that their respective insurance obligations under this Lease are independent of their respective indemnity obligations, liabilities and duties under this Lease.

 

18.7 Waiver of Subrogation. Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding (other than as provided in Section 10.3 above), Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or cause of action against the other for any loss or damage to any property of Landlord or Tenant, arising from any cause that (a) would be insured against under the terms of any property insurance or business interruption insurance required to be carried hereunder; or (b) is insured against under the terms of any property insurance or business interruption insurance actually carried, regardless of whether the same is required hereunder. The foregoing waiver shall apply regardless of the cause or origin of such claim, including but not limited to the negligence of a party, or such party’s agents, officers, employees or contractors. The foregoing waiver shall not apply if it would have the effect, but only to the extent of such effect, of invalidating any insurance coverage of Landlord or Tenant. The foregoing waiver shall also apply to any deductible and/or self-insured retention, as if the same were a part of the insurance recovery.

 

ARTICLE 19
DEFAULT

 

19.1 Tenant’s Default. A “Default” shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:

 

19.1.1 Tenant’s failure to pay any Rent within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord that the same is overdue; however, in no event shall Landlord be required to give such written notice more than two (2) times in any given twelve (12) month period and thereafter during such twelve (12) month period Tenant shall be in Default if Tenant fails to pay Rent within ten (10) days of the due date therefor.

 

19.1.2 If any material representation or warranty made by Tenant or any Guarantor to Landlord is false in any material respect when made.

 

19.1.3 Tenant fails to deliver any estoppel certificates or subordination agreements within five (5) Business Days after notice that the same was not delivered when due.

 

19.1.4 The levy of a writ of attachment or execution on this Lease or on any of Tenant’s property or that of any Guarantor.

 

19.1.5 Tenant’s or any Guarantor’s general assignment for the benefit of creditors or arrangement, composition, extension, or adjustment with its creditors.

 

19.1.6 Tenant or any Guarantor becomes insolvent or bankrupt or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature.

 

19.1.7 Proceedings for the appointment of a trustee, custodian or receiver of Tenant or any Guarantor or for all or a part of Tenant’s or such Guarantor’s property are filed by or against Tenant or any Guarantor, and, if filed against Tenant or such Guarantor involuntarily, are not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing.

 

19.1.8 Proceedings in bankruptcy, or other proceedings for relief under any law for the relief of debtors, are instituted by or against Tenant or any Guarantor, and, if instituted against Tenant or such Guarantor involuntarily, are not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing.

 

19.1.9 Intentionally Deleted.

 

19.1.10 Intentionally Deleted.

 

  -30-  

 

19.1.11 Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises in violation of Section V of the PFA.

 

19.1.12 Tenant fails to perform any other covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Lease not covered by the preceding subsections, where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or such additional period as is reasonably necessary to effect cure, provided Tenant commences cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues the same to completion.

 

19.1.13 Intentionally Deleted.

 

19.1.14 Tenant shall violate or otherwise fail to comply with the provisions of any applicable Law or Laws, including, without limitation, the Site Specific Agreements such as the Tri-Party Agreement, the PFA and the PCSA (specifically, and again without limitation, the Local Employment Program provisions thereof).

 

Any notice periods provided for under this Section shall run concurrently with any statutory notice periods and any notice given hereunder may be given simultaneously with or incorporated into any such statutory notice.

 

19.2 Landlord’s Default. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of the need for any repairs or action with respect to other matters that are Landlord’s obligation under this Lease. If Landlord fails to perform any covenant, condition, or agreement contained in this Lease within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice from Tenant, or if such default cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, and if Landlord fails to commence to cure within such thirty (30) day period or to diligently prosecute the same to completion, then subject to the other limitations set forth elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any damages sustained by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s breach; provided that in no event shall (a) Landlord be liable for indirect, consequential or punitive damages, including without limitation, any damages based on lost profits; or (b) Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease on account of a Landlord default. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, Tenant shall not have the right to withhold, reduce or offset any amount against any payments of Rent or any other charges due and payable under this Lease unless Tenant has obtained a final, non-appealable judgment against Landlord for the amount due. Subject to the terms of this Section 19.2, the rights given to Tenant in this Section shall be in addition and supplemental to all other rights or remedies that Tenant may have under this Lease and under applicable Laws or in equity.

 

ARTICLE 20

LANDLORD REMEDIES AND DAMAGES

 

20.1 Remedies. In the event of a Default, then in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s option, without further notice or demand of any kind, to do any or all of the following without prejudice to any other remedy that Landlord may have:

 

20.1.1 Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by giving notice to Tenant. Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may re-enter the Premises and take possession thereof and expel or remove Tenant and any other party who may be occupying the Premises, or any part, thereof, whereupon Tenant shall have no further claim to the Premises or under this Lease.

 

20.1.2 Continue this Lease in full force and effect, whether or not Tenant has vacated or abandoned the Premises, and sue upon and collect any unpaid Rent or other charges, that have or thereafter become due and payable.

 

20.1.3 Continue this Lease in effect, but terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and re-enter the Premises and take possession thereof, whereupon Tenant shall have no further claim to the Premises without the same constituting an acceptance of surrender.

 

20.1.4 In the event of any re-entry or retaking of possession by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, (a) to expel or remove Tenant and any other party who may be occupying the Premises, or any part thereof; and (b) to remove all or any part of Tenant’s or any other occupant’s property on the Premises and to place such property in storage at a public warehouse at the expense and risk of Tenant.

 

  -31-  

 

Landlord may relet the Premises without thereby avoiding or terminating this Lease (if the same has not been previously terminated), and Tenant shall remain liable for any and all Rent and other charges and expenses hereunder. For the purpose of reletting, Landlord is authorized to make such repairs or alterations to the Premises as may be necessary in the sole discretion of Landlord for the purpose of such reletting, and if a sufficient sum is not realized from such reletting (after payment of all costs and expenses of such repairs, alterations and the expense of such reletting (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney and brokerage fees) and the collection of rent accruing therefrom) each month to equal the Rent, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency each month upon demand therefor. Actions to collect such amounts may be brought from time to time, on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until the expiration of the Term.

 

20.1.5 Without any further notice or demand, Landlord may enter upon the Premises, if necessary, without being liable for prosecution or claim for damages therefor, and do whatever Tenant is obligated to do under the terms of the Lease. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within ten (10) days after demand for any reasonable expenses that Landlord may incur in effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. Tenant further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to Tenant from such action, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord (but subject to the other limitations on Landlord’s liability set forth in this Lease). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord will have no obligation to cure any Default of Tenant.

 

20.1.6 Landlord shall at all times have the right, without prior demand or notice except as required by Law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof, without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of any legal remedy or irreparable harm.

 

20.1.7 To the extent permitted by applicable Law, Landlord shall have the right, without notice to Tenant, to change or re-key all locks to entrances to the Premises, and Landlord shall have no obligation to give Tenant notice thereof or to provide Tenant with a key to the Premises.

 

20.1.8 The rights given to Landlord in this Article are cumulative and shall be in addition and supplemental to all other rights or remedies that Landlord may have under this Lease and under applicable Laws or in equity.

 

20.2 Damages. Should Landlord elect to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession under the provisions above, Landlord may recover the following damages from Tenant:

 

20.2.1 Past Rent. The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent that had been earned at the time of termination; plus

 

20.2.2 Rent Prior to Award. The worth at the time of the award of the unpaid Rent that would have been earned after termination, until the time of award; plus

 

20.2.3 Rent After Award. The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, if any; plus

 

20.2.4 Proximately Caused Damages. Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), incurred by Landlord in (a) retaking possession of the Premises; (b) maintaining the Premises after Default; (c) preparing the Premises or any portion thereof for reletting to a new tenant, including, without limitation, any repairs or alterations, whether for the same or a different use; and (d) reletting the Premises, including but not limited to, advertising expenses, brokers’ commissions and fees.

 

  -32-  

 

20.2.5 Other Damages. At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Law.

 

As used in Sections 20.2.1 and 20.2.2, the phrase “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by adding interest on all such sums from the date when originally due at the Interest Rate. As used in Section 20.2.3, the phrase “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by discounting the sum in question at the Federal Reserve rate promulgated by the Federal Reserve office for the district in which the Project is located, plus one percent (1%).

 

20.3 Rent after Termination. Tenant specifically acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to continue to collect Rent after any termination (whether said termination occurs through eviction proceedings or as a result of some other early termination pursuant to this Lease) for the remainder of the Term, less any amounts collected by Landlord from the reletting of the Premises, but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of any such rents collected over the Rent, but such excess shall be applied to Tenant’s liability hereunder.

 

20.4 No Termination. A termination of this Lease by Landlord or the recovery of possession of the Premises by Landlord or any voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger and shall at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing franchises or concessions, licenses, permits, subleases, subtenancies or the like between Tenant and any third party with respect to the Premises, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest in same. Following a Default, Landlord shall have the right to require any subtenants to pay all sums due under their subleases directly to Landlord.

 

20.5 Waiver of Demand and Notice. All demands for Rent and all other demands, notices and entries, whether provided for under common law or otherwise, that are not expressly required by the terms hereof, are hereby waived by Tenant.

 

20.6 Waiver of Redemption. Tenant hereby waives, relinquishes and releases for itself and for all those claiming under Tenant any right of occupancy of the Premises following termination of this Lease, and any right to redeem or reinstate this Lease by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ.

 

20.7 Deficiency. If it is necessary for Landlord to bring suit in order to collect any deficiency, Landlord shall have the right to allow such deficiencies to accumulate and to bring an action on several or all of the accrued deficiencies at one time. Any such suit shall not prejudice in any way the right of Landlord to bring a similar action for any subsequent deficiency or deficiencies.

 

20.8 Counterclaim. Tenant hereby waives any right to plead any non-mandatory counterclaim, offset or affirmative defense in any action or proceedings brought by Landlord against Tenant for the recovery of possession based upon the non-payment of Rent. The foregoing shall not, however, be construed as a waiver of Tenant’s right to assert any claim in a separate action brought by Tenant against Landlord. In the event Tenant must, because of applicable court rules or statutes, interpose any counterclaim or other claim against Landlord in such proceedings, Landlord and Tenant agree that, in addition to any other lawful remedy of Landlord, upon motion of Landlord, such counterclaim or other claim asserted by Tenant shall be severed from the proceedings instituted by Landlord (and, if necessary, transferred to a court of different jurisdiction), and the proceedings instituted by Landlord may proceed to final judgment separately and apart from and without consolidation with or reference to the status of any such counterclaim or any other claim asserted by Tenant.

 

20.9 Mitigation of Damages. Both Landlord and Tenant shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages resulting from a default of the other party under this Lease; provided that any failure by Landlord to mitigate damages in accordance with the foregoing shall not give rise to any liability of Landlord for breach of this Lease, but shall only serve to reduce the recovery by Landlord by the amount of damages that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided. Subject to the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to mitigate damages after a Default shall be satisfied in full if Landlord undertakes to lease the Premises to another tenant (a “Substitute Tenant”) in accordance with the following criteria:

 

20.9.1 Landlord shall have no obligation to solicit or entertain negotiations with any Substitute Tenant until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises including, without limitation, the final and unappealable legal right to relet the Premises free of any claim of Tenant for possession.

 

  -33-  

 

20.9.2 Landlord shall not be obligated to offer the Premises to a Substitute Tenant when other premises in the Project suitable for that tenant’s use are (or soon will be) available.

 

20.9.3 Landlord shall not be obligated to lease the Premises to a Substitute Tenant for a rental amount less than the current fair market rental then prevailing for similar uses in comparable buildings in the same market area as the Project, nor shall Landlord be obligated to enter into a new lease under other terms and conditions that are unacceptable to Landlord under Landlord’s then current leasing policies for comparable space in the Project.

 

20.9.4 Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with any Substitute Tenant whose use would:

 

1 Disrupt the tenant mix or balance of the Project;

 

2 Violate any restriction, covenant, or requirement contained in the lease of another tenant of the Project or any other agreement to which Landlord is a party;

 

3 Be incompatible with the operation of the Project as a first-class project.

 

20.9.5 Landlord shall not be obligated to enter into a lease with any Substitute Tenant that does not have, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, sufficient financial resources or operating experience to operate the Premises in a first-class manner.

 

20.9.6 Landlord shall not be required to expend any amount of money to alter, remodel, or otherwise make the Premises suitable for use by a Substitute Tenant unless:

 

1 Tenant pays any such sum to Landlord in advance of Landlord’s execution of a lease with such Substitute Tenant (which payment shall not be in lieu of any damages or other sums to which Landlord may be entitled as a result of Tenant’s Default); or

 

2 Landlord determines that any such expenditure is financially justified in connection with entering into any such lease.

 

20.9.7 Upon compliance with the above criteria regarding the releasing of the Premises after a Default, Landlord shall be deemed to have fully satisfied Landlord’s obligation to mitigate damages under this Lease and under any Law, and Tenant waives and releases, to the fullest extent legally permissible, any right to assert in any action by Landlord to enforce the terms of this Lease, any defense, counterclaim, or rights of setoff or recoupment respecting the mitigation of damages by Landlord, unless and to the extent Landlord maliciously or in bad faith fails to act in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Until Landlord is able, through such efforts, to relet the Premises, Tenant must pay to Landlord, on or before the first day of each calendar month, the monthly Rent and any other charges provided in this Lease. No such reletting shall be construed as an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless Landlord gives Tenant a notice of such intention. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.

 

ARTICLE 21
BANKRUPTCY

 

21.1 In the event a petition is filed by or against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, Tenant, as debtor and debtor in possession, and any trustee who may be appointed agree to adequately protect Landlord as follows:

 

21.1.1 to pay monthly in advance on the first day of each month as reasonable compensation for use and occupancy of the Premises an amount equal to all Rent due pursuant to this Lease;

 

  -34-  

 

21.1.2 Lease is either rejected or assumed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

21.1.3 to determine within one hundred twenty (120) days after the filing of such petition whether to assume or reject this Lease;

 

21.1.4 to give Landlord at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice, unless a shorter period is agreed to in writing by the parties, of any proceeding relating to any assumption of this Lease;

 

21.1.5 to give at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice of any vacation or abandonment of the Premises, any such vacation or abandonment to be deemed a rejection of this Lease; and

 

21.1.6 to do all other things to benefit Landlord otherwise required under the Bankruptcy Code.

 

This Lease shall be deemed rejected in the event of the failure to comply with any of the above.

 

21.2 In order to provide Landlord with the assurance contemplated by the Bankruptcy Code, the following obligations must be fulfilled, in addition to any other reasonable obligations that Landlord may require, before any assumption of this Lease is effective: (a) all monetary Defaults under this Lease must be cured within ten (10) days after the date of assumption; (b) all other Defaults (other than those arising solely on account of the bankruptcy filing) must be cured within fifteen (15) days after the date of assumption; and (c) all actual monetary losses incurred by Landlord (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees) must be paid to Landlord within ten (10) days after the date of assumption.

 

21.3 In the event this Lease is assumed in accordance with the requirements of the Bankruptcy Code and this Lease, and is subsequently assigned, then, in addition to any other reasonable obligations that Landlord may require and in order to provide Landlord with the assurances contemplated by the Bankruptcy Code, Landlord must be provided with (a) a financial statement of the proposed assignee prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, though on a cash basis, which reveals a net worth in an amount sufficient, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to assure the future performance by the proposed assignee of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; or (b) a written guaranty by one or more guarantors with financial ability sufficient to assure the future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, such guaranty to be in form and content satisfactory to Landlord and to cover the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease.

 

21.4 Neither Tenant nor any trustee who may be appointed in the event of the filing of a petition under the Bankruptcy Code shall conduct or permit the conduct of any “fire,” “bankruptcy,” “going out of business” or auction sale in or from the Premises.

 

ARTICLE 22
LIEN WAIVER

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, if Tenant desires to grant or assign a mortgage or other security interest secured by Tenant’s Property and requests that Landlord execute a lien waiver in connection therewith, Landlord shall, subject to Landlord’s Mortgagee’s approval, waive its lien right pursuant to a commercially reasonable waiver agreement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s costs to review and execute such documents, in an amount not to exceed $1,500.00 per document request

 

ARTICLE 23
HOLDING OVER

 

If, after expiration of the Term, Tenant remains in possession of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord, Landlord may, at its option, serve notice upon Tenant that such hold over constitutes either: (a) a month-to-month tenancy upon all the provisions of this Lease (except as to Term and Base Rent); or (b) a tenancy at sufferance. If Landlord does not give said notice, Tenant’s hold over shall create a tenancy at sufferance, subjecting Tenant to all the covenants and obligations of this Lease. In either event, the monthly installments of Base Rent shall be increased to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly installments of Base Rent in effect at the expiration of the Term. If a month-to-month tenancy is created, either party may terminate such tenancy by giving the other party at least thirty (30) days advance notice of the date of termination. Additionally, if Tenant shall hold over without the consent of Landlord, then Tenant shall also protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all Claims resulting from retention of possession by Tenant, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost rents and profits to Landlord resulting therefrom. The provisions of this Article shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any right of re-entry as otherwise available to Landlord, nor shall receipt of any rent or any other act appearing to affirm the tenancy operate as a waiver of the right to terminate this Lease for a breach by Tenant hereof.

 

  -35-  

 

ARTICLE 24

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

 

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises to Landlord broom-clean and in the same condition as on the date Tenant took possession (a) except for reasonable wear and tear, loss by fire or other casualty and loss by condemnation, and (b) with all removal, restoration and/or repairs required pursuant to Section 11.3 above and this Article 24 completed. Tenant’s Property shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term; provided that, if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or to the Building resulting from such removal. If Tenant abandons or surrenders the Premises or is dispossessed by process of law or otherwise, any of Tenant’s Property left on the Premises shall be deemed abandoned, and, at Landlord’s option, title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. If Landlord elects to remove all or any part of such Tenant’s Property, the reasonable cost of removal, storage and disposal of Tenant’s Property, including, without limitation, repairing any damage to the Premises or Building caused by such removal, shall be paid by Tenant. On the Expiration Date, Tenant shall surrender all keys, parking cards and other means of entry to the Premises, the Building and the Project, and shall inform Landlord of the combinations and access codes for any locks and safes located in the Premises. It is specifically agreed that any and all telephonic, coaxial, ethernet, or other computer, word processing, facsimile, or electronic wiring (“Telecom Wiring”) and any other components of Tenant’s Telecommunications System shall be removed at Tenant’s cost at the expiration of the Term, unless Tenant elects to leave the Telecom Wiring in place, whereupon the Telecom Wiring shall be surrendered with the Premises as Landlord’s property.

 

ARTICLE 25

BROKERAGE FEES

 

Landlord and Tenant each warrant and represent that it has not dealt with any real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease or its negotiation except as set forth on the Lease Summary. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any Claims for any compensation, commission, or fees claimed by any other real estate broker or agent in connection with this Lease (including but not limited to any expansions of the Premises and extensions) or its negotiation.

 

ARTICLE 26
NOTICES

 

Any notice, demand, request, consent, covenant, approval or other communication to be given by one party to the other must be in writing and (except for statements and invoices to be given in the ordinary course hereunder, which may be sent by regular U.S. Mail) (a) delivered personally; (b) mailed by certified United States mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (except for statements and invoices to be given in the ordinary course hereunder, which may be sent by regular U.S. Mail); (c) sent by nationally recognized overnight courier; or (d) sent by telecopy and confirmed by one of the other methods set forth herein. The effective date of notice shall be (i) for any notice delivered in person, the date of delivery; (ii) for any notice by U.S. mail, three (3) days after the date of certification thereof; (iii) for any notice by overnight courier, the next Business Day after deposit with the courier; and (iv) for any notice by telecopy, the date of confirmation of receipt, if before 5:00 p.m. at the location delivered, or the next day if after 5:00 p.m. All notices shall be delivered or addressed to the parties at their respective addresses set forth on the Lease Summary. Either party may change the address at which it desires to receive notice upon giving notice of such request to the other party in the manner provided herein.

 

  -36-  

 

ARTICLE 27

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

ARTICLE 28
SIGNAGE

 

28.1 Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost and expense, to identification signage outside of the Premises on the floor on which the Premises are located. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Tenant leases an entire floor of the Building, Tenant may elect to install a sign identifying Tenant in the elevator lobby of such full floor, subject to Landlord’s reasonable prior approval of such signage. The location, quality, design, style, lighting and size of such signage shall be consistent with the Landlord’s Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval.

 

28.2 Landlord shall pay all costs of fabrication and installation of one (1) line on the Building directory to display Tenant’s name and location in the Building, which shall be consistent with the Landlord’s Building standard signage program and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval. Any changes to the signage initially provided by Landlord and requested by Tenant shall be at Tenant’s expense.

 

28.3 No other signage shall be permitted without the prior consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. If Landlord grants such consent, the signage will be at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not affix, paint, erect, or inscribe any sign, projection, awning, signal, or advertisement of any kind to any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, the inside or outside of windows or doors, without the consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right to remove any signs or other matter installed without Landlord’s permission without being liable to Tenant by reason of such removal and to charge the reasonable cost of removal to Tenant, payable within ten (10) days of written demand by Landlord.

 

28.4 Any damage to any portion of the Project upon installation, maintenance, or removal of Tenant signage shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility. Upon removal of Tenant’s signage, the area affected thereby shall be repaired and restored pursuant to Landlord’s specifications to a condition acceptable to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole expense. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant will remove all of its signage. More specifically, with respect to any exterior sign (at such time as such exterior sign is removed) and/or any top building sign (if ever installed by Tenant), Tenant shall repair and/or replace, in a manner satisfactory to Landlord, the portion of the Building (and the building materials) affected by the applicable sign and its removal, so that such areas and materials are restored to a condition consistent with the remainder of the exterior of the Building. Depending on the design of any sign installed by or for Tenant, Landlord may require a deposit in the amount determined by Landlord to be the cost of the removal of such sign and repair and restoration of the façade or other portion of the Building exterior.

 

ARTICLE 29

LENDER PROVISIONS

 

29.1 Subordination. Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, there is no mortgage or deed of trust on the Project which is prior or superior to the rights of Tenant herein. This Lease is subject and subordinate to all future ground or underlying leases of the Property and to the lien of any mortgages, deeds to secure debt or trust deeds, now or hereafter in force against the Property or the Building, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof (collectively, “Mortgages”), and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such Mortgages; provided that such subordination is conditioned upon Tenant’s receipt of a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in favor of Tenant. In the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage, deed to secure debt or trust deed, or if any ground or underlying lease is terminated, Tenant shall attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure sale, or to the lessor of such ground or underlying lease, as the case may be (the “Purchaser”), and recognize the Purchaser as the lessor under this Lease, which attornment shall be effective as of the date that the Purchaser acquires title to the Property; however, in no event shall such attornment be negated by a foreclosure. In no event shall Tenant have a right of offset against amounts due any Purchaser on account of any defaults by Landlord under this Lease that pre-date the time the Purchaser becomes the lessor hereunder, nor shall any Purchaser be liable for any such defaults by Landlord. Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days of request by Landlord or the Purchaser (as applicable), execute such further instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any Mortgages or Tenant’s attornment to the Purchaser (as applicable). Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law that may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale. Notwithstanding the provisions hereof, should any Mortgagee require that this Lease be prior rather than subordinate to its Mortgage, or require that Tenant attorn to any Purchaser, then in such event, this Lease shall become prior and superior to such Mortgage, or Tenant shall so attorn, upon notice to that effect to Tenant from such Mortgagee. The aforesaid superiority of this Lease to any Mortgage shall be self-operative upon the giving of such notice and no further documentation other than such notice shall be required to effectuate such superiority or attornment. In the event Landlord or such Mortgagee desires confirmation of such superiority or attornment, Tenant shall, promptly upon request therefor by Landlord or such Mortgagee, and without charge therefor, execute a document acknowledging such priority or attornment obligation to the Mortgagee as Landlord in the event of foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof or termination of a ground lease.

 

  -37-  

 

29.2 Estoppel Certificates. Within fifteen (15) days after written request from Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, or Landlord’s designee, a written statement certifying (a) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications; (b) the amount of Base Rent and the date to which Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid in advance; (c) the amount of any security deposit with Landlord; (d) that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default hereunder or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating the nature of any claimed default; and (e) such other matters regarding this Lease as may be reasonably requested. Landlord and, any purchaser, assignee or Mortgagee may rely upon any such statement. Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such statement within the time required shall be conclusive against Tenant (1) that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as represented by Landlord; (2) that there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and that Tenant has no right of offset, counterclaim, or deduction against Rent; (3) not more than one (1) month’s Rent has been paid in advance; and (4) as to the truth and accuracy of any other matters set forth in the statement as submitted to Tenant.

 

In addition, Landlord agrees to furnish from time to time when requested by Tenant (but not more than once per calendar year and then only in connection with a Transfer or any financing of Tenant’s Property) a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate signed by Landlord, containing the information set forth above, but modified to reflect Landlord as the party providing such certificate, and Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days following receipt of said certificate from Tenant, return a fully executed copy thereof to Tenant.

 

29.3 Notice and Cure Rights. Tenant agrees to notify any Mortgagee whose address has been furnished to Tenant, of any notice of default served by Tenant on Landlord. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, such Mortgagee shall have an additional thirty (30) days to cure such default; provided that, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within that thirty (30) day period, then such Mortgagee shall have such additional time to cure the default as is reasonably necessary under the circumstances provided such Mortgagee commences such cure within the thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues such cure to completion.

 

29.4 Changes Requested by Mortgagee. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to changes or amendments to this Lease requested by a Mortgagee, so long as such changes do not alter the basic business terms of this Lease or otherwise materially diminish any rights or materially increase any obligations of Tenant.

 

29.5 Mortgagee Approval. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, to the extent the consent of any Mortgagee is required under the applicable Mortgage in order for Landlord to enter into this Lease, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant if such consent is not obtained (in which event this Lease shall be of no force or effect).

 

  -38-  

 

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS

 

30.1 Parking. Tenant shall be permitted to park up to the number of automobiles set forth in the Lease Summary at no cost as set forth in Exhibit H. In addition to the provisions of Exhibit H, Tenant shall comply with all parking rules and regulations established by Landlord for the Building, as the same may be revised from time to time.

 

30.2 Quiet Enjoyment. Tenant, upon paying the Rent and performing all of its obligations under this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises, subject to the terms of this Lease and to any mortgage, deed of trust, lease, or other agreement to which this Lease may be subordinated.

 

30.3 No Air Rights. This Lease does not grant Tenant any rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Building, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

30.4 Force Majeure. Any prevention, delay, or stoppage of work to be performed by Landlord or Tenant that is due to Force Majeure shall excuse performance of the work by that party for a period equal to the duration of that prevention, delay, or stoppage. Nothing in this Section shall excuse or delay Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent or other charges under this Lease or Landlord’s obligation to make any monetary payments due hereunder.

 

30.5 Accord and Satisfaction; Allocation of Payment. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent provided for in this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest due Rent; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the Rent or pursue any other remedy provided for in this Lease. In connection with the foregoing, Landlord shall have the absolute right in its sole discretion to apply any payment received from Tenant to any account or other payment of Tenant then not current and due or delinquent.

 

30.6 Attorneys’ Fees. Should either party institute any action or proceeding to enforce or interpret this Lease or any provision hereof, for damages by reason of any alleged breach of this Lease or of any provision hereof, or for a declaration of rights hereunder, the prevailing party in any such action or proceeding shall be awarded from the other party all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, reasonably incurred in good faith by the prevailing party in connection with such action or proceeding. The term “action or proceeding” shall mean and include actions, proceedings, suits, arbitrations, appeals and other similar proceedings.

 

30.7 Construction. Headings at the beginning of each Article, Section and subsection are solely for the convenience of the parties only and in no way define, limit, or enlarge the scope or meaning of this Lease. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all exhibits referred to herein are attached hereto and are incorporated herein by this reference. This Lease shall not be construed as if either Landlord or Tenant had prepared it, but rather as if both Landlord and Tenant had prepared it. Any deletion of language from this Lease prior to its execution by Landlord and Tenant shall not be construed to raise any presumption, canon of construction or implication, including, without limitation, any implication that the parties intended thereby to state the converse of the deleted language.

 

30.8 Confidentiality. Neither party shall reveal to anyone, or otherwise make or publish any public statement or notice regarding the economic or other business terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, the Term and the Rent), except as required by applicable Laws; or for disclosure to such party’s accountants, attorneys, bona fide prospective purchasers, investors, or current or prospective Mortgagees or underlying lessors of all or any portion of Landlord’s interest in the Project, provided that each of such recipients shall be bound to the same nondisclosure provisions as are imposed upon such party.

 

30.9 Governing Law and Venue. This Lease shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State applicable to agreements made and to be performed wholly within the State. Venue shall be in Palm Beach County, Florida.

 

30.10 Consent. Unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, all consents and decisions required or permitted of Landlord hereunder shall be granted, withheld and made in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Except for consent to a Transfer, which shall be governed by the provisions of Article 14 above, all consents and approvals required from Landlord pursuant to Article 11 with respect to Tenant’s plans and/or specifications for Alterations that are structural in nature or affect Building Systems and/or any request by Tenant to execute documents in connection with this Lease (including any “lien waiver” or other similar document in connection with Tenant’s financing of its furniture, fixtures and equipment)which causes Landlord to actually incur attorneys’ and/or consultants’ fees shall be subject to the requirement that Landlord be reimbursed within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s written demand for attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and costs incurred in connection therewith.

 

  -39-  

 

30.11 Authority. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, deliver a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors, if Tenant is a corporation, or other satisfactory documentation, if Tenant is another type of entity, authorizing execution of this Lease.

 

30.12 Duplicate Originals; Counterparts; Fax/Email Signatures. This Lease may be executed in any number of duplicate originals, all of which shall be of equal legal force and effect. Additionally, this Lease may be executed in counterparts, but shall become effective only after each party has executed a counterpart hereof; all said counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute the entire single agreement between the parties. This Lease may be executed by a party’s signature transmitted by facsimile (“fax”) or email, and copies of this Lease executed and delivered by means of faxed or emailed copies of signatures shall have the same force and effect as copies hereof executed and delivered with original wet signatures. All parties hereto may rely upon faxed or emailed signatures as if such signatures were original wet signatures. Any party executing and delivering this Lease by fax or email shall promptly thereafter deliver a counterpart signature page of this Lease containing said party’s original signature. All parties hereto agree that a faxed or emailed signature page may be introduced into evidence in any proceeding arising out of or related to this Lease as if it were an original wet signature page.

 

30.13 Offer. The submission and negotiation of this Lease shall not be deemed an offer to enter the same by Landlord but the solicitation of such an offer by Tenant. Tenant agrees that its execution of this Lease constitutes a firm offer to enter the same which may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days after delivery to Landlord (or such other period as may be expressly provided in any other agreement signed by the parties). During such period and in reliance on the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, proceed with any plans, specifications, alterations, or improvements, and permit Tenant to enter the Premises; but such acts shall not be deemed an acceptance of Tenant’s offer to enter this Lease, and such acceptance shall be evidenced only by Landlord’s signing and delivering this Lease to Tenant.

 

30.14 Further Assurances. Landlord and Tenant each agree to execute any and all other documents and to take any further actions reasonably necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

30.15 Financial Statements. In order to induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish Landlord, from time to time (but not more often than once in any calendar year), upon Landlord’s written request, which request shall only be made in connection with the proposed or actual sale or financing of the Project, with financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition. Landlord shall keep such information confidential, and shall not disclose any such information except to Landlord’s legal and accounting consultants, current and prospective clients and/or investors, Landlord’s property and asset managers or any prospective purchasers or lenders of the Project, or as required by Legal Requirements. Additionally, Tenant may require Landlord and any prospective purchaser or lender of the Premises to execute a commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement as a condition to delivery of such information. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records, and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct, and complete in all material respects.

 

30.16 Recording. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.

 

30.17 Right to Lease. Landlord reserves the absolute right to create such other tenancies in the Building as Landlord shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building and the Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Term, occupy any space in the Building or the Project.

 

  -40-  

 

30.18 Severability. In the event any portion of this Lease shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such portion shall be deemed severed from this Lease, and the remaining parts hereof shall remain in full force and effect, as fully as though such invalid, illegal or unenforceable portion had never been part of this Lease.

 

30.19 Survival. All indemnity and other unsatisfied obligations set forth in this Lease shall survive the termination or expiration hereof.

 

30.20 WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, OR THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS RELATED HERETO OR CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. THE PARTIES FURTHER HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO CONSOLIDATE ANY ACTION IN WHICH A JURY HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED.

 

30.21 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the terms and conditions of Article 14 of this Lease, this Lease shall apply to and bind the heirs, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns of the parties.

 

30.22 Integration of Other Agreements; Amendments. This Lease sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein and supersedes all previous written or oral understandings, agreements, contracts, correspondence and documentation with respect thereto. Any oral representations or modifications concerning this Lease shall be of no force or effect. No provisions of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties or their respective successors in interest.

 

30.23 TIME OF THE ESSENCE. TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS LEASE AND EACH AND EVERY TERM AND PROVISION HEREOF.

 

30.24 Waiver. The waiver by a party of any breach of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of a party shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver of any default of the other party. Consent to or approval of any act by a party requiring consent or approval of the other party shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary such consent to or approval of any subsequent act. Any waiver must be in writing and shall not be a waiver of any other matter concerning the same or any other provision of this Lease.

 

30.25 No Surrender. No act or conduct of Landlord, including, without limitation, the acceptance of keys to the Premises, shall constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant before the expiration of the Term. Only a written notice from Landlord to Tenant shall constitute acceptance of the surrender of the Premises and accomplish a termination of the Lease.

 

30.26 Number and Gender. As used in this Lease, the neuter includes masculine and feminine, the singular includes the plural and use of the word “including” shall mean “including without limitation.”

 

30.27 Days. The term “days,” as used herein, shall mean actual days occurring, including Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays.

 

30.28 Joint and Several Liability. If Tenant consists of two (2) or more parties, each of such parties shall be liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and all documents executed in connection herewith, and the liability of such parties shall be joint and several. Additionally, the act or signature of, or notice from or to, any one or more of such parties with respect to this Lease shall be binding upon each and all of the parties executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or signed, or given or received such notice and, in the event more than one (1) entity comprising Tenant so acts, signs or gives or receives such notice, Landlord shall be entitled to rely on the first such act, signature, or giving or receiving of notice and any subsequent act, signature or giving or receiving of notice by any additional Tenant entity(ies) shall be null and void.

 

  -41-  

 

30.29 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided herein, no person or entity shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary hereof, including but not limited to any brokers, and nothing in this Lease (either expressed or implied) is intended to confer upon any person or entity, other than Landlord and Tenant (and their respective nominees, successors and assigns), any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Lease.

 

30.30 No Other Inducements. It is expressly warranted by each of the undersigned parties that no promise or inducement has been offered except as herein set forth and that this Lease is executed without reliance upon any statement or representation of any person or party or its representatives concerning the nature and extent of damages, costs and/or legal liability therefor.

 

30.31 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent. Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any Laws to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of Rent.

 

30.32 No Discrimination. Tenant covenants by and for itself, its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the condition that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons, on account of race, color, creed, sex, religion, marital status, ancestry or national origin or any other classification protected under applicable federal, state or local Laws in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant itself, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy, of tenants, lessees, sublessees, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.

 

30.33 OFAC Compliance.

 

30.33.1 Landlord and Tenant each hereby represents and warrants to the other that it and its directors, officers and employees are not, and during the Term of this Lease shall not be, Sanctioned Persons. “Sanctioned Person” means: (a) an entity or individual named on the Consolidated Sanctions List maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, or any successor list, or targeted by the U.S. Department of State under economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes of the United States (“Sanctions Laws”); (b) any other entity or individual with which an entity incorporated in the United States is prohibited from dealing pursuant to Sanctions Laws; or (c) any entity or individual acting on behalf of anyone described in the foregoing clauses of this definition.

 

30.33.2 Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that it is in compliance, and, during the Term of this Lease, shall remain in compliance, with Sanctions Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws and shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action that would cause Tenant or Landlord to be in violation of Sanctions Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws. “Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means: the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and all other laws of the United States that prohibit money laundering or other use of funds derived from illegal activity.

 

30.33.3 Breach of any of the foregoing representations, warranties and covenants shall be considered a Default under this Lease, in the event of a breach by Tenant, and a default by Landlord under this Lease, in the event of a breach by Landlord, and shall entitle the non-breaching party to pursue all rights and remedies available to it under this Lease and/or applicable Laws.

 

30.34 Radon Disclosure. The following disclosure is required by Florida Statutes, Section 404.056(8): Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health unit.

 

  -42-  

 

30.35 Public Terrace. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that there is a public terrace located adjacent to the Premises (the “Public Terrace”) and that such Public Terrace will be used by members of the public and by Tenant on a non-exclusive basis with members of the public, subject to the terms of that certain lease (the “iPic Theater Lease”) dated on or about the date hereof, by and between Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, for certain theater space within the Project. Tenant will not be provided any right of use of the Public Terrace pursuant to this Lease other than the rights available to members of the public generally. Tenant’s use of the Public Terrace shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable Laws and all governmental rules, regulations, permits and approvals relating thereto, including, without limitation, the provisions of Article VI of the PFA (and without limiting any other provision of the Lease, Tenant specifically agrees to indemnify Landlord from and against any and all loss, cost or damage incurred by Landlord including governmental fines and penalties arising out of or resulting from any violation of the foregoing). Tenant and its employees shall abide by any and all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by the Landlord with respect to the foregoing or otherwise relative to the Tenant’s business operations in and about the Public Terrace, including, without limitation, any such rules and regulations affecting hours of operation, occupancy, and/or crowd and noise levels, etc. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in the event that the Tenant fails to comply with the Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations or applicable Laws in any material respect in the Landlord’s good-faith judgment, such failure will be a default under this Lease.

 

30.36 Repurchase. The parties acknowledge and agree that, under applicable Laws, the City, the CRA and/or their successors and assigns have the right to repurchase the Project in certain circumstance. If such repurchase occurs, this Lease shall terminate automatically upon the conveyance of the Project, Landlord shall return to Tenant any unearned Rent previously paid, and Landlord and Tenant shall each be released from any and all obligations and liabilities under this Lease, except for those obligations which survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease pursuant to the express terms of this Lease. Except for the obligation to return any unearned Rent previously paid, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant whatsoever in connection with such repurchase and termination. This Section shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the Possession Date.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

  -43-  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have executed this Lease, under seal, as of the date first-above written.

 

LANDLORD:   DELRAY BEACH 4th & 5th AVENUE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
             
Witness:   By: Delray Beach 4th & 5th Avenue Holdings LLC, a
      Delaware limited liability company, its Sole Member
       
Witness:     By: Delray Beach 4th & 5th Avenue Developer LLC,
        a Delaware limited liability company, its Managing Member
             
        By:

S&A Delray Beach 4th & 5th Avenue LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, its Manager

             
          By S&A GP LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, its Manager
             
          By: /s/ Joel Sklar
            Name: Joel Sklar
            Title: Manager
             
        By: IPic-Delray Investment, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company, its Manager
             
          By: /s/ Hamid Hashemi
            Name: Hamid Hashemi

  

TENANT:   IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
       
Witness:   By: /s/ Hamid Hashemi
    Name: Hamid Hashemi
    Title:   CEO

 

Witness:   Date: 5-15-17
       
  Taxpayer ID No.: 27-3274684

 

 

 

[Signature page to iPic Delray Office Lease]

  

 

 

Exhibit 6.12

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “Agreement”) is dated as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto, by and between iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Issuer”) and Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Subscriber”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Subscriber desires to purchase for $8,962,271 in cash (the “Purchase Price”) 661,889 of Issuer’s Common Membership Units (“Issuer Units”);

 

WHEREAS, concurrently with the purchase of the Issuer Units, the Subscriber is making a subordinated loan to the Company in the principal amount of $3,037,729 on terms consistent with the existing outstanding subordinated loans made to VR iPic Finance;

 

WHEREAS, Issuer and the Subscriber desire to establish certain rights and obligations in connection therewith; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with, and as a condition to, the purchase of the Issuer Units by the Subscriber, the Subscriber shall enter into that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Issuer, dated as of April 21, 2017, attached hereto as Annex A (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Issuer LLC Agreement”), by and among the Issuer, the Subscriber and the other signatories thereto, establishing and setting forth their agreement with respect to certain rights and obligations associated with the ownership of Issuer Units.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I TRANSACTIONS; CLOSING; DELIVERIES

 

1.1. Transactions. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, on and as of the date hereof, Issuer shall issue the Issuer Units to the Subscriber, and the Subscriber shall deliver the Purchase Price to Issuer in exchange therefor.

 

1.2. Closing; Deliveries.

 

(a)  The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place on and as of the date hereof (the date of the Closing, the “Closing Date”) or as otherwise determined by the Issuer.

 

 

 

(b)   At the Closing, the Subscriber shall deliver to Issuer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by Issuer, the Purchase Price. Delivery of the Purchase Price shall be made against a book entry in the Issuer’s books and records reflecting the Subscriber as the registered owner of the Issuer Units.

 

(c)  At the Closing, the Subscriber shall deliver to Issuer the Issuer LLC Agreement, duly executed by the Subscriber.

 

1.3. Issuer LLC Agreement. By executing and delivering this Agreement, the Subscriber hereby agrees to become a “Member” under the Issuer LLC Agreement, and to be bound by, and to comply with, the terms, conditions and provisions of the Issuer LLC Agreement, all of which are accepted by the Subscriber as evidenced by its execution thereof.

 

1.4. Purchase Price. Within twelve months of the Closing, (i) to the extent the Issuer issues any Membership Units to third party investors in a transaction with the principal purpose of raising capital for a price per unit which is less than the price per unit paid by the Subscriber for the Issuer Units (the “Adjusted Price Per Unit”), the Issuer shall issue to the Subscriber additional Membership Units identical to the Issuer Units for no additional consideration, such that the number of Issuer Units originally issued or sold to the Subscriber in connection with this Agreement shall be increased to such number of Issuer Units as the Subscriber would have received had it purchased such Issuer Units at the Closing based on the Adjusted Price Per Unit, and (ii) to the extent the Issuer issues any other equity securities of the Issuer to third party investors in a transaction with the principal purpose of raising capital, then the Issuer Units purchased by the Subscriber shall be convertible into a number of such other equity securities of the Issuer equal to $8,962,271 divided by the price per share or unit, as applicable, of such other equity securities issued (the transactions contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii), an “Additional Equity Transaction”). If, within twelve months of the Closing, the Issuer consummates one or more Additional Equity Transactions in which third party investors purchase at least $20,000,000 of Issuer equity and subordinated loans (a “Qualified Additional Equity Transaction”), then the Subscriber shall purchase, within 10 Business Days of the consummation of such Qualified Additional Equity Transaction, on the same terms and conditions as such third party investors, $2,500,000 of additional equity interests and subordinated loans in the Issuer; provided that in the event that there are multiple Additional Equity Transactions prior to any such additional purchase by the Subscriber, such additional equity interests will be purchased by the Subscriber at the weighted average price per unit of equity sold in such Additional Equity Transactions.

 

  2  

 

 

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ISSUER

 

Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Subscriber, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

2.1. Organization and Good Standing. Issuer (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.

 

2.2. Authority; Execution; Enforceability. Issuer has all requisite power and authority to (a) execute and deliver this Agreement, (b) perform its obligations hereunder, and (c) consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, by Issuer have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Issuer and no other action on the part of Issuer is necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Issuer or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by all other parties hereto and thereto, this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement constitute valid and binding obligations of Issuer, enforceable against Issuer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar federal, state, local, international statute, law (including international conventions, protocols and treaties), ordinance, rule, regulation, or legally binding guidance document of any Governmental Entity (together, “Laws”) affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and (y) general principles of equity. Issuer has all requisite power and authority to issue Issuer Units in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.3. Capitalization. At the Closing, the Issuer will have an adequate number of authorized Membership Units (as defined in the Issuer LLC Agreement) to effect the issuance of the Issuer Units in accordance with this Agreement. The Issuer Units will have been duly issued and fully paid and will be non-assessable when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided in this Agreement, free and clear of all liens, security interests, claims, restrictions and encumbrances of any kind (collectively, “Liens”), other than under the Issuer LLC Agreement and applicable securities Laws. Following the issuance of the Issuer Units to the Subscriber in accordance with this Agreement, the outstanding Membership Units, and the holders thereof, shall be as set forth on Exhibit A of Annex A. Other than as set forth on Exhibit A of Annex A, there are no other Membership Units outstanding, and there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, puts, calls, rights, exchangeable or convertible securities or other commitments or agreements obligating Issuer to issue, transfer, sell, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any Membership Units, except as required under this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement.

 

2.4. Issuer Financial Statements. Attached hereto as Annex B are copies of the audited financial statements of the Issuer for the period ended December 31, 2016 (such financial statements, the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Issuer, as of the date thereof, and the results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer for the periods set forth therein. The Financial Statements (including all related notes) have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise noted therein.

 

  3  

 

 

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SUBSCRIBER

 

The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to Issuer, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

3.1. Authority; Execution; Enforceability. The Subscriber has all requisite capacity, power and authority to (a) execute and deliver this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement, (b) perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (c) consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Subscriber has been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of such Subscriber, and no other action on the part of the Subscriber is necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the Subscriber or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by all other parties hereto and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the other parties thereto, this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Subscriber, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with its terms, subject to (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and (y) general principles of equity.

 

3.2. Restricted Securities. The Subscriber is acquiring the Issuer Units it is acquiring under this Agreement for its own account and not with a view to their distribution within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in any manner that would be in violation of the Securities Act. The Subscriber has not, directly or indirectly, offered any Issuer Units to anyone or solicited any offer to buy any Issuer Units from anyone, so as to bring the offer and sale of any Issuer Units within the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Subscriber understands that (a) except as provided in the Issuer LLC Agreement, the Issuer Units will not be registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws by reason of their issuance by Issuer in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements thereof and (b) the Issuer Units may not be sold or otherwise disposed of unless such sale or disposition is registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or such sale or other disposition is exempt from registration thereunder.

 

3.3. Accredited Investor. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) and has completed and returned to the Issuer the accredited investor questionnaire attached hereto as Annex C and acknowledges that the information contained therein is complete and accurate and is hereby affirmed as of the date hereof. The Subscriber has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in Issuer Units and is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment for an indefinite period of time. The Subscriber has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of Issuer Units and has had full access to such other information concerning Issuer and its subsidiaries as such Subscriber has requested. The Subscriber is relying on the Subscriber’s own business judgment and knowledge concerning the business, financial condition and prospects of the Issuer, and the advice of the Subscriber’s own counsel, tax advisors and other advisors, in making the decision to acquire the Issuer Units. The Subscriber and the Subscriber’s advisors, if any, have been afforded the opportunity to examine all documents, materials and information concerning the Issuer as the Subscriber deems to be necessary or advisable in order to reach an informed decision as to an investment in the Issuer. The Subscriber has carefully reviewed and understands these materials, including the terms and provisions of this Agreement and all related documents and has evaluated the restrictions and obligations contained herein and therein. The Subscriber has made such independent investigation of the Issuer and its subsidiaries and related matters as the Subscriber deems to be necessary or advisable in connection with the acquisition of the Issuer Units contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  4  

 

 

3.4.  Consents and Approvals. No notices, reports, registrations or other filings are required to be made by the Subscriber with, nor are any consents, approvals or authorizations required to be obtained by the Subscriber from, any domestic or foreign court, arbitral tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other federal, state, county, local, municipal or international governmental or regulatory or self-regulatory organization, regulatory agency or authority or any securities exchange (each, a “Governmental Entity”) or any other Person under any contract, agreement or other obligation to which the Subscriber is party or by which its assets are bound, in connection with the valid execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the Subscriber or the consummation by the Subscriber of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement, in each case except for such notices, reports, registrations and other filings the failure of which to make or obtain, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Subscriber’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and would not prohibit or restrict or delay, in any material respect, the performance by the Subscriber of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

3.5. No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the Subscriber do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Subscriber will not, violate, conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under any agreement, instrument, permit, franchise, license, judgment or order applicable to the Subscriber, other than such conflicts, breaches or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Subscriber’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and would not prohibit or restrict or delay, in any material respect, the performance by the Subscriber of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

3.6. Compliance with Law. The Subscriber does not know or have any reason to suspect, after reasonable inquiry, that (a) the monies used or to be used to make the Subscriber’s Investment in the Issuer are, were or will be derived from or related to any illegal activities, including but not limited to, any activities that may contravene U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws, or (b) the proceeds from the Subscriber’s investment in the Issuer will be used to finance any activities that may contravene U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws. The Subscriber will promptly provide such materials as may be requested from time to time by the Issuer in its reasonable discretion in order for the Issuer to comply with legal, administrative and regulatory requirements that require the Issuer to verify the identity of the Subscriber and underlying investors and the source of funds paid to the Issuer by the Subscriber or shall otherwise cooperate with the Issuer and satisfy such requirements. The Subscriber further understands that the Issuer may release confidential information about the Subscriber and, if applicable, any underlying investors, to proper authorities if the Issuer, in its sole discretion, determines that it is necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law or regulations concerning money laundering and/or similar activities.

 

  5  

 

 

3.7. Brokers and Finders. No agent, broker, investment banker, intermediary, finder, or firm acting on behalf of such Subscriber is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee, directly or indirectly, from the Subscriber in connection with this Agreement or upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE IV SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4.1. Survival. The representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Subscriber contained in this Agreement shall terminate as of the Closing.

 

ARTICLE V COVENANT

 

5.1. Transfer Restrictions. The Subscriber agrees that it will not sell, convey, transfer or offer for sale any of the Issuer Units it acquires except as provided in the Issuer LLC Agreement and upon compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or pursuant to any exemption therefrom.

 

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1. Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement, the Annexes and other documents referred to herein and the documents delivered pursuant hereto, together with the Issuer LLC Agreement being entered into on the date hereof among the parties hereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter contained herein or therein, and supersede all other prior representations, warranties, agreements, understandings or letters of intent between or among any of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall not be amended, restated, modified or supplemented except by a written instrument signed by all parties hereto. Until such an amendment is signed by all such parties, any other agreements, understandings, writing or oral promises or representations at odds with the terms of this Agreement shall be of no effect and shall not in any way be binding upon the parties hereto.

 

6.2. Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or delivered (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), (c) when delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission with confirmation of delivery, or (d) four Business Days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to Issuer, to such entity:

 

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 3300 Airport Road, Suite 203

Boca Raton, Florida 33431

 

  6  

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attention: David Shaw

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

Telephone: (212) 859-8000

Email: david.shaw@friedfrank.com

 

If to the Subscriber, to such Subscriber at the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature pages hereto, or to such other address as such party may indicate by a notice delivered to the other parties hereto.

 

Any party may change the address to which notices or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

6.3. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided that no party to this Agreement may assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of, in the case of a proposed assignment or delegation by the Issuer, the Subscriber, and in the case of a proposed assignment or delegation by a Subscriber, the Issuer; provided, further, that any of Issuer or the Subscriber may, without the prior written consent of the other parties, (a) assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its respective Affiliates or any Person in a Transfer (as defined in, and in accordance with the terms of, the Issuer LLC Agreement), provided that no such assignment shall relieve Issuer or the Subscriber of its obligations hereunder; and (b) assign its rights, but not its obligations, under this Agreement to any of its financing sources. Following the date hereof, any party may assign any of its rights hereunder, but no such assignment shall relieve such party of its obligations hereunder.

 

6.4. Waivers. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived, or the time for its performance may be extended, by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof. Any such waiver shall be validly and sufficiently authorized for the purposes of this Agreement if, as to any party, it is authorized in writing by an authorized representative of such party. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

6.5. Expenses. Each party hereto will pay all costs and expenses incident to its negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and to its performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained herein on its part to be performed or complied with, including the fees, expenses and disbursements of its counsel.

 

  7  

 

  

6.6. Partial Invalidity. Wherever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but in case any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or provisions or any other provisions hereof, unless such a construction would be unreasonable.

 

6.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile transmission or other electronic means, each of which shall be considered an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become binding when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto.

 

6.8. Further Assurances. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other parties in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations or otherwise to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (a) the satisfaction of the conditions precedent to the obligations of any of the parties hereto; (b) the defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance of the obligations hereunder; and (c) the execution and delivery of such instruments, and the taking of such other actions, as the other parties hereto may reasonably require in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

6.9. Construction. In the construction of this Agreement the neuter gender will include the feminine or the masculine in all cases where such meanings would be appropriate.

 

6.10. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws or choice of law provisions or principles. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Issuer and the Subscriber submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the U.S. federal courts or the courts of the State of Delaware in each case located in the City of Wilmington and County of New Castle, in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

6.11. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing express or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns any right, benefit or remedy under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

6.12. Specific Performance. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the breach of this Agreement by the Subscriber would cause irreparable damage to Issuer and that Issuer would not have an adequate remedy at law, and Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the breach of this Agreement by Issuer would cause irreparable damage to the Subscriber and that the Subscriber would not have an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

  8  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of April 21, 2017.

 

ISSUER: IPIC - GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Hamid Hashemi
  Name: Hamid Hashemi
  Title: CEO

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

  9  

 

 

SUBSCRIBER: REGAL/ATOM HOLDINGS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Peter Brandow
    Name: Peter Brandow
    Title: Vice President & Secretary
     
  Address for Notices:
     
  7132 Regal Lane
  Knoxville TN 37922

 

[Signature Page to Subscription Agreement]

 

 

 

10

 

Exhibit 6.13

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “Agreement”) is dated as of the date set forth on the signature page hereto (“Execution Date”), by and between:

 

1.  iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having its principal place of business at 433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335, Boca Raton, Florida 33432 (hereinafter referred to as the “Issuer”, which expression shall, unless it is repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns); and

 

2.  PVR Limited, a public company incorporated under the provisions of the (Indian) Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at 61, Basant Lok, Vasant Vihar, New Delhi 110057 (hereinafter referred to as the “Subscriber”, which expression, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning hereof, shall be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Issuer desires to issue, and the Subscriber desires to purchase, for $4,000,000 in cash (the “Purchase Price”) 220,629 of Issuer’s Membership Units (“Issuer Units”);

 

WHEREAS, Issuer and the Subscriber desire to establish certain rights and obligations in connection therewith; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with, and as a condition to, the purchase of the Issuer Units by the Subscriber, the Subscriber shall enter into that certain Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Issuer, dated as of the Closing Date, attached hereto as Annex A (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Issuer LLC Agreement”), by and among the Issuer, the Subscriber and the other signatories thereto, establishing and setting forth their agreement with respect to certain rights and obligations associated with the ownership of Issuer Units.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I TRANSACTIONS; CLOSING; DELIVERIES

 

1.1. Transactions. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, on and as of the Closing Date, Issuer shall issue the Issuer Units to the Subscriber, and the Subscriber shall deliver the Purchase Price to Issuer in exchange therefor.

 

1.2. Closing; Deliveries.

 

(a) The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the Closing”) shall take place within 15 (fifteen) days from the Execution Date (the date of the Closing, the “Closing Date”) or as otherwise determined by the Issuer, in consultation with the Subscriber.

 

 

 

 

(b)  At the Closing, the Subscriber shall deliver to Issuer, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by Issuer, the details of which are set forth in Annex D, the Purchase Price. Delivery of the Purchase Price shall be made against a book entry in the Issuer’s books and records reflecting the Subscriber as the registered owner of the Issuer Units and a copy of the said book entry shall be delivered by the Issuer to the Subscriber. In the event that the Issuer Units are not issued and allotted to the Subscriber on the Closing Date, for any reason whatsoever, the Subscriber shall have the right but not the obligation to require the Issuer to refund the Purchase Price to the Subscriber no later than 3 (three) Business Days from the date of exercise of the said right in writing, and immediately on the receipt of the Purchase Price by the Subscriber, this Agreement shall stand terminated.

 

(c)  At the Closing, the Subscriber shall deliver to the Issuer the Issuer LLC Agreement, duly executed by the Subscriber.

 

1.3. Issuer LLC Agreement. By executing and delivering this Agreement, the Subscriber hereby agrees to become a “Member” under the Issuer LLC Agreement, and to be bound by, and to comply with, the terms, conditions and provisions of the Issuer LLC Agreement, all of which are accepted by the Subscriber as evidenced by its execution thereof.

 

1.4. Purchase Price. Through April 21, 2018, to the extent the Issuer issues any Membership Units or any other securities of the Issuer (amounting to or convertible into Membership Units) to third party investors, or an Affiliate of the Issuer issues any shares of common stock to third party investors for a price per unit or price per share which is less than the price per unit paid by the Subscriber for the Issuer Units (the “Adjusted Price Per Unit”), the Issuer shall issue to the Subscriber additional Membership Units identical to the Issuer Units, or the Issuer shall issue to the Subscriber additional shares of common stock of its Affiliated entity, in accordance with applicable laws, in each case for no additional consideration, such that the number of Issuer Units originally issued to the Subscriber in connection with this Agreement shall be increased to such number of Issuer Units or shares of common stock as the Subscriber would have received had it purchased such Issuer Units at the Closing based on the Adjusted Price Per Unit.

 

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ISSUER

 

Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Subscriber, as of the Execution Date and the Closing Date, as follows:

 

2.1. Organization and Good Standing. Issuer (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.

 

2.2. Authority; Execution; Enforceability. Issuer has all requisite power and authority to (a) execute and deliver this Agreement, (b) perform its obligations hereunder, and (c) consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, by Issuer have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of Issuer and no other action on the part of Issuer is necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Issuer or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by all other parties hereto and thereto, this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement constitute valid and binding obligations of Issuer, enforceable against Issuer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar federal, state, local, international statute, law (including international conventions, protocols and treaties), ordinance, rule, regulation, or legally binding guidance document of any Governmental Entity (together, “Laws”) affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and (y) general principles of equity. Issuer has all requisite power and authority to issue Issuer Units in accordance with this Agreement.

 

1 

 

 

2.3. Capitalization. At the Closing, the Issuer will have an adequate number of authorized Membership Units (as defined in the Issuer LLC Agreement) to effect the issuance of the Issuer Units in accordance with this Agreement. The Issuer Units will have been duly issued and fully paid and will be non-assessable when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided in this Agreement, free and clear of all liens, security interests, claims, restrictions and encumbrances of any kind (collectively, “Liens”), other than under the Issuer LLC Agreement and applicable securities laws. Following the issuance of the Issuer Units to the Subscriber in accordance with this Agreement, the outstanding Membership Units, and the holders thereof, shall be as set forth on Exhibit A of Annex A. Other than as set forth on Exhibit A of Annex A, there are no other Membership Units outstanding, and there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, puts, calls, rights, exchangeable or convertible securities or other commitments or agreements obligating Issuer to issue, transfer, sell, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any Membership Units, except as required under this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement.

 

2.4. No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the Issuer do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Issuer will not, violate, conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under any agreement, instrument, permit, franchise, license, judgment or order applicable to the Issuer, other than such conflicts, breaches or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Issuer’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and would not prohibit or restrict or delay, in any material respect, the performance by the Issuer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

2.5. Issuer Financial Statements. Attached hereto as Annex B are copies of the audited financial statements of the Issuer for the period ended December 31, 2016 (such financial statements, the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Issuer, as of the date thereof, and the results of operations and cash flows of the Issuer for the periods set forth therein. The Financial Statements (including all related notes) have been prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise noted therein.

 

2.6. Business. The Issuer is not, directly or indirectly, engaged in the real estate business, banking business or financial services sector, and does not hold any investments, directly or indirectly, in India.

 

2.7. Qualified Subordinated Debt. Issuer represents that as on the Closing Date, the Qualified Subordinated Debt of the Issuer is as listed in Annex E hereto. Issuer further represents that all of the Qualified Subordinated Debt will be extinguished at the time of the completion of the initial public offering (“IPO”) of iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Public Company”). Upon such extinguishment of the Qualified Subordinated Debt, no additional Membership Units or any other equity securities of the Issuer or the Public Company will be issued or no payments/ repayments of any kind whatsoever will be made, to the holders of the Qualified Subordinated Debt. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer represents that the extinguishment of the Qualified Subordinated Debt will not lead to dilution of the membership interest of the Subscriber in the Issuer in any manner whatsoever. The Issuer acknowledges that the Subscriber is subscribing to the Issuer Units at the Purchase Price relying inter-alia on the aforementioned representation of the Issuer and in the event that the extinguishment of the Qualified Subordinated Debt results in issuance of any additional Membership Units or any other equity securities of the Issuer to the holders of the Qualified Subordinated Debt or payment / repayment of any consideration to the holders of the Qualified Subordinated Debt (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the repayment of the VR Notes as described on Annex E) or dilution of the membership interest of the Subscriber in the Issuer in any manner whatsoever, then the Issuer shall issue to the Subscriber additional number of Membership Units, for no additional consideration, equivalent to the Subscriber’s pro-rata portion of its $4.0 million investment equal to the Regal Member’s Qualified Subordinated Debt portion of the Regal Member’s total investment. For the avoidance of doubt, this percentage equates to 25.3144%, or $1,012,576 of the PVR Member’s total $4,000,000 investment.

 

2 

 

 

2.8. Transferability of the Issuer Units. Subscriber understands that the Issuer Units are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Issuer in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. Subscriber represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect (“Rule 144”), and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), which differ for affiliates as compared to non-affiliates. Additionally, Subscriber will be subject to the terms of one or more lock-up agreements that will apply to all similarly situated equity-holders of the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer in connection with public offerings of securities by the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer which will restrict its ability to sell its securities. Finally, Subscriber has also been advised that there will be restrictions on transfer of the Issuer Units contained in a registration rights agreement, which Subscriber and certain other unitholders of the Issuer or an affiliate of the Issuer are expected to enter into in connection with the IPO, with which Subscriber will be contractually obligated to comply.

 

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SUBSCRIBER

 

The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to Issuer, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

3.1. Authority; Execution; Enforceability. The Subscriber has all requisite capacity, power and authority to (a) execute and deliver this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement, (b) perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (c) consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Subscriber has been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of such Subscriber, and no other action on the part of the Subscriber is necessary for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the Subscriber or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by all other parties hereto and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the other parties thereto, this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Subscriber, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with its terms, subject to (x) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and (y) general principles of equity.

 

3.2. Restricted Securities. The Subscriber is acquiring the Issuer Units for its own account and not with a view to their distribution within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in any manner that would be in violation of the Securities Act. The Subscriber has not, directly or indirectly, offered any Issuer Units to anyone or solicited any offer to buy any Issuer Units from anyone, so as to bring the offer and sale of any Issuer Units within the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Subscriber understands that (a) except as provided in the Issuer LLC Agreement, the Issuer Units will not be registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws by reason of their issuance by Issuer in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements thereof and (b) the Issuer Units may not be sold or otherwise disposed of unless such sale or disposition is registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or such sale or other disposition is exempt from registration thereunder.

 

3 

 

 

3.3. Accredited Investor. The Subscriber is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) and has completed and returned to the Issuer the accredited investor questionnaire attached hereto as Annex C and acknowledges that the information contained therein is complete and accurate and is hereby affirmed as of the date hereof. The Subscriber has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in Issuer Units and is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment for an indefinite period of time. The Subscriber has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of Issuer Units and has had full access to such other information concerning Issuer and its subsidiaries as such Subscriber has requested. The Subscriber is relying on the Subscriber’s own business judgment and knowledge concerning the business, financial condition and prospects of the Issuer, and the advice of the Subscriber’s own counsel, tax advisors and other advisors, in making the decision to acquire the Issuer Units. The Subscriber and the Subscriber’s advisors, if any, have been afforded the opportunity to examine all documents, materials and information concerning the Issuer as the Subscriber deems to be necessary or advisable in order to reach an informed decision as to an investment in the Issuer. The Subscriber has carefully reviewed and understands these materials, including the terms and provisions of this Agreement and all related documents and has evaluated the restrictions and obligations contained herein and therein. The Subscriber has made such independent investigation of the Issuer and its subsidiaries and related matters as the Subscriber deems to be necessary or advisable in connection with the acquisition of the Issuer Units contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.4. Consents and Approvals. Except as required under applicable laws, no notices, reports, registrations or other filings are required to be made by the Subscriber with, nor are any consents, approvals or authorizations required to be obtained by the Subscriber from, any domestic or foreign court, arbitral tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other federal, state, county, local, municipal or international governmental or regulatory or self-regulatory organization, regulatory agency or authority or any securities exchange (each, a “Governmental Entity”) or any other Person under any contract, agreement or other obligation to which the Subscriber is party or by which its assets are bound, in connection with the valid execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the Subscriber or the consummation by the Subscriber of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement, in each case except for such notices, reports, registrations and other filings the failure of which to make or obtain, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Subscriber’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and would not prohibit or restrict or delay, in any material respect, the performance by the Subscriber of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

3.5. No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Issuer LLC Agreement by the Subscriber do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by the Subscriber will not, violate, conflict with or result in a breach of or constitute a default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under any agreement, instrument, permit, franchise, license, judgment or order applicable to the Subscriber, other than such conflicts, breaches or defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the Subscriber’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and would not prohibit or restrict or delay, in any material respect, the performance by the Subscriber of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

 

3.6. Compliance with Law. The Subscriber does not know or have any reason to suspect, after reasonable inquiry, that (a) the monies used or to be used to make the Subscriber’s investment in the Issuer are, were or will be derived from or related to any illegal activities, including but not limited to, any activities that may contravene U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws, or (b) the proceeds from the Subscriber’s investment in the Issuer will be used to finance any activities that may contravene U.S. federal or state or non-U.S. laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws. The Subscriber will promptly provide such materials as may be requested from time to time by the Issuer in its reasonable discretion in order for the Issuer to comply with legal, administrative and regulatory requirements that require the Issuer to verify the identity of the Subscriber and underlying investors and the source of funds paid to the Issuer by the Subscriber or shall otherwise cooperate with the Issuer and satisfy such requirements. The Subscriber further understands that the Issuer may release confidential information about the Subscriber and, if applicable, any underlying investors, to proper authorities if the Issuer, in its sole discretion, determines that it is necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law or regulations concerning money laundering and/or similar activities. To the extent legally permissible, the Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Subscriber of release of such confidential information and the Subscriber may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy in this regard.

 

4 

 

 

3.7. Brokers and Finders. No agent, broker, investment banker, intermediary, finder, or firm acting on behalf of such Subscriber is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee, directly or indirectly, from the Subscriber in connection with this Agreement or upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE IV SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4.1. Survival. The representations and warranties of the Issuer and the Subscriber contained in this Agreement shall terminate as of the Closing.

 

ARTICLE V TERMINATION

 

5.1. Term. This Agreement shall come into effect on the Execution Date and shall remain valid and binding on the parties until such time that it is terminated in accordance with Clause 5.2 below.

 

5.2. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate:

 

(a)  automatically, if Closing does not take place within 15 (fifteen) days from the Execution Date; or

 

(b)  upon either party giving a written notice of a breach by the other party(s) of any of its representations, warranties or obligations under this Agreement, which breach (if curable) is not cured within 5 (five) Business Days following written notice of such breach to the defaulting party.

 

The right to terminate under this clause shall be without prejudice to all other rights and remedies under applicable law available to the parties, including, but not limited to, the rights specified in Clause 7.12 (Specific Performance).

 

The provisions of Clause 7.2 (Notices), Clause 7.5 (Expenses), Clause 7.10 (Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of July Trial), 7.13 (Announcements), and this Clause 5.2 (Termination) shall survive the termination or expiry of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI COVENANT

 

6.1. Transfer Restrictions. The Subscriber agrees that it will not sell, convey, transfer or offer for sale any of the Issuer Units it acquires except as provided in the Issuer LLC Agreement and upon compliance with the Securities Act and any applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws or pursuant to any exemption therefrom.

 

5 

 

 

6.2. More Favorable Rights. If at any time after the date hereof, the Issuer proposes to grant to the Regal Member (“Grant Notice”) rights or benefits more favorable than those conferred upon the Subscriber under this Agreement or the Issuer LLC Agreement (“MFN Rights”), the Issuer shall within a period of 15 days of executing such Grant Notice, provide the Subscriber with details of such MFN Rights conferred on the Regal Member (“MFN Notice”).

 

(a)  The Subscriber may in its sole discretion choose to have such MFN Rights extended to the Subscriber by issuing a notice in writing to the Issuer within 30 days of receipt of an MFN Notice (“MFN Election Notice” and the elected MFN Right being an “Elected MFN Right”), provided, however, that if the Regal Member made any concessions or gave up any rights in connection with receiving the rights more favorable than those conferred upon the Subscriber, then Subscriber will receive the MFN Rights only if the Subscriber also agrees to make the same concessions and/or give up the same rights that the Regal Member made or gave up in order to receive the more favorable rights.

 

(b)  Upon the issuance of the MFN Election Notice and subject to the Subscriber fulfilling or agreeing to fulfill any conditions applicable to such Elected MFN Rights, including the proviso set forth in Clause 6.2(a) above, the Elected MFN Rights shall ipso facto stand extended to the Subscriber from the date of the MFN Election Notice prospectively.

 

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1. Entire Agreement: Amendments. This Agreement, the Annexes and other documents referred to herein and the documents delivered pursuant hereto, together with the Issuer LLC Agreement being entered into on the Closing Date among the parties hereto, contain the entire understanding of the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter contained herein or therein, and supersede all other prior representations, warranties, agreements, understandings or letters of intent between or among any of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall not be amended, restated, modified or supplemented except by a written instrument signed by all parties hereto. Until such an amendment is signed by all such parties, any other agreements, understandings, writing or oral promises or representations at odds with the terms of this Agreement shall be of no effect and shall not in any way be binding upon the parties hereto.

 

7.2. Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or delivered (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) two Business Days after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), (c) when delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission with confirmation of delivery, or (d) five Business Days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to Issuer, to such entity:

 

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

Mizner Park

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, Florida 33432

Attn: Hamid Hashemi

 

6 

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attention: David Shaw

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

Telephone: (212) 859-8000

Email: david.shaw@friedfrank.com

 

If to the Subscriber, to such Subscriber at the address set forth below the Subscriber’s name on the signature pages hereto, or to such other address as such party may indicate by a notice delivered to the other party hereto.

 

Any party may change the address to which notices or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other party prior written notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

7.3. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided that no party to this Agreement may assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the express prior written consent of the other party; provided, further, that any of Issuer or the Subscriber may, without the prior written consent of the other party, (a) assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement to any of its respective Affiliates or any Person in a Transfer (as defined in, and in accordance with the terms of, the Issuer LLC Agreement), provided that no such assignment shall relieve Issuer or the Subscriber of its obligations hereunder; and (b) assign its rights, but not its obligations, under this Agreement to any of its financing sources. Following the date hereof, any party may assign any of its rights hereunder, but no such assignment shall relieve such party of its obligations hereunder.

 

7.4. Waivers. Any term or provision of this Agreement may be waived, or the time for its performance may be extended, by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof. Any such waiver shall be validly and sufficiently authorized for the purposes of this Agreement if, as to any party, it is authorized in writing by an authorized representative of such party. The failure of any party hereto to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every such provision. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

7.5. Expenses. Each party hereto will pay all costs and expenses incident to its negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and to its performance and compliance with all agreements and conditions contained herein on its part to be performed or complied with, including the fees, expenses and disbursements of its counsel.

 

7.6. Partial Invalidity. Wherever possible, each provision hereof shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but in case any one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or provisions or any other provisions hereof, unless such a construction would be unreasonable.

 

7.7. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including by facsimile transmission or other electronic means, each of which shall be considered an original instrument, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become binding when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other party hereto.

 

7 

 

 

7.8. Further Assurances. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done, and to assist and cooperate with the other party in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations or otherwise to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (a) the satisfaction of the conditions precedent, if any, to the obligations of any of the parties hereto; (b) the defending of any lawsuits or other legal proceedings, whether judicial or administrative, challenging this Agreement or the performance of the obligations hereunder; and (c) the execution and delivery of such instruments, and the taking of such other actions, as the other party hereto may reasonably require in order to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

7.9. Construction. In the construction of this Agreement the neuter gender will include the feminine or the masculine in all cases where such meanings would be appropriate and words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the commercial banks located in New Delhi, India or in Florida, United States of America are closed for business during normal banking hours. Any defined terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as assigned to such terms in the Issuer LLC Agreement.

 

7.10. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws or choice of law provisions or principles. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Issuer and the Subscriber submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of the U.S. federal courts or the courts of the State of Delaware in each case located in the City of Wilmington and County of New Castle, in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

7.11. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing express or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and permitted assigns any right, benefit or remedy under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

7.12. Specific Performance. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the breach of this Agreement by the Subscriber would cause irreparable damage to Issuer and that Issuer would not have an adequate remedy at law, and Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the breach of this Agreement by Issuer would cause irreparable damage to the Subscriber and that the Subscriber would not have an adequate remedy at law. Therefore, the obligations of the parties hereto under this Agreement shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies that the parties may have under applicable law or in equity, including without limitation a right for damages.

 

7.13. Announcements. Subject to the requirements under applicable laws, no announcement shall be made by or on behalf of any party or its Affiliates relating to the Agreement or the transactions and arrangements contemplated under the Agreement, without the prior written approval of the other party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Issuer may include information relating to the Agreement or the transactions and arrangements contemplated under the Agreement in filings it makes with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any stock exchange on which its securities may be listed without the prior written consent of the other party; and (ii) the Subscriber may make disclosures and announcements relating to the Agreement or the transactions and arrangements contemplated under the Agreement to the stock exchanges on which its securities are listed, without the prior written approval of the Issuer.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

8 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement effective as of the date on which last of the parties execute this Agreement.

 

ISSUER: IPIC - GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Hamid Hashemi
  Name: Hamid Hashemi
  Title: CEO
     
  Date: 11/27/17

  

 

 

 

SUBSCRIBER: PVR LIMITED
     
  By: /s/ Nitin Sood
  Name: Nitin Sood
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  Date: 27 November 2017
     
  Address for Notices:
   
  PVR Limited
  Building 9A, 4th Floor
  DLF Cyber City
  Gurgaon, Haryana – 122002, India
  Attn: Mr. Nitin Sood

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 11.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Offering Statement of iPic Entertainment Inc. on Form 1-A of our report dated December 5, 2017 on the balance sheet of iPic Entertainment Inc. at October 18, 2017 and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the Offering Circular, which is part of this Offering Statement.

 

  /s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

December 22, 2017

 

Exhibit 11.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Offering Statement of iPic Entertainment Inc. on Form 1-A of our report dated December 5, 2017 on the consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the Offering Circular, which is part of this Offering Statement.

 

  /s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

December 22, 2017

Exhibit 11.4

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

In connection with its offering of Class A Common Stock, iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Company”) has filed an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (the “Offering Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The undersigned hereby consents, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto) as a director nominee to the board of directors of the Company. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto).

 

Dated: December 22, 2017

 

By: /s/ Ajay Bijli  
Name: Ajay Bijli  

 

Exhibit 11.5

 

Consent of Director Nominee

 

In connection with its offering of Class A Common Stock, iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Company”) has filed an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (the “Offering Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The undersigned hereby consents, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named in the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto) as a director nominee to the board of directors of the Company. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Offering Statement (including any amendments and supplements thereto).

 

Dated: December 22, 2017

 

By: /s/ Dana Messina  
Name: Dana Messina